SiBE37-701_B
Service
Manual
REYQ8-48PY1B
R-410A Heat Recovery 50Hz
SiBE37-701_B
R-410A Heat Recovery
50Hz
1. Introduction ............................................................................................ vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... vi
1.2 PREFACE ................................................................................................x
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................4
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................5
4. Model Selection.......................................................................................6
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 9
1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................10
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................21
1.3 BS Units .................................................................................................57
Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 58
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................59
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................59
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................61
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP) .............................................................................63
REMQ10P, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)...........................................................65
REMQ14P, 16P (Multi 14, 16HP)...........................................................67
BS Unit Functional Parts ........................................................................69
Indoor Units ............................................................................................70
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................71
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................71
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................72
REMQ8P ................................................................................................73
REMQ10P, 12P......................................................................................74
REMQ14P, 16P......................................................................................75
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................76
Part 4 Function.......................................................................... 103
1. Function General.................................................................................104
1.1 Symbol .................................................................................................104
1.2 Operation Mode....................................................................................106
2. Basic Control.......................................................................................107
2.1 Normal Operation .................................................................................107
2.2 Compressor PI Control.........................................................................108
i
Table of Contents
SiBE37-701_B
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................116
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................116
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................117
Heat Exchanger Control .......................................................................118
3. Special Control....................................................................................119
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Startup Control .....................................................................................119
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)...........................................121
Oil Return Operation ............................................................................122
Defrost Operation .................................................................................126
Pump down Residual Operation...........................................................128
Standby ................................................................................................130
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................131
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................132
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................132
Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................134
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................136
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................137
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................139
5. Other Control.......................................................................................140
5.1 Backup Operation.................................................................................140
5.2 Demand Operation ...............................................................................140
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition ..............................................................140
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................141
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Operation Flow Chart ...........................................................................141
Thermostat Control...............................................................................143
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................147
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve .................................................149
Freeze Prevention ................................................................................150
Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B...is required.) ...........................151
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................152
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)......................................153
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................154
Part 5 Test Operation ............................................................... 155
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................156
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................156
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................157
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................189
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout....................................................................190
3. Field Setting ........................................................................................191
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................191
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................207
Part 6 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 236
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................239
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................242
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Table of Contents
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................242
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................243
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................244
Inspection Mode ...................................................................................247
ii
SiBE37-701_B
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................248
2.6 Test Run Mode.....................................................................................251
2.7 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................251
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................259
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
iii
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................259
“A1” Indoor Unit: PCB Defect ................................................................260
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......261
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................263
“A6” Indoor Unit : Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor........................265
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................269
“A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................271
“A9” Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction / Dust Clogging ..............272
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Coil.........274
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................276
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........277
“C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission
(Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB) ............................................278
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................280
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........281
“C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination
(Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB) ............................................282
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........283
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Room Temperature
Thermistor in Remote Controller ..........................................................284
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PCB Defect .............................................................285
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................286
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................288
“E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................290
“E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock..............292
“E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ...................293
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E~Y5E)........................................296
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................298
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................300
“F9” Outdoor Unit : Malfunction of
BS Unit Electronic Expansion Valve.....................................................301
“H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ......................303
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ...........................................................................................305
“J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction ....................................306
“J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31T, R32T, R33T).............................................................................307
“J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for
Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)....................................................308
“J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for
Suction Pipe .........................................................................................309
“J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................310
“J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T, R9T or R14T) .............................................................................311
Table of Contents
SiBE37-701_B
3.34 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ......................................................................................312
3.35 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat Exchanger
Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T) ....................................................313
3.36 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................314
3.37 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................316
3.38 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter PCB ....................................318
3.39 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................320
3.40 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of
Inverter Compressor.............................................................................323
3.41 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of
Inverter Compressor.............................................................................325
3.42 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure ......................327
3.43 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PCB .....................................................................330
3.44 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection...............................333
3.45 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................335
3.46 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main
PCB or Faulty Combination of PCB .....................................................337
3.47 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Shortage Alert ......................................339
3.48 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase ........................................................341
3.49 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure...........................................................................342
3.50 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation is not Executed............................345
3.51 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................346
3.52 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.......................................................349
3.53 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) .........350
3.54 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................356
3.55 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................357
3.56 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller.....................................................358
3.57 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller...............................364
3.58 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit ....................................................................365
3.59 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................368
3.60 “UH” Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ...............................................369
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller) .......................371
4.1 “M1” PCB Defect ...................................................................................371
4.2 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................372
4.3 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................373
4.4 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................375
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................376
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................376
Table of Contents
iv
SiBE37-701_B
5.2 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................378
5.3 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................381
Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 396
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................397
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................397
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................402
1.3 BS Unit .................................................................................................407
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................408
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................408
Field Wiring ..........................................................................................413
Indoor Unit............................................................................................416
BS Unit .................................................................................................429
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................431
3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................431
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................435
4. Option List ...........................................................................................440
4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................440
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................442
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................443
5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................443
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................444
6.
7.
8.
9.
Example of connection........................................................................446
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................450
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................452
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules ....................................................................................453
9.1 Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................453
Part 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 455
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................456
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................456
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................458
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................459
v
Table of Contents
SiBE37-701_B
Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
„ Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
„ The caution items are classified into “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
„ About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
„ After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vi
Introduction
SiBE37-701_B
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vii
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
SiBE37-701_B
Introduction
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
viii
Introduction
SiBE37-701_B
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 MΩ or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Description
Note
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Note:
Caution
Warning
ix
SiBE37-701_B
1.2
Introduction
PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2011 VRVIII series Heat Recovery System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII series R-410A Heat
Recovery System.
December, 2010
After Sales Service Division
x
SiBE37-701_B
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................4
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................5
4. Model Selection.......................................................................................6
1
General Information
SiBE37-701_B
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Indoor Units
Type
Power
Supply
Model Name
Roundflow Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
FXFQ
20P8
25P8
32P8
40P8
50P8
63P8
80P8
600×600 4-Way Blow
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette
FXZQ
20M9
25M9
32M9
40M9
50M9
—
—
—
2-Way Blow Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
FXCQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8
Ceiling Mounted
Corner Cassette
FXKQ
—
25MA 32MA 40MA
—
63MA
20PB
25PB
32PB
—
—
—
—
—
40NB
FXDQSlim Concealed Ceiling PBVE
Unit
FXDQNBVE
100P8 125P8
—
—
—
VEB
—
—
—
—
V1B
—
125M8
—
—
—
V3B
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50NB
63NB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V3B
VEB
Concealed Ceiling Unit
(Small)
FXDQ
20M9
25M9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXSQ
20P7
25P7
32P7
40P7
50P7
63P7
80P7
100P7
125P7
—
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXMQ
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
140P
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
(Large)
FXMQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
—
—
—
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended Unit FXHQ
VE
200MA 250MA
Wall Mounted Unit
FXAQ
Floor Standing Unit
FXLQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Unit
FXNQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
VE
V1
VE
Note: FXDQ has following 2 Series, as show below.
FXDQ-PB, NBVE: with Drain Pump
MA: RoHS Directive models; Specifications, Dimensions and other functions are not changed compared with
M type.
BS Units
Type
Heat Recovery Series
Model Name
BSV
4Q100P
Power Supply
V1
6Q100P
Outdoor Units
Normal Series
Series
Heat Recovery
Model Name
REYQ
Power Supply:
General Information
8P
26P
10P
28P
12P
30P
44P
46P
48P
14P
32P
16P
34P
Power Supply
18P
36P
20P
38P
22P
40P
24P
42P
Y1
VE : 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
V1 : 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
V3 : 1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Y1 : 3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
2
External Appearance
SiBE37-701_B
2. External Appearance
2.1
Indoor Units
Roundflow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
FXFQ20P
FXFQ25P
FXFQ32P
FXFQ40P
FXFQ50P
FXFQ63P
FXFQ80P
FXFQ100P
FXFQ125P
600×600 4-Way Blow
Ceiling Mounted Cassette
FXZQ20M
FXZQ25M
FXZQ32M
FXZQ40M
FXZQ50M
2-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
FXCQ20M
FXCQ25M
FXCQ32M
FXCQ40M
FXCQ50M
FXCQ63M
FXCQ80M
FXCQ125M
Ceiling Mounted Corner Cassette
FXKQ25MA
FXKQ32MA
FXKQ40MA
FXKQ63MA
Slim Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXDQ20PB FXDQ40NB
FXDQ25PB FXDQ50NB
FXDQ32PB FXDQ63NB
with Drain Pump (VE)
Concealed Ceiling Unit (Small)
FXDQ20M
FXDQ25M
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXSQ20P
FXSQ25P
FXSQ32P
FXSQ40P
FXSQ50P
FXSQ63P
FXSQ80P
FXSQ100P
FXSQ125P
3
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXMQ20P
FXMQ25P
FXMQ32P
FXMQ40P
FXMQ50P
FXMQ63P
FXMQ80P
FXMQ100P
FXMQ125P
FXMQ140P
Concealed Ceiling Unit
(Large)
FXMQ200MA
FXMQ250MA
Ceiling Suspended Unit
FXHQ32MA
FXHQ63MA
FXHQ100MA
Wall Mounted Unit
FXAQ20P
FXAQ25P
FXAQ32P
FXAQ40P
FXAQ50P
FXAQ63P
Floor Standing Unit
FXLQ20MA
FXLQ25MA
FXLQ32MA
FXLQ40MA
FXLQ50MA
FXLQ63MA
Concealed Floor Standing Unit
FXNQ20MA
FXNQ25MA
FXNQ32MA
FXNQ40MA
FXNQ50MA
FXNQ63MA
BS Units
BSV4Q100P
BSV6Q100P
General Information
SiBE37-701_B
2.2
External Appearance
Outdoor Units
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P, 14P, 16P
REYQ18P, 20P, 22P, 24P
8, 10, 12, 14, 16 HP
22.4 ~ 40.0, 45.0 kW
18, 20, 22, 24 HP
50.4 ~ 67.0 kW
REYQ26P, 28P
REYQ30P, 32P
REYQ34P, 36P, 38P, 40P
26, 28 HP
73.0, 78.5 kW
30, 32 HP
85.0, 90.0 kW
34, 36, 38, 40 HP
95.4 ~ 112 kW
General Information
REYQ42P, 44P
REYQ46P, 48P
42, 44 HP
118 ~ 124 kW
46, 48 HP
130, 135 kW
4
Combination of Outdoor Units
SiBE37-701_B
3. Combination of Outdoor Units
Single Use
System Number
Capacity of units
8HP
1
10HP
1
12HP
1
14HP
1
16HP
1
8
●
10
Single Unit
12
14
16
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection
Piping Kit (Option)
●
●
—
●
●
Multiple Use
System Number
Capacity of units
18HP
2
20HP
2
22HP
2
24HP
2
26HP
2
28HP
2
30HP
2
32HP
2
34HP
3
36HP
3
38HP
3
40HP
3
42HP
3
44HP
3
46HP
3
48HP
3
Note:
5
8
●
●
●
●
Multi Unit Module
10
12
14
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
16
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●●
●●●
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection
Piping Kit (Option)
Heat Recovery: BHFP26P90
Heat Recovery: BHFP26P136
For multiple connection of 18HP system or more, an optional Daikin Outdoor Unit Multi
Connection Piping Kit is required.
General Information
SiBE37-701_B
Model Selection
4. Model Selection
VRV III Heat Recovery Series
Connectable indoor units number and capacity
Normal Series
HP
8HP
10HP
12HP
14HP
16HP
18HP
20HP
System name
REYQ8P
REYQ10P
REYQ12P
REYQ14P
REYQ16P
REYQ18P
REYQ20P
Outdoor unit 1
REYQ8P
REYQ10P
REYQ12P
REYQ14P
REYQ16P
REMQ8P
REMQ8P
Outdoor unit 2
–
–
–
–
–
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
Outdoor unit 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total number of connectable
indoor units
13
16
19
22
26
29
32
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
10.0~26.0
12.5~32.5
15.0~39.0
17.5~45.5
20.0~52.0
22.5~58.5
25.0~65.0
22HP
24HP
26HP
28HP
30HP
32HP
34HP
System name
HP
REYQ22P
REYQ24P
REYQ26P
REYQ28P
REYQ30P
REYQ32P
REYQ34P
Outdoor unit 1
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ14P
REMQ16P
REMQ8P
Outdoor unit 2
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ10P
Outdoor unit 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
REMQ16P
Total number of connectable
indoor units
35
39
42
45
48
52
55
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
27.5~71.5
30.0~78.0
32.5~84.5
35.0~91.0
37.5~97.5
40.0~104.0
42.5~110.5
HP
36HP
38HP
40HP
42HP
44HP
46HP
48HP
System name
REYQ36P
REYQ38P
REYQ40P
REYQ42P
REYQ44P
REYQ46P
REYQ48P
Outdoor unit 1
REMQ8P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ10P
REMQ12P
REMQ14P
REMQ16P
Outdoor unit 2
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ12P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
Outdoor unit 3
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
REMQ16P
Total number of connectable
indoor units
58
61
Total capacity of connectable
indoor units (kW)
45.0~117.0
47.5~123.5
57.5~149.5
60.0~156.0
General Information
64
50.0~130.0
52.5~136.5
55.0~143.0
6
Model Selection
SiBE37-701_B
Connectable Indoor Unit
Type
Power
Supply
Model Name
Roundflow Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
FXFQ
20P8
25P8
32P8
40P8
50P8
63P8
80P8
600×600 4-Way Blow
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette
FXZQ
20M9
25M9
32M9
40M9
50M9
—
—
—
2-Way Blow Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
FXCQ
20M8
25M8
32M8
40M8
50M8
63M8
80M8
Ceiling Mounted
Corner Cassette
FXKQ
—
25MA 32MA 40MA
—
63MA
20PB
25PB
32PB
—
—
—
—
—
40NB
FXDQSlim Concealed Ceiling PBVE
Unit
FXDQNBVE
100P8 125P8
—
—
—
VEB
—
—
—
—
V1B
—
125M8
—
—
—
V3B
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50NB
63NB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V3B
VEB
Concealed Ceiling Unit
(Small)
FXDQ
20M9
25M9
—
—
—
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXSQ
20P7
25P7
32P7
40P7
50P7
63P7
80P7
100P7 125P7
—
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
FXMQ
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
140P
—
—
Concealed Ceiling Unit
(Large)
FXMQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
—
—
—
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended Unit FXHQ
200MA 250MA
VE
VE
Wall Mounted Unit
FXAQ
Floor Standing Unit
FXLQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
V1
Concealed Floor
Standing Unit
FXNQ
20MA 25MA 32MA 40MA 50MA 63MA
—
—
—
—
—
—
P100
type
P125
type
P140
type
P200
type
P250
type
11.2
kW
4HP
14.0
kW
5HP
16.0
kW
6HP
22.4
kW
8HP
28.0
kW
10HP
VE
Note: FXDQ has following 2 Series, as shown below.
FXDQ-PB, NBVE: with Drain Pump
Indoor unit capacity
New refrigerant model code
Selecting model capacity
Equivalent output
P20
type
P25
type
2.2
kW
0.8HP
2.8
kW
1HP
P32
type
P40
type
P50
type
P63
type
P80
type
3.5
4.5
5.6
7.0
9.0
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
1.25HP 1.6HP 2.0HP 2.5HP 3.2HP
Use the above tables to determine the capacities of indoor units to be connected. Make sure the
total capacity of indoor units connected to each outdoor unit is within the specified value (kW).
„ The total capacity of connected indoor units must be within a range of 50 to 130% of the
rated capacity of the outdoor unit.
„ In some models, it is not possible to connect the maximum number of connectable indoor
units. Select models so the total capacity of connected indoor units conforms to the
specification.
7
General Information
SiBE37-701_B
Model Selection
Differences from Conventional Models
Item
Compressor
Workability
Object
Conventional model (M Model)
Connection of equalizer oil pipe
z NONE
(No particular changes in
terms of service)
z YES
Equalizer oil pipe for multioutdoor-unit system
z NONE
z YES
Procedure for calculating
refrigerant refilling quantity
z Refilling quantity due to piping z Refilling quantity due to piping
length + Adjustment quantity
length - Adjustment quantity
according to models of
according to models of
outdoor units
outdoor units
Optional accessories Branch pipe for outdoor unit
connection
General Information
Differences
New model (P Model)
z Y branch
Type: BHFP26P90/136
z T branch
Type:
BHFP26M90+BHFP22M90P
BHFP26M135+BHFP22M135P
8
SiBE37-701_B
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................10
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................10
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................21
1.3 BS Units .................................................................................................57
9
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1. Specifications
1.1
Outdoor Units
Heat Recovery 50Hz <REYQ-P>
Model Name
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
kcal / h
REYQ8PY1B
19,400
REYQ10PY1B
24,300
Btu / h
76,800
96,200
kW
22.5
28.2
kW
22.4
28.0
kcal / h
21,500
27,100
Btu / h
85,300
107,000
kW
25.0
31.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
1680×1300×765
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
6300, 2900
m³/h
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
7.88+10.53
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
3720, 2900
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
1.0+4.5
2.2+4.5
Soft Start
Soft Start
Type
Propellor Fan
Propellor Fan
kW
I/s
0.35×2
3,166
0.35×2
3,166
m³/min
190
Direct Drive
190
Direct Drive
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
13.34+10.53
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross Fin Coil
Liquid Pipe
φ9.5 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ9.5 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
Mass (Weight)
—
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
331
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Overcurrent Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
—
331
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Overcurrent Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
%
20~100
R-410A
14~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
10.3
Electronic Expansion Valve
10.6
Electronic Expansion Valve
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
4D057563B
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057564B
Notes:
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
The Reference Number
C~: Partly corrected drawings.
J~ : Original drawing is Japanese
V~: Printing Convenience
Specifications
10
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Model Name
REYQ12PY1B
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
29,000
35,500
Btu / h
115,000
141,000
kW
33.7
41.3
kW
33.5
40.0
kcal / h
32,300
38,700
Btu / h
128,000
154,000
kW
37.5
45.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolutions
m³/h
r.p.m
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Connecting
Pipes
13.34+10.53
6300, 2900
16.90+16.90
7980, 7980
3.8+3.8
Soft Start
kW
Propellor Fan
0.35×2
Propellor Fan
0.75×2
I/s
3,500
3,916
m³/min
210
235
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
—
331
—
339
Pressure Equalizer Tube
Mass (Weight)
kg
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Overcurrent Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
Refrigerant
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
3.3+4.5
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Cross Fin Coil
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Soft Start
Starting Method
Fan
REYQ14PY1B
kcal / h
Refrigerant Name
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
%
Deicer
14~100
Deicer
10~100
kg
R-410A
10.8
R-410A
11.1
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057565B
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector,
Overcurrent Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
4D057566B
Notes:
11
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Model Name
REYQ16PY1B
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
kcal / h
40,000
Btu / h
159,000
kW
46.5
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
kW
45.0
kcal / h
43,000
Btu / h
171,000
kW
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type
Piston Displacement
Number of Revolutions
m³/h
r.p.m
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
Starting Method
Connecting
Pipes
4.4+4.4
Airflow Rate
kW
Propellor Fan
0.75×2
I/s
4,000
m³/min
240
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
φ12.7 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing Connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
—
339
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Overcurrent Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Deicer
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
16.90+16.90
7980, 7980
Soft Start
Type
Motor Output
Fan
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1300×765
Cross Fin Coil
Type
Comp.
50.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Charge
Control
R-410A
kg
Refrigerator Oil
Standard Accessories
10~100
11.1
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes, Clamps
Drawing No.
4D057567B
Notes:
Specifications
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
12
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ18P7Y1B
REYQ20P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ8P7Y1B+REMQ10P7Y1B
43,600
REMQ8P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B
48,300
Btu / h
173,000
192,000
kW
50.7
56.2
kW
50.4
55.9
kcal / h
48,600
53,800
Btu / h
193,000
213,000
kW
56.5
62.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900), 7980
(6300, 2900), 7980
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(2.2+4.5)×1+4.7×1
(3.5+4.5)×1+4.7×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,000+3,083
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,000+3,333
m³/min
180+185
Direct drive
180+200
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ22.2 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
204+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
204+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
9~100
7~100
R-410A
R-410A
8.2+9.0
Electronic expansion valve
8.2+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057568A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057569A
Notes:
13
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ22P7Y1B
REYQ24P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B
53,200
REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B
58,000
Btu / h
211,000
230,000
kW
61.9
67.4
kW
61.5
67.0
kcal / h
59,300
64,500
Btu / h
235,000
256,000
kW
69.0
75.0
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)
3,083+3,333
0.75×2
3,333+3,333
m³/min
185+200
Direct drive
200+200
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ15.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+254
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
7~100
6~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+9.1
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057570A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057571A
Notes:
Specifications
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
14
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ26P7Y1B
REYQ28P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
63,100
REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
67,900
Btu / h
250,000
270,000
kW
73.4
79.0
kW
73.0
78.5
kcal / h
70,100
75,300
Btu / h
278,000
299,000
kW
81.5
87.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,083+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,333+3,833
m³/min
185+230
Direct drive
200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
6~100
6~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057572A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057808A
Notes:
15
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ30P7Y1B
REYQ32P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ14P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
73,500
REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
77,800
Btu / h
292,000
309,000
kW
85.5
90.5
kW
85.0
90.0
kcal / h
81,700
86,000
Btu / h
324,000
341,000
kW
95.0
100
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(1.9+4.5+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.35×2)+(0.35×2)
3,833+3,833
(0.35×2)×2
3,833+3,833
m³/min
230+230
Direct drive
230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
5~100
R-410A
R-410A
11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057809A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057810A
Notes:
Specifications
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
16
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ34P7Y1B
REYQ36P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ8P7Y1B+REMQ10P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
82,600
REMQ8P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
87,700
Btu / h
328,000
348,000
kW
96.0
102
kW
95.4
101
kcal / h
92,000
97,200
Btu / h
365,000
386,000
kW
107
113
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+7980
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+7980
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1+4.7×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1+4.7×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,000+3,083+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,000+3,333+3,833
m³/min
180+185+230
Direct drive
180+200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ28.6 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
204+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
204+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+16.90
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
5~100
R-410A
R-410A
8.2+9.0+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
8.2+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057811A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057812A
Notes:
17
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ38P7Y1B
REYQ40P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
92,900
REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
97,200
Btu / h
368,000
386,000
kW
108
113
kW
107
112
kcal / h
102,000
108,000
Btu / h
406,000
427,000
kW
119
125
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×930×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)×2
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)×2
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900)×2
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(3.5+4.5)×2
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)
3,083+3,333+3,833
(0.75×2)+(0.35×2)
3,333+3,333+3,833
m³/min
185+200+230
Direct drive
200+200+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+254+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)×2
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
5~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+9.1+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057813A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057814A
Notes:
Specifications
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
18
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ42P7Y1B
REYQ44P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ10P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
102,000
REMQ12P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
108,000
Btu / h
406,000
427,000
kW
119
125
kW
118
124
kcal / h
114,000
119,000
Btu / h
450,000
471,000
kW
132
138
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×930×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2+(13.34+10.53)
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)×2+(6300, 2900)
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×1+(2.2+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2+(3.5+4.5)×1
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)×2
3,083+3,833+3,833
(0.75×1)+(0.35×2)×2
3,333+3,833+3,833
m³/min
185+230+230
Direct drive
200+230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
254+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
254+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×2+(13.34+10.53)
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
4~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
9.0+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
9.1+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057815A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057816A
Notes:
19
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Model Name (Combination Unit)
REYQ46P7Y1B
REYQ48P7Y1B
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
REMQ14P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
113,000
REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B+REMQ16P7Y1B
117,000
Btu / h
447,000
464,000
kW
131
136
kW
130
135
kcal / h
124,000
129,000
Btu / h
495,000
512,000
kW
145
150
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
Ivory White 5Y7.5/1
Light Camel 2.5Y6.5/1.5
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765+1680×1240×765
★1 Cooling Capacity (19.5°CWB)
★2 Cooling Capacity (19.0°CWB)
★3 Heating Capacity
Casing Color
Y1 Type
Y1E Type
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
mm
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
m³/h
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×3
Number of Revolutions
r.p.m
(6300, 2900, 2900)×3
(6300, 2900, 2900)×3
Motor Output×Number
of Units
kW
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×2+(1.9+4.5+4.5)×1
(3.2+4.5+4.5)×3
Soft start
Soft start
Propellor fan
Propellor fan
kW
I/s
(0.35×2)+(0.35×2)×2
3,833+3,833+3,833
(0.35×2)×3
3,833+3,833+3,833
m³/min
230+230+230
Direct drive
230+230+230
Direct drive
Liquid Pipe
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Suction Gas Pipe
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ41.3 C1220T (Brazing connection)
High and Low Pressure Gas Pipe
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ34.9 C1220T (Brazing connection)
Pressure Equalizer Tube
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
φ19.1 C1220T (Brazing connection)
334+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
334+334+334
High pressure switch, fan driver overload protector,
overcurrent relay, inverter overload protector
Deicer
Type
Motor Output
Airflow Rate
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Safety Devices
Defrost Method
Capacity Control
%
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
Cross fin coil
Hermetically sealed scroll type
(13.34+10.53+10.53)×3
Type
Piston Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
Cross fin coil
Charge
Control
kg
Refrigerator Oil
4~100
4~100
R-410A
R-410A
11.7+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
11.7+11.7+11.7
Electronic expansion valve
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Drawing No.
C: 4D057817A
Refer to the nameplate of compressor
Installation manual, Operation manual, Connection pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D057818A
Notes:
Specifications
★1 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.5°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
Conversion Formulae
difference : 0m.
★2 Indoor temp. : 27°CDB, 19.0°CWB / outdoor temp. : 35°CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
★3 Indoor temp. : 20°CDB / outdoor temp. : 7°CDB, 6°CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
kcal/h=kW×860
Btu/h=kW×3412
cfm=m³/min×35.3
20
Specifications
1.2
SiBE37-701_B
Indoor Units
Roundflow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXFQ20P8VEB
FXFQ25P8VEB
FXFQ32P8VEB
FXFQ40P8VEB
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
FXFQ50P8VEB
5.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.053
0.053
0.053
0.063
0.083
Heating
kW
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.055
0.067
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.052
0.052
0.052
0.062
0.082
Heating
kW
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.055
0.067
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Packing
Unit
Weight
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
Width
mm
882
Depth
mm
882
Height
mm
204
Width
mm
840
Depth
mm
840
Unit
kg
20
20
20
20
21
Packed Unit
kg
24
24
24
24
26
Length
Inside
mm
2,096
Outside
mm
2,152
mm
1.2
Dimensions Nr of Rows
2
Fin Pitch
Nr of Passes
2
2
3
3
7
0.267
0.267
0.267
0.267
0.357
Nr of Stages
6
6
6
6
8
Empty Tube Plate
Hole
4
4
Face Area
Fin
Fan
220
m²
Fin type
Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes)
Type
Turbo fan
Quantity
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Heating
Fan
Motor
1
High
m³/min
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
15.5
Low
m³/min
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
High
m³/min
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
15.0
Low
m³/min
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.5
Model
QTS48D11M
Steps
Output
(high)
2
W
56
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
dBA
49
49
49
50
51
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
31
31
31
32
33
Low
dBA
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
32
33
Low
dBA
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
Drain
Diameter
mm
VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32)
Heating
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
31
28
6.4
Foamed polystyrene/foamed polyethylene
(Foamed Polyurethane)
Model
BYCQ140CW1 / BYCQ140CW1W
Colour
RAL9010
Dimensions Height
mm
50
Width
mm
950
Depth
mm
950
Weight
21
31
Flare connection
Sound absorbing insulation
Air Filter
31
Flare connection
mm
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
28
kg
5.5
Resin net with mold resistance
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Roundflow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Accessories
FXFQ20P8VEB
FXFQ25P8VEB
FXFQ32P8VEB
FXFQ40P8VEB
FXFQ50P8VEB
Installation and operation manual
Drain hose
Washer for hanging bracket
Screws
Sealing pads
Insulation for fitting
Clamp for drain hose
Installation guide
Drain sealing pad
Notes
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power which a sound source generates.
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The BYCQ140CW1W has white insulations. Be informed that formation of dirt on white insulations is visibly stronger and
that it is consequently not advised to install the BYCQ140W1W decoration panel in environments exposed to
concentrations of dirt.
Specifications
22
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Roundflow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXFQ63P8VEB
FXFQ80P8VEB
FXFQ100P8VEB
Cooling
kW
7.1
9.0
11.2
FXFQ125P8VEB
14.0
Heating
kW
8.0
10.0
12.5
16.0
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.095
0.120
0.173
0.258
Heating
kW
0.114
0.108
0.176
0.246
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.094
0.119
0.172
0.257
Heating
kW
0.114
0.108
0.176
0.246
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Packing
Height
mm
220
262
262
304
Width
mm
246
288
Unit
Weight
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
Galvanised steel
Depth
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
882
204
246
840
840
Unit
kg
21
24
24
26
Packed Unit
kg
26
28
28
31
Length
Inside
mm
2,096
Outside
mm
2,152
mm
1.2
Dimensions Nr of Rows
2
Fin Pitch
Nr of Passes
Face Area
m²
Nr of Stages
Fin
Fan
882
7
9
9
11
0.357
0.446
0.446
0.535
10
10
12
8
Fin type
Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes)
Type
Turbo fan
Quantity
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Heating
Fan
Motor
1
High
m³/min
16.5
23.5
26.5
Low
m³/min
11.0
14.5
17.0
20.0
High
m³/min
17.5
23.5
28.0
33.0
Low
m³/min
12.0
14.5
17.5
20.0
QTS48D11M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
W
56
120
120
120
dBA
52
55
58
61
Model
Steps
Output
(high)
33.0
2
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
34
38
41
44
Low
dBA
29
32
33
34
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
36
38
42
44
Low
dBA
30
32
34
34
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32)
Heating
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Flare connection
mm
Heat Insulation
Foamed polystyrene/foamed polyethylene
Sound absorbing insulation
Decoration
Panel
23
(Foamed Polyurethane)
Model
BYCQ140CW1 / BYCQ140CW1W
Colour
RAL9010
Dimensions Height
mm
50
Width
mm
950
Depth
mm
950
Weight
Air Filter
9.52
Flare connection
kg
5.5
Resin net with mold resistance
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXFQ63P8VEB
FXFQ80P8VEB
Standard Accessories
FXFQ100P8VEB
FXFQ125P8VEB
Installation and operation manual
Drain hose
Washer for hanging bracket
Screws
Sealing pads
Insulation for fitting
Clamp for drain hose
Installation guide
Drain sealing pad
Notes
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power which a sound source generates.
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The BYCQ140CW1W has white insulations. Be informed that formation of dirt on white insulations is visibly stronger and
that it is consequently not advised to install the BYCQ140W1W decoration panel in environments exposed to
concentrations of dirt.
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Name
Supply
Frequency
Voltage
Hz
V
Current
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
Maximum
V
V
Voltage
range
FXFQ20P8VEB
Notes
FXFQ25P8VEB
FXFQ32P8VEB
VE
FXFQ40P8VEB
FXFQ50P8VEB
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.5
50
220-240
0.4
0.4
0.4
16
0.3
0.3
0.3
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 16A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
1-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Name
Frequency
FXFQ63P8VEB
V
A
Full load amps (FLA)
Minimum
A
V
Maximum
V
FXFQ100P8VEB
FXFQ125P8VEB
1.4
1.9
1.1
1.5
VE
50
Hz
Voltage
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Notes
FXFQ80P8VEB
220-240
0.9
0.9
A
16
0.7
0.7
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 16A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
24
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
600×600 4-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Power Input
(50Hz)
FXZQ20M9V1B
FXZQ25M9V1B
FXZQ32M9V1B
FXZQ40M9V1B
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
FXZQ50M9V1B
5.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Cooling
kW
0.073
0.073
0.076
0.089
0.115
Heating
kW
0.064
0.064
0.068
0.080
0.107
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
Width
mm
575
Depth
mm
575
kg
18
Fin Pitch
mm
1.5
Face Area
m²
0.269
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
286
2
Nr of Stages
10
Fan
Type
Turbo fan
Cooling
High
m³/min
9.0
9.0
9.5
11.0
14.0
Low
m³/min
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
10.0
53
58
Quantity
Fan
Motor
1
Quantity
1
Model
Output
(high)
QTS32C15M
W
55
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
30
30
32
36
41
Low
dBA
25
25
26
28
33
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
Drain
Diameter
mm
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
dBA
47
49
Flare connection
mm
6.35
Flare connection
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
47
12.7
26
Foamed polystyrene/foamed polyethylene
Model
BYFQ60B7W1
Colour
White (Ral 9010)
Dimensions Height
mm
55
Width
mm
700
Depth
mm
700
Weight
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
kg
2.7
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard Accessories
Installation and operation manual
Paper pattern for installation
Drain hose
Clamp metal
Washer fixing plate
Sealing pads
Clamps
Screws
Washer for hanger bracket
Insulation for fitting
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
25
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXZQ20M9V1B
FXZQ25M9V1B
Name
Phase
FXZQ32M9V1B
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Full load amps (FLA)
A
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
FXZQ40M9V1B
FXZQ50M9V1B
0.8
0.9
0.6
0.7
V1
1~
0.8
0.8
0.8
15
0.6
0.6
0.6
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
26
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
2-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXCQ20M8V3B
FXCQ25M8V3B
FXCQ32M8V3B
FXCQ40M8V3B
FXCQ50M8V3B
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.077
0.092
0.092
0.130
0.130
Heating
kW
0.044
0.059
0.059
0.097
0.097
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Packing
Non painted
Material
Unit
Weight
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
405
405
405
405
405
Width
mm
1060
1060
1060
1280
1280
Depth
mm
665
665
665
665
665
Height
mm
305
305
305
305
305
Width
mm
780
780
780
995
995
Depth
mm
600
600
600
600
600
Unit
kg
26
26
26
31
32
Packed Unit
kg
30
30
30
37
38
Required Ceiling Void
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Length
mm
350
350
350
350
350
mm
475 × 2
475 × 2
475 × 2
690 × 2
475 × 2
mm
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
0.145 × 2
0.145 × 2
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
2×2
Nr of Passes
Face Area
1.50
3×2
m²
0.1 × 2
0.1 × 2
Nr of Stages
0.1 × 2
10 × 2
6
Empty Tube Plate
Hole
Tube type
Fin
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Airflow Rate
Cooling
High
Low
m³/min
5.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
Heating
High
m³/min
7.0
9.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
Low
m³/min
5.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
1
1
1
1
1
20
20
Quantity
Fan
Motor
m³/min
Quantity
1
1
1
2
2
7.0
9.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
Steps
Output
(high)
Phase cut control
W
10
15
Drive
Refrigerant
15
Direct drive
Name
R-410A
Sound Level Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
dBA
45.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
33.0
35.0
35.0
35.5
35.5
Low
dBA
28.0
29.0
29.0
30.5
30.5
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
33.0
35.0
35.0
35.5
35.5
Low
dBA
28.0
29.0
29.0
30.5
30.5
Liquid
(OD)
Type
6.35
6.35
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
Drain
Diameter
mm
32
32
32
32
32
BYBC50GJW1
BYBC50GJW1
Heating
Piping
connections
Diameter
Flare connection
mm
6.35
6.35
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
Both liquid and gas pipes
Model
BYBC32GJW1
BYBC32GJW1
Colour
BYBC32GJW1
White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions Height
mm
53
53
53
53
53
Width
mm
1030
1030
1030
1245
1245
Depth
mm
680
680
680
680
680
kg
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
mm
600
600
600
600
600
Weight
Drain-up Height
27
6.35
Flare connection
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
2-Way Blow Ceiling Mounted Cassette
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXCQ20M8V3B
FXCQ25M8V3B
Air Filter
FXCQ32M8V3B
FXCQ40M8V3B
FXCQ50M8V3B
Resin net with mold resistance
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Safety devices
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal fuse
Drain pump fuse
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Quantity
Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation
4
4
Standard Accessories
Quantity
8
8
Standard Accessories
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
Quantity
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
Insulation for fitting
2
2
Standard Accessories
Notes
8
Paper pattern for installation
Standard Accessories
Quantity
4
Installation and operation manual
Standard Accessories
Quantity
4
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Quantity
4
Washer for hanging bracket
2
Drain hose
1
1
1
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
28
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
FXCQ63M8V3B
FXCQ80M8V3B
Nominal
Capacity
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cooling
kW
7.10
9.00
14.00
Heating
kW
8.00
10.00
16.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.161
0.209
0.256
Heating
kW
0.126
0.176
0.223
Casing
Colour
Non painted
Material
Galvanised steel
Dimensions
Packing
Height
mm
405
405
405
Width
mm
1460
1808
1808
Depth
mm
665
645
645
Height
mm
305
305
305
Width
mm
1180
1670
1670
Depth
mm
600
600
600
Unit
kg
35
47
48
Packed Unit
kg
42
55
56
Unit
Weight
Required Ceiling Void
Heat
Exchanger
FXCQ125M8V3B
Dimensions Length
mm
350
350
350
mm
875 × 2
1365
1365
mm
1.50
1.50
6×2
5×2
6
0.184 × 2
0.287 × 2
0.287 × 2
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
2×2
Nr of Passes
Face Area
m²
Nr of Stages
10 × 2
Empty Tube Plate
Hole
8
Tube type
Fin
1.50
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Airflow Rate
Cooling
High
Low
m³/min
13.0
21.0
25.0
Heating
High
m³/min
16.5
26.0
33.0
Low
m³/min
13.0
21.0
25.0
1
1
1
Quantity
Fan
Motor
m³/min
Quantity
2
3
3
16.5
26.0
33.0
Steps
Output
(high)
Phase cut control
W
30
Drive
Refrigerant
50
85
Direct drive
Name
R-410A
Sound Level Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
dBA
52.0
54.0
60.0
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
38.0
40.0
45.0
Low
dBA
33.0
35.0
39.0
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
38.0
40.0
45.0
Low
dBA
33.0
35.0
39.0
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
15.9
15.9
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
32
32
32
Heating
Piping
connections
Diameter
Flare connection
mm
9.5
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
9.5
Both liquid and gas pipes
Model
BYBC63GJW1
Colour
BYBC125GJW1
BYBC125GJW1
White (10Y9/0.5)
Dimensions Height
mm
53
53
53
Width
mm
1430
1920
1920
Depth
mm
680
680
680
kg
9.5
12.0
12.0
mm
600
600
600
Weight
Drain-up Height
29
9.5
Flare connection
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
FXCQ63M8V3B
Air Filter
FXCQ80M8V3B
FXCQ125M8V3B
Resin net with mold resistance
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Safety devices
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Fan motor thermal protector
Drain pump fuse
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Quantity
Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation
4
Standard Accessories
Quantity
8
Standard Accessories
Quantity
1
1
1
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
Insulation for fitting
2
Standard Accessories
Notes
8
Paper pattern for installation
Standard Accessories
Quantity
8
Installation and operation manual
Standard Accessories
Quantity
4
Clamps
Standard Accessories
Quantity
4
Washer for hanging bracket
2
2
Drain hose
1
1
1
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
30
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXCQ20M8V3B
Name
Phase
FXCQ25M8V3B
FXCQ32M8V3B
1
1
V3
1
FXCQ40M8V3B
FXCQ50M8V3B
1
1
50
50
50
50
50
Frequency
Hz
Voltage
V
230
230
230
230
230
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.80
0.80
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Full load amps (FLA)
A
16.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
A
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.60
0.60
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Power Supply Intake
Notes
-10%
+10%
Both indoor and outdoor unit
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA<= 4 × FLA
select wire size based on the MCA
instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
For more details concerning conditional connections, see http://extranet.daikineurope.com, select "E-Data Books".
Finally, click on the document title of your choice.
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Name
Supply
Phase
Frequency
FXCQ63M8V3B
FXCQ80M8V3B
V3
FXCQ125M8V3B
Hz
1
50
1
50
1
50
Voltage
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
V
A
230
0.90
230
1.10
230
1.30
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
16.00
16.00
16.00
Full load amps (FLA)
A
0.70
0.90
1.00
Minimum
V
-10%
Maximum
Power Supply Intake
V
+10%
Both indoor and outdoor unit
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA<= 4 × FLA
select wire size based on the MCA
instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
For more details concerning conditional connections, see http://extranet.daikineurope.com, select "E-Data Books".
Finally, click on the document title of your choice.
31
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Corner Cassette
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
FXKQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cooling
kW
2.80
3.60
4.50
7.10
Heating
kW
3.20
4.00
5.00
8.00
Power input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.066
0.066
0.076
0.105
Heating
kW
0.046
0.046
0.056
0.085
Power input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.069
0.069
0.092
0.120
Heating
kW
0.049
0.049
0.072
0.100
1110
1310
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
kg
Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
215
1110
1110
710
31
31
31
34
2
2
2
3
0.180
0.226
1.75
0.180
0.180
Nr of Stages
Fan
11
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Airflow Rate
Fan
Cooling
Motor
1
High
m³/min
11.00
11.00
13.00
18.00
Low
m³/min
9.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
Quantity
1
Model
Output
(high)
W
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AP1V1
4D12H1AJ1V1
15
15
20
45
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
38.0
38.0
40.0
42.0
Low
dBA
33.0
33.0
34.0
37.0
Liquid
(OD)
Type
6.4
9.5
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
BYK45FJW1
BYK71FJW1
1240
1440
8.5
9.5
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Flare connection
mm
6.4
6.4
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
32
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
Foamed Polyethylene
Model
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
Colour
White
Dimensions Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Air Filter
kg
70
1240
1240
800
8.5
8.5
Resin net with mold resistance
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Drain pump fuse
Fan motor thermal
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Installation and operation manual
Metal clamp for drain hose
Clamps
Insulation for hangar bracket
Positioning Jig for Installation
Paper pattern for installation
Drain hose
Insulation for fitting
Sealing Pads
Screws
Washer
Air Outlet blocking pad
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
Specifications
32
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
Name
FXKQ40MAVE
FXKQ63MAVE
0.30
0.50
0.20
0.40
VE
Phase
1
Frequency
Hz
Voltage
V
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
50
220-240
0.30
0.30
15.00
0.20
0.20
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA<= 4 × FLA
next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
select wire size based on the MCA
instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
For more details concerning conditional connections, see http://extranet.daikineurope.com, select "E-Data Books".
Finally, click on the document title of your choice.
33
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Slim Concealed Ceiling Unit (with Drain Pump)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXDQ20PBVE
FXDQ25PBVE
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
FXDQ32PBVE
3.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.086
0.086
0.089
Heating
kW
0.067
0.067
0.070
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.092
0.092
0.095
Heating
kW
0.073
0.073
0.076
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel plate
Height
mm
Width
mm
700
Depth
mm
620
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
kg
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Fan
Piping
connections
2
Fin Pitch
mm
1.5
Face Area
m²
0.126
12
High high
m³/min
High
m³/min
8.0
7.2
Low
m³/min
6.4
External
static
pressure
High
Pa
30
Standard
Pa
10
Motor
Output
(high)
W
62
Sound
Pressure
3
Sirocco fan
Drive
Cooling
23
2
Nr of Stages
Fan
200
Direct drive
High high
dBA
33
High
dBA
31
Low
dBA
29
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
Drain
Diameter
mm
VP20 (I.D. 20/O.D. 26)
Diameter
Sound absorbing insulation
Air Filter
Flare connection
mm
6.35
Flare connection
Foamed polyethylene
Removable/washable/Mildew proof
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Drain hose
Sealing pads
Clamps
Washer
Insulation for fitting
Clamp metal
Washer fixing plate
Screws for duct flanges
Air filter
Product Quality Certificate
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote control; this pressure means : high static pressure - standard
static pressure.
The operation sound levels are conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, sound levels tend to be higher than
the specified values due to ambient noise or reflection. When the suction place is changed to bottom suction, sound level
will increase
Specifications
34
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Slim Concealed Ceiling Unit (with Drain Pump)
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
FXDQ20PBVE
Name
FXDQ25PBVE
FXDQ32PBVE
VE
Phase
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
0.8
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
15
Full load amps (FLA)
A
0.6
Minimum
V
-10%
Maximum
V
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
35
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Slim Concealed Ceiling Unit (with Drain Pump)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXDQ40NBVE
FXDQ50NBVE
Cooling
kW
4.5
5.6
FXDQ63NBVE
7.1
Heating
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.160
0.165
0.181
Heating
kW
0.147
0.152
0.168
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.182
0.185
0.192
Heating
kW
0.168
0.170
0.179
Height
mm
200
200
200
Width
mm
900
900
1,100
Depth
mm
620
620
620
kg
27
28
31
3
3
3
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel plate
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
mm
1.5
1.5
1.5
Face Area
m²
0.176
0.176
0.227
12
12
12
Nr of Stages
Fan
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Fan
Sirocco fan
High high
m³/min
10.5
12.5
High
m³/min
9.5
11.0
14.5
Low
m³/min
8.5
10.0
13.0
External
static
pressure
High
Pa
44
44
44
Standard
Pa
15
15
15
Motor
Output
(high)
W
62
130
130
High high
dBA
34
35
36
High
dBA
32
33
34
Low
dBA
30
31
32
Drive
Cooling
Piping
connections
16.5
Sound
Pressure
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Drain
(OD)
Diameter
Direct drive
Flare connection
mm
mm
Diameter
mm
Sound absorbing insulation
6.35
9.52
Flare connection
Diameter
Air Filter
6.35
12.7
12.7
15.9
VP20 (I.D. 20/O.D. 26)
Foamed polyethylene
Removable/washable/Mildew proof
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Drain hose
Sealing pads
Clamps
Washer
Insulation for fitting
Clamp metal
Washer fixing plate
Screws for duct flanges
Air filter
Product Quality Certificate
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote control; this pressure means : high static pressure - standard
static pressure.
The operation sound levels are conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, sound levels tend to be higher than
the specified values due to ambient noise or reflection. When the suction place is changed to bottom suction, sound level
will increase
Specifications
36
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
FXDQ40NBVE
Name
Phase
FXDQ50NBVE
FXDQ63NBVE
VE
1~
Frequency
Hz
Voltage
V
50
50
50
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
1.0
1.0
1.1
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Full load amps (FLA)
A
15
15
15
A
0.8
0.8
0.9
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
220-240
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
37
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Concealed Ceiling Unit (Small)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXDQ20M9V3B
FXDQ25M9V3B
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.050
Heating
kW
0.050
Casing
Colour
Non painted
Material
Galvanised steel
Dimensions
Packing
Unit
Weight
Height
mm
Width
mm
584
Depth
mm
753
Height
mm
230
Width
mm
502
Depth
mm
652
Unit
kg
17
Packed Unit
kg
18
mm
>250
mm
430
mm
1.4
m²
0.108
Required Ceiling Void
Heat
Exchanger
301
Dimensions Length
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
2
Nr of Passes
Face Area
2
Nr of Stages
12
Empty Tube Plate
Hole
4
Tube type
Fin
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Cooling
High
m³/min
6.7
Low
m³/min
5.2
5.8
High
m³/min
6.7
7.4
Low
m³/min
5.2
Motor
Quantity
Quantity
Heating
Fan
1
5.8
1
Steps
Output
(high)
7.4
step motor
W
Drive
10
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
dBA
50
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
37
Low
dBA
32
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
37
Low
dBA
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
Drain
Diameter
mm
I.D. 21.6, O.D. 27.2
Heating
Piping
connections
Air Filter
R-410A
Diameter
32
Flare connection
mm
6.35
Flare connection
Resin net with mold resistance
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
Safety devices
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
38
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
FXDQ20M9V3B
Name
Phase
FXDQ25M9V3B
V1
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
230
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
0.2
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Full load amps (FLA)
A
16
A
0.1
Minimum
V
-10%
Maximum
V
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA < 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 16A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
39
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Concealed Ceiling Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXSQ20P7VEB
FXSQ25P7VEB
FXSQ32P7VEB
FXSQ40P7VEB
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
FXSQ50P7VEB
5.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.073
0.073
0.079
0.192
0.192
Heating
kW
0.061
0.061
0.067
0.180
0.180
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.073
0.073
0.079
0.192
0.192
Heating
kW
0.061
0.061
0.067
0.180
0.180
Casing
Colour
Non painted
Material
Galvanised steel
920
920
700
700
Dimensions
Packing
Unit
Weight
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
770
770
900
300
550
550
550
700
Unit
kg
23
23
23
26
26
Packed Unit
kg
28
28
28
32
32
290
290
440
440
Required Ceiling Void
Heat
Exchanger
355
770
mm
Dimensions Length
mm
>350
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
3
mm
Nr of Passes
Face Area
m²
1.75
3
3
3
4
4
0.097
0.097
0.097
0.148
0.148
Nr of Stages
16
Empty Tube Plate
Hole
12
Tube type
Fin
290
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Cooling
High
m³/min
9
9
9.5
16
16
Low
m³/min
6.5
6.5
7
11
11
High
m³/min
9
9
9.5
16
16
Low
m³/min
6.5
6.5
7
11
11
External
static
pressure
High
Pa
70
70
70
100
100
Standard
Pa
Motor
Quantity
Quantity
Heating
Fan
1
30
1
Model
Brushless DC motor
Steps
Motor
9
9
9
10
10
1,031
1,031
1,061
1,186
1,186
Speed
(cooling)
High
rpm
Low
rpm
802
802
827
875
875
Speed
(heating)
High
rpm
1,031
1,031
1,061
1,186
1,186
Low
rpm
802
802
827
875
875
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
90
90
90
140
140
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
dBA
55
55
56
63
63
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
32
32
33
37
37
Low
dBA
26
26
27
29
29
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
32
32
33
37
37
Low
dBA
26
26
27
29
29
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
Drain
Diameter
mm
VP25 (O.D. 32 / I.D. 25)
Drive
Heating
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Heat Insulation
Specifications
Direct drive
Flare connection
mm
6.35
Flare connection
Both liquid and gas pipes
40
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Concealed Ceiling Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXSQ20P7VEB
FXSQ25P7VEB
FXSQ32P7VEB
FXSQ40P7VEB
FXSQ50P7VEB
Decoration
Panel
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS45DJW1
BYBS45DJW1
800
800
3.5
3.5
Model
Colour
Dimensions Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Drain-up Height
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Safety devices
White (10Y9/0,5)
kg
mm
55
650
650
650
500
3.0
3.0
3.0
625
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
PCB fuse
PCB fuse (fan driver)
Drain pump fuse
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
41
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Concealed Ceiling Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
FXSQ63P7VEB
FXSQ80P7VEB
FXSQ100P7VEB
Cooling
kW
7.1
9.0
11.2
FXSQ125P7VEB
14.0
Heating
kW
8.0
10.0
12.5
16.0
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.142
0.163
0.247
0.303
Heating
kW
0.130
0.151
0.235
0.291
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.142
0.163
0.247
0.303
Heating
kW
0.130
0.151
0.235
0.291
Casing
Colour
Non painted
Material
Galvanised steel
1,620
1,620
1,400
1,400
Dimensions
Packing
Unit
Weight
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
1,220
900
300
1,000
1,000
700
Unit
kg
35
35
46
46
Packed Unit
kg
42
42
54
54
740
740
1,140
1,140
Required Ceiling Void
Heat
Exchanger
355
1,220
mm
Dimensions Length
mm
>350
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
3
mm
Nr of Passes
Face Area
m²
1.75
7
7
11
11
0.249
0.249
0.383
0.383
Nr of Stages
16
Tube type
Fin
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Cooling
High
Low
m³/min
16
20
23
28
Heating
High
m³/min
19.5
25
32
39
Low
m³/min
16
20
23
28
External
static
pressure
High
Pa
100
100
120
120
Standard
Pa
30
40
40
50
Motor
Quantity
1,218
Quantity
Fan
m³/min
2
2
3
3
19.5
25
32
39
1
Model
Brushless DC motor
Steps
Motor
8
Speed
(cooling)
High
rpm
975
1,161
1,060
Low
rpm
840
960
813
920
Speed
(heating)
High
rpm
975
1,161
1,060
1,218
Low
rpm
840
960
813
920
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
Refrigerant
Name
Sound level
Cooling
Sound
power
(nominal)
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Sound
Pressure
W
350
Drive
Heating
Specifications
Direct drive
R-410A
dBA
59
63
61
66
High
dBA
37
38
38
40
Low
dBA
30
32
32
33
High
dBA
37
38
38
40
Low
dBA
30
32
32
33
42
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Concealed Ceiling Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Piping
connections
FXSQ63P7VEB
FXSQ80P7VEB
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
VP25 (O.D. 32 / I.D. 25)
Diameter
FXSQ125P7VEB
Flare connection
mm
9.52
Flare connection
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
FXSQ100P7VEB
Liquid
(OD)
Both liquid and gas pipes
Model
BYBS71DJW1
BYBS71DJW1
Colour
BYBS125DJW1
BYBS125DJW1
White (10Y9/0,5)
Dimensions Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Drain-up Height
kg
55
1,100
1,100
1,500
1,500
6.5
6.5
500
4.5
4.5
mm
625
Air Filter
Resin net with mold resistance
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Safety devices
PCB fuse
PCB fuse (fan driver)
Drain pump fuse
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXSQ20P7VEB
FXSQ25P7VEB
FXSQ32P7VEB
Name
FXSQ40P7VEB
FXSQ50P7VEB
1.2
1.2
VE
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
0.4
0.4
0.4
16
Minimum
V
-10%
Maximum
V
+10%
Notes
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
1-1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
Notes
FXSQ63P7VEB
FXSQ80P7VEB
Name
FXSQ100P7VEB
FXSQ125P7VEB
1.6
2.1
VE
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
1.1
1.3
16
Minimum
V
-10%
Maximum
V
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
43
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Concealed Ceiling Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Power Input
(50Hz)
FXMQ20PVE
FXMQ25PVE
FXMQ32PVE
FXMQ40PVE
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
5.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Cooling
kW
0.081
0.081
0.085
0.194
0.215
Heating
kW
0.069
0.069
0.073
0.182
0.203
700
1,000
28
36
0.148
0.249
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel plate
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
kg
300
550
550
Fan
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
External
static
pressure
Motor
Piping
connections
550
700
25
25
25
3
Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
1.75
0.098
0.098
Nr of Stages
Fan
FXMQ50PVE
0.098
16
Sirocco fan
High high
m³/min
9
9
9
16
18
High
m³/min
7.5
7.5
8
13
16.5
Low
m³/min
6.5
6.5
7
11
15
High
Pa
100
100
100
160
200
Standard
Pa
Low
Pa
30
30
30
30
50
Output
(high)
W
90
90
90
140
350
6.35
6.35
12.7
12.7
50
100
Drive
Direct drive
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Flare connection
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
Drain
Diameter
mm
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Diameter
mm
6.35
6.35
6.35
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
VP25 (I.D. 32/O.D. 25)
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan driver overload protector
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Drain hose
Sealing pads
Clamps
Washer
Screws
Insulation for fitting
Clamp metal
Air discharge flange
Air suction flange
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 27°CDB/19°CWB; outdoor
temperature: 35°CDB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 20°CDB; outdoor temperature:
7°CDB/6°CWB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 7, 18, 14, 10 stages within the ( ) range by the remote control.
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric
method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Specifications
44
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
kW
kW
FXMQ63PVE
FXMQ80PVE
FXMQ100PVE
FXMQ125PVE
FXMQ140PVE
7.1
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.2
12.5
14.0
16.0
16.0
18.0
Capacity
Cooling
Heating
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.230
0.298
0.376
0.461
0.461
Heating
kW
0.218
0.286
0.364
0.449
0.449
Casing
Dimensions
Material
Unit
1,400
1,400
46
47
0.383
0.383
Height
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
Galvanised steel plate
300
mm
kg
1,000
1,000
700
36
36
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Fan
External
static
pressure
Motor
Piping
connections
Liquid
(OD)
46
3
Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
1.75
0.249
0.249
Nr of Stages
Fan
1,400
1.5
0.383
16
Sirocco fan
High high
m³/min
19.5
25
32
39
46
High
m³/min
17.5
22.5
27
33
39
Low
High
m³/min
Pa
16
200
20
200
23
200
28
200
32
140
Standard
Pa
Low
Pa
50
50
100
50
50
50
Output
(high)
W
350
350
350
350
350
Drive
Type
Direct drive
Flare connection
Diameter
Type
mm
9.52
9.52
9.52
Flare connection
9.52
9.52
Gas
Diameter
Diameter
mm
mm
15.9
15.9
15.9
VP25 (I.D. 32/O.D. 25)
15.9
15.9
Drain
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan driver overload protector
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Drain hose
Sealing pads
Clamps
Washer
Screws
Insulation for fitting
Clamp metal
Air discharge flange
Notes
Air suction flange
Nominal cooling capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 27°CDB/19°CWB; outdoor
temperature: 35°CDB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 20°CDB; outdoor temperature:
7°CDB/6°CWB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 7, 13, 14, 10 stages within the ( ) range by the remote control.
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric
method (gravity method) 50% or more.
45
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXMQ20PVE
FXMQ25PVE
Name
FXMQ32PVE
FXMQ40PVE
FXMQ50PVE
1.4
1.6
1.1
1.3
VE
Phase
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
0.6
0.6
0.6
16
0.5
0.5
0.5
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 16A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXMQ63PVE
FXMQ80PVE
Name
FXMQ100PVE
Phase
FXMQ140PVE
3.4
3.4
2.7
2.7
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
FXMQ125PVE
VE
1.8
2.3
2.9
16
1.4
1.8
2.3
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 16A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
46
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Concealed Ceiling Unit (Large)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
Cooling
kW
22.4
28.0
Heating
kW
25.0
31.5
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
1.294
1.465
Heating
kW
1.294
1.465
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
1.490
1.684
Heating
kW
1.490
1.684
Height
mm
470
470
Width
mm
1,380
1,380
Depth
mm
1,100
1,100
kg
137
137
Capacity
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
3
3
Fin Pitch
mm
2.0
2.0
Face Area
m²
0.68
0.68
Nr of Stages
26
26
Fan
Type
Sirocco fan
Cooling
High
m³/min
Low
m³/min
50
62
External
static
pressure
(Max)
High
Pa
221
270
Standard
Pa
132
147
Motor
Quantity
Quantity
Fan
Model
Output
(high)
W
2
2
58
72
2
2
D13/4G2DA1
D13/4G2DA1
380
380
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
48
Low
dBA
45
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Piping
connections
Drain
R-410A
Diameter
Temperature control
Safety devices
45
Flare connection
mm
9.52
9.52
Braze connection
Diameter
mm
19.1
22.2
Diameter
mm
PS1B
PS1B
Heat Insulation
Refrigerant control
48
Glass fiber
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Connection pipes
Sealing pads
Clamps
Screws
Insulation for fitting
Clamp metal
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means : High
static pressure -standard
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric
method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
47
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXMQ200MAVE
Name
FXMQ250MAVE
VE
Phase
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
8.1
9.0
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
15
15
Full load amps (FLA)
A
6.5
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
7.2
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
48
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Ceiling Suspended Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
Cooling
kW
3.6
7.1
11.2
Heating
kW
4.0
8.0
12.5
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.111
0.115
0.135
Heating
kW
0.111
0.115
0.135
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.142
0.145
0.199
Heating
kW
0.142
0.145
0.199
Height
mm
195
195
195
Width
mm
960
1,160
1,400
Depth
mm
680
680
680
kg
24
28
33
2
3
3
Capacity
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
White (10Y9/0,5)
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
mm
1.75
1.75
1.75
Face Area
m²
0.182
0.233
0.293
12
12
12
Nr of Stages
Fan
Type
Cooling
High
m³/min
12
17.5
25
Low
m³/min
10
14
19.5
3D12K1AA1
4D12K1AA1
3D12K2AA1
62
62
130
Fan
Motor
Sirocco fan
Model
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
36
39
45
Low
dBA
31
34
37
Liquid
(OD)
Type
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
Drain
Diameter
mm
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Flare connection
mm
6.35
9.52
9.52
Flare connection
12.7
15.9
15.9
VP20 (I.D. 20/O.D. 26)
Glass wool
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard Accessories
Operation manual
Installation manual
Drain hose
Paper pattern for installation
Clamp metal
Insulation for fitting
Clamps
Washer
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
49
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXHQ32MAVE
Name
Phase
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
VE
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
0.8
0.8
0.9
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
Full load amps (FLA)
A
15
15
15
A
0.6
0.6
0.7
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
50
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Wall Mounted Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXAQ20PV1
FXAQ25PV1
FXAQ32PV1
FXAQ40PV1
FXAQ50PV1
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
5.6
7.1
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
8.0
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.016
0.022
0.027
0.020
0.027
0.050
Heating
kW
0.024
0.027
0.032
0.020
0.032
0.060
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.016
0.022
0.027
0.020
0.027
0.050
Heating
kW
0.024
0.027
0.032
0.020
0.032
0.060
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
1,050
1,050
1,050
14
14
14
0.213
0.213
0.213
Capacity
white (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
kg
290
795
795
795
238
11
11
11
2
Fin Pitch
mm
Face Area
m²
1.40
0.161
0.161
0.161
Nr of Stages
Fan
14
Type
Cross flow fan
Quantity
Cooling
Fan
FXAQ63PV1
1
High
m³/min
7.5
8
8.5
12
15
19
Low
m³/min
4.5
5
5.5
9
12
14
Motor
Quantity
1
Model
Output
(high)
W
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
40
40
40
43
43
43
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
36.0
37.0
38.0
40.0
43.0
47.0
Low
dBA
31.0
31.0
31.0
36.0
38.0
41.0
Liquid
(OD)
Type
6.35
9.52
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Flare connection
mm
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
VP13 (I.D. 13/O.D. 18)
Foamed polystyrene/foamed polyethylene
Washable resin net
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Installation and operation manual
Installation panel
Paper pattern for installation
Insulation tape
Clamps
Screws
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
51
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Wall Mounted Unit
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXAQ20PV1
FXAQ25PV1
FXAQ32PV1
Name
FXAQ40PV1
Phase
FXAQ63PV1
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.5
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
FXAQ50PV1
VE
0.3
0.4
0.4
15
0.2
0.3
0.3
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
52
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Floor Standing Unit
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
FXLQ32MAVE
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
FXLQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Heating
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Power input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.0.047
0.047
0.079
0.084
0.105
0.108
Heating
kW
0.047
0.047
0.079
0.084
0.105
0.108
Height
mm
600
600
600
600
600
600
Width
mm
1000
1000
1140
1140
1420
1420
Depth
mm
222
222
222
222
222
222
kg
25
25
30
30
36
36
3
3
3
3
3
3
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
Ivory white (5Y7,5/1)
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
mm
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
0.200
0.282
0.282
14
14
14
14
14
14
Nr of Stages
Fan
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Fan
Motor
Sirocco fan
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
7.00
7.00
8.00
11.00
14.00
16.00
Low
m³/min
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.50
11.00
12.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
15
15
25
25
35
35
Quantity
Model
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
35.0
35.0
35.0
38.0
39.0
40.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
Liquid
(OD)
Type
6.4
6.4
9.5
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
12.7
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Flare connection
mm
6.4
6.4
6.4
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
O.D. 21
Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam
Resin net with mold resistance
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Installation and operation manual
Insulation for fitting
Drain hose
Clamps
Screws
Level adjustment screw
Washer
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
53
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Floor Standing Unit
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
FXLQ32MAVE
Name
Phase
FXLQ50MAVE
FXLQ63MAVE
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.50
0.50
0.50
1
Frequency
Hz
Voltage
V
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
Full load amps (FLA)
A
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
FXLQ40MAVE
VE
50
220-240
0.30
0.30
0.60
15.00
0.20
0.20
0.50
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA<= 4 × FLA
next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
select wire size based on the MCA
instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
For more details concerning conditional connections, see http://extranet.daikineurope.com, select "E-Data Books".
Finally, click on the document title of your choice.
Specifications
54
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Concealed Floor Standing Unit
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
FXNQ32MAVE
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
FXNQ63MAVE
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power Input
(50Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Heating
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Power Input
(60Hz)
Cooling
kW
0.047
0.047
0.079
0.084
0.105
0.108
Heating
kW
0.047
0.047
0.079
0.084
0.105
0.108
Height
mm
610
610
610
610
610
610
Width
mm
930
930
1070
1070
1350
1350
Depth
mm
220
220
220
220
220
220
kg
19
19
23
23
27
27
3
3
3
3
3
3
Capacity
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Galvanised steel
Weight
Unit
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
mm
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area
m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
0.200
0.282
0.282
14
14
14
14
14
14
Nr of Stages
Fan
Type
Airflow Rate
Cooling
Fan
Motor
Sirocco fan
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
7.00
7.00
8.00
11.00
14.00
16.00
Low
m³/min
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.50
11.00
12.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
15
15
25
25
35
35
Quantity
Model
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Direct drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
35.0
35.0
35.0
38.0
39.0
40.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
Liquid
(OD)
Type
6.35
9.52
Gas
Type
Diameter
mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
Drain
Diameter
mm
21
21
21
21
21
21
Piping
connections
R-410A
Diameter
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Flare connection
mm
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
Flare connection
Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam
Resin net with mold resistance
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PCB fuse
Fan motor thermal protector
Standard
Accessories
Standard Accessories
Installation and operation manual
Insulation for fitting
Drain hose
Clamps
Screws
Washer
Level adjustment screw
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
55
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Unit
1-2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Supply
Current
Voltage
range
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
FXNQ32MAVE
Name
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
FXNQ63MAVE
VE
Phase
1~
Frequency
Hz
50
Voltage
V
220-240
Minimum circuit amps
(MCA)
A
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
Maximum fuse amps
(MFA)
A
15
15
15
15
15
15
Full load amps (FLA)
A
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Minimum
V
Maximum
V
Notes
-10%
+10%
Voltage range : units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or
above listed range limits.
Maximum allowable voltage range variation between phases is 2%.
MCA/MFA : MCA = 1.25 × FLA
MFA is smaller than or equal to 4 × FLA
Next lower standard fuse rating minimum 15A
Select wire size based on the MCA
Instead of a fuse, use a circuit breaker
Specifications
56
Specifications
1.3
SiBE37-701_B
BS Units
Model
Power Supply
Total capacity index of connectable indoor
units
Capacity index of connectable indoor units
per branch
No. of Connectable Indoor Units
Casing
Dimensions: (H×W×D)
HP/LP Gas Pipes
Weight
kg
Standard Accessories
BSV6Q100PV1
1 Phase 50Hz 200-240V
400 or less
600 or less
100 or less
mm
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation
Material
Liquid Pipes
Indoor
Unit
Gas Pipes
Piping
Liquid Pipes
Connection
Outdoor Suction Gas Pipes
Unit
BSV4Q100PV1
1 Phase 50Hz 200-240V
Max. 20
Max. 30
Galvanized steel plate
209×1053×635
Galvanized steel plate
209×1577×635
Foamed polyurethane, Flame resistant needle felt
Foamed polyurethane, Flame resistant needle felt
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★1
9.5mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★1
12.7mm C1220T (brazing connection)
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
15.9mm C1220T (brazing connection)
28.6mm C1220T (brazing connection)
28.6mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
19.1mm C1220T (brazing connection)
28.6mm C1220T (brazing connection) ★2
60
Installation manual, Attached pipe
Insulation pipe cover, Clamps
Drawing No.
89
Installation manual, Attached pipe
Insulation pipe cover, Clamps
4D064131A
Note:
4D064132A
★1 When connecting with a 20 to 50 class indoor unit, connect to the attached pipe to the field pipe.
(Braze the connection between the attached and field pipe.)
★2 When connecting with an indoor unit of 150 or more and 160 or less, connect to the attached pipe to the field pipe.
(Braze the connection between the attached and field pipe.)
Connection Range for BS Unit
Components
Outdoor unit model name
Indoor unit total capacity
Note:
57
★
Total capacity of connectable indoor
units
Number of connectable indoor
units
REYQ8P
100 to 260 (400)
13 (20)
REYQ10P
125 to 325 (500)
16 (25)
REYQ12P
150 to 390 (600)
19 (30)
REYQ14P
175 to 455 (700)
22 (35)
REYQ16P
200 to 520 (800)
26 (40)
REYQ18P
225 to 585 (720)
29 (36)
REYQ20P
250 to 650 (800)
32 (40)
REYQ22P
275 to 715 (880)
35 (44)
REYQ24P
300 to 780 (960)
39 (48)
REYQ26P
325 to 845 (1,040)
42 (52)
REYQ28P
350 to 910 (1,120)
45 (56)
REYQ30P
375 to 975 (1,200)
48 (60)
REYQ32P
400 to 1,040 (1,280)
52 (64)
REYQ34P
425 to 1,105 (1,105)
55 (55)
REYQ36P
450 to 1,170 (1,170)
58 (58)
REYQ38P
475 to 1,235 (1,235)
61 (61)
REYQ40P
500 to 1,300 (1,300)
REYQ42P
525 to 1,365 (1,365)
REYQ44P
550 to 1,430 (1,430)
REYQ46P
575 to 1,495 (1,495)
REYQ48P
600 to 1,560 (1,560)
Same number of
BS units
64 (64)
Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity, 200% from single outdoor units, 160% from
double outdoor units, 130% from triple outdoor units.
Specifications
SiBE37-701_B
Part 3
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................59
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................59
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................61
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP) .............................................................................63
REMQ10P, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)...........................................................65
REMQ14P, 16P (Multi 14, 16HP)...........................................................67
BS Unit Functional Parts ........................................................................69
Indoor Units ............................................................................................70
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................71
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P ................................................................................71
REYQ14P, 16P ......................................................................................72
REMQ8P ................................................................................................73
REMQ10P, 12P......................................................................................74
REMQ14P, 16P......................................................................................75
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................76
Refrigerant Circuit
58
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
Name
system
diagram
1
M1C Inverter compressor (INV)
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1
(STD1)
3
M1F
Inverter fan
4
M2F
Inverter fan
5(6)
Y1E
(Y3E)
Y2E
(Y5E)
7(8)
9
10(11)
12
13
14
15
16
17(18)
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling: EVT)
Electronic expansion valve
Y4E
(Refrigerant charge: EVJ)
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass:
(Y10S) SVE)
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y3S
regulator liquid pipe: SVL)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y1S
regulator gas vent pipe: SVG)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y7S
regulator discharge pipe:
SVO)
Solenoid valve (Discharge
Y6S
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Y2S
Four way valve (Heat
(Y9S) exchanger switch: 20SA)
Four way valve (Dual pressure
Y8S
gas pipe switch: 20SB)
S1NPH High pressure sensor
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
S1PH High pressure switch (For INV)
S2PH High pressure switch (For STD)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Liquid pipe)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Refrigerant regulator)
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
—
Refrigerant regulator
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
35(45)
—
Capillary tube
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA)
(R10T)
R31T Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
(STD1 discharge
R32T Thermistor
pipe: Tds1)
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R12T) deicer: Tb)
36(46)
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R11T) gas pipe: Tg)
37(47)
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R15T) liquid pipe: Tf)
38(48)
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
(R13T) exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
32(42)
33
34
39
40(50)
59
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe: Tl)
R9T
(R14T) Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tsc)
Major Function
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter, while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply
only. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated in combination with Standard compressor.
REYQ8P : 30 steps, REYQ10, 12P : 37 steps
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
This opens in cooling operation.
Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Used to detect high pressure.
Used to detect low pressure.
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1
compressor.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make
judgements on defrosting operation.
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of subcooled heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Circuit
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
(8HP, 10HP, 12HP Single Type)
(INV Unit + STD Unit)
Liquid
Pipe
Subcooling Heat Exchanger 2
(50)
Left
(26)
Stop
Valve
(8)
(48)
(46)
Heat Exchanger 2
(11)
(45)
(47)
(18)
(6)
(4)
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
(19)
Stop
Valve
(23)
S2PH
(34)
(2) STD
(29)
(9)
Suction
Pipe
(42)
Stop
Valve
(40)
Subcooling Heat Exchanger 1
(39)
Right
(26)
(7)
(38)
Gauge Port (24)
(36)
(10)
Heat Exchanger 1(35)
(37)
(17)
(5)
(25)
(13)
(3)
S1NPH (20)
(31)
(12)
(27)
(22) S1PH
(33)
(1)
(16)
INV
(14)
(15)
(28)
Gauge Port
(30)
(32)
Refrigerant Circuit
(21) S2NPL
60
Refrigerant Circuit
1.2
SiBE37-701_B
REYQ14P, 16P
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV1)
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1 (INV2)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 266Hz by using
the inverter. The number of operating steps is as follows.
REYQ14P or 16P : 26 step
3
M1F
Inverter fan
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
4
M2F
Inverter fan
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
5(6)
Y1E
(Y3E)
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7(8)
Y2E
(Y5E)
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling: EVT)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
9
Y4E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge: EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
10(11)
Y5S
(Y10S) Solenoid valve (Main bypass: SVE) This opens in cooling operation.
12
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
13
Y3S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe: SVL)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
14
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe: SVG)
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe:
SVO)
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
16
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
17(18)
Y2S
(Y9S)
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch: 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
19
Y8S
Four way valve (Dual pressure
gas pipe switch: 20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
20
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
21
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
22(23)
S1PH High pressure switch (For INV This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
(S2PH) compressor)
increase in the fault operation.
24
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
25
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
26
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
27
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
28
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
29
—
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
30
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
31(41)
R8T
(R10T) Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV1 discharge
pipe: Tdi)
33
R32T
Thermistor (INV2 discharge
pipe: Tds1)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
35(45)
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R12T) deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make
judgements on defrosting operation.
36(46)
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R11T) gas pipe: Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37(47)
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
(R15T) liquid pipe: Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38(48)
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
(R13T) exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of subcooled heat exchanger.
39
40(50)
61
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe: Tl)
R9T
(R14T) Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Circuit
REYQ14P, 16P
(14HP, 16HP Single Type)
(INV Unit × 2)
Liquid
Pipe
Subcooling Heat Exchanger 2
(50)
Left
(26)
Stop
Valve
(8)
(48)
Heat Exchanger 2
(46)
(11)
(45)
(47)
(18)
(6)
(4)
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
(19)
Stop
Valve
(23)
S2PH
(33)
(2) INV2
(28)
(9)
Suction
Pipe
(41)
Stop
Valve
(40)
Subcooling Heat Exchanger 1 (39)
Liquid Pipe
Right
(26)
(7)
(38)
Heat Exchanger 1(35)
(10)
(36)
(24)
Gauge Port
(37)
(17)
(3)
S1NPH (20)
(5)
(25)
(13)
(30)
(12)
(27)
(22) S1PH
(32)
(16)
(1) INV1
(14)
(28)
Gauge Port
(29)
(31)
Refrigerant Circuit
(15)
(21) S2NPL
62
Refrigerant Circuit
1.3
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
63
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 111~115.
4
M1F
Inverter fan
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
6
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling: EVT)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
8
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge: EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
9
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass:
SVE)
This opens in cooling operation.
10
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
11
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe: SVL)
12
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe: SVG) This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
13
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe:
SVO)
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
14
Y8S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y3S
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch: 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
16
Y2S
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch:
20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
17
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
18
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
19
S1PH
22
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
23
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
24
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
25
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
26
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
29
—
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
30
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
31
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
35
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make
judgements on defrosting operation.
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe: Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe: Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of subcooled heat exchanger.
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe: Tl)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
High pressure switch (For INV This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
compressor)
increase in the fault operation.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ8P
(40)
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
(39)
(24)
(7)
(38)
(9)
(35)
(36)
(22)
(37)
(15)
(6)
(4)
(30)
(17) S1NPH
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
(23)
(11)
(10)
(16)
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
(19) S1PH
(25)
(32)
(14)
(1)
(12)
INV
(13)
(26)
(29)
S2NPL
(18)
(8)
Gauge Port
Stop Valve
Suction Pipe
(31)
Refrigerant Circuit
64
Refrigerant Circuit
1.4
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ10P, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
65
Name
Major Function
1
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using
the inverter, while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply
only. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated in combination with Standard compressor.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 111~115.
2
M2C
Standard compressor 1
(STD1)
4
M1F
Inverter fan
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
6
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
7
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling: EVT)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
8
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge: EVJ)
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
This opens in cooling operation.
9
Y6S
Solenoid valve (Main bypass: SVE)
10
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
11
Y4S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe: SVL)
12
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe: SVG) This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
13
Y7S
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe:
SVO)
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
14
Y8S
Solenoid valve (Discharge
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
15
Y3S
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch: 20SA)
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
16
Y2S
Four way valve (Dual pressure
gas pipe switch: 20SB)
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
17
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
18
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
19
S1PH
20
S2PH
22
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Liquid pipe)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
23
—
Pressure regulating valve
(Refrigerant regulator)
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
24
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
25
—
Refrigerant regulator
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
26
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV
compressor.
27
—
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1
compressor.
29
—
Capillary tube
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
30
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
31
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA) Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
32
R31T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
33
R32T
Thermistor (STD1 discharge
pipe: Tds1)
35
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make
judgements on defrosting operation.
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe: Tg)
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe: Tf)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of subcooled heat exchanger.
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe: Tl)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tsc)
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
High pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
High pressure switch (For
STD compressor 1)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ10P, 12P
(40)
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
(39)
(24)
(7)
(38)
(9)
(22)
(35)
(36)
(37)
(15)
(6)
(4)
S1NPH (17)
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
(23)
(11)
(30)
(10)
(16)
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
(19) S1PH
(25)
(20) S2PH
(33)
(32)
(12)
(14)
(1)
(2)
INV
S1
(13)
(27)
(26)
(29)
(18) S2NPL
(8)
Stop Valve
Gauge Port
(31)
Suction Pipe
Refrigerant Circuit
66
Refrigerant Circuit
1.5
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ14P, 16P (Multi 14, 16HP)
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
Name
system
diagram
1
M1C Inverter compressor (INV)
2
M2C Standard compressor 1 (STD1)
3
M3C
Standard compressor 2 (STD2)
4
M1F
Inverter fan
5
M2F
Inverter fan
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
67
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EVM)
Electronic expansion valve
Y3E
(Subcooling: EVT)
Electronic
expansion valve
Y2E
(Refrigerant charge: EVJ)
Solenoid valve (Main bypass: SVE)
Y6S
Y5S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y4S
regulator liquid pipe: SVL)
Solenoid
valve (Refrigerant
Y1S
regulator gas vent pipe: SVG)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
Y7S
regulator discharge pipe: SVO)
Solenoid valve (Discharge
Y8S
pipe of refrigerant regulator)
Four way valve (Heat
Y3S
exchanger switch: 20SA)
Four way valve (Dual pressure
Y2S
gas pipe switch: 20SB)
S1NPH High pressure sensor
S2NPL Low pressure sensor
S1PH High pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
pressure switch (For
S2PH High
STD compressor 1)
High pressure switch (For
S3PH STD compressor 2)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Liquid pipe)
Pressure regulating valve
—
(Refrigerant regulator)
—
Subcooling heat exchanger
—
Refrigerant regulator
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
—
Capillary tube
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
R8T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: TsA)
R31T Thermistor (INV discharge pipe: Tdi)
R32T Thermistor (STD1 discharge pipe: Tds1)
R33T Thermistor (STD2 discharge pipe: Tds2)
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
R4T
deicer: Tb)
Y1E
36
R2T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
gas pipe: Tg)
37
R7T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
liquid pipe: Tf)
38
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
39
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger liquid pipe: Tl)
40
R9T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tsc)
Major Function
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 210Hz by using the inverter,
while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply only. The number of
operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is operated in combination with Standard
compressor.
Compressor operation steps : Refer to page 111~115.
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
This is used to open/close refrigerant charge port.
This opens in cooling operation.
Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to collect refrigerant to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Bypass the high pressure gas to the refrigerant regulator.
This is used to switch outdoor heat exchanger to evaporator or condenser.
This is used to switch dual pressure gas pipe to high pressure or low pressure.
Used to detect high pressure.
Used to detect low pressure.
This functions when pressure increases to stop operation and avoid high pressure
increase in the fault operation.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
This is used when pressure increases, to prevent any damage on components caused
by pressure increase in transport or storage.
Apply subcooling to liquid refrigerant.
Surplus refrigerant is held according to the operation conditions.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1 compressor.
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD2 compressor.
This is used to discharge refrigerant from the refrigerant regulator.
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature. Used for compressor temperature
protection control.
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger. Used to make
judgements on defrosting operation.
This detects temperature of gas pipe for air heat exchanger. Used to exercise the
constant control of superheated degree when an evaporator is used for outdoor unit
heat exchanging.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the air heat exchanger and main
electronic expansion valve. Used to make judgements on the recover or discharge
refrigerants to the refrigerant regulator.
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporator side for the subcooling heat
exchanger. Used to exercise the constant control of superheated degree at the outlet
of subcooled heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the main expansion valve and
subcooling heat exchanger.
This detects temperature of liquid pipe between the liquid stop valve and subcooling
heat exchanger.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Circuit
REMQ14P, 16P
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
(40)
(39)
(24)
(7)
(38)
(9)
(22)
(35)
(36)
(37)
(6)
(15)
(5)
(4)
(17)
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
(30)
S1NPH
(23)
(11)
(10)
Stop Valve
Dual Pressure
Gas Pipe
(16)
(19) S1PH
(32)
(1)
(20) S2PH
(21) S3PH
(33)
(2)
INV
(25)
(34)
(3)
S1
S2
(27)
(12)
(28)
(13)
(26)
(29)
(18) S2NPL
(8)
Stop Valve
Gauge Port
(31)
Suction Pipe
Refrigerant Circuit
68
Refrigerant Circuit
1.6
SiBE37-701_B
BS Unit Functional Parts
BSV4Q100PV1, 6Q100PV1
No.
Name
Symbol
1
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Y4E
2
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Y5E
3
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Y2E
4
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Y3E
5
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Y1E
6
Capillary tube
—
Function
Opens while in heating operation or all indoor units are in cooling
operation. (Max : 760pls)
Opens while in cooling operation. (Max : 760pls)
Opens while in heating operation or all indoor units are in cooling
operation. (Max : 480pls)
Opens while in cooling operation. (Max : 480pls)
In simultaneous cooling and heating operation, it is used to subcooling
liquid refrigerants when an indoor unit downstream of this BS unit is in
heating operation. (Max : 480pls)
Used to bypass high pressure gas to low pressure side to protect
“Refrigerant accumulation” in high and low pressure gas pipes.
Note : Factory setting of all EV opening : 60pls
Liquid
Liquid
(5)
(6)
Indoor
side
Gas
Outdoor
side
(3)
(1)
(4)
Dual Pressure
Suction
(2)
69
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
1.7
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Units
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXDQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
(4)
Gas-side
Piping
M
Fan
(3)
(2)
Liquid-side
Piping
Electronic
Filter Expansion
Valve Filter
(1)
No.
Refrigerant Circuit
Name
Symbol
Function
Used to control superheated degree of gas when
cooling and subcooled degree when heating. (Max.
2000 pls)
Electronic
expansion valve
Y1E
R1T
Used for thermostat control.
Suction air
thermistor
Liquid pipe
thermistor
R2T
Used to control superheated degree of gas when
cooling and subcooled degree when heating.
Gas pipe
thermistor
R3T
Used for gas superheated degree control when
cooling.
70
Functional Parts Layout
SiBE37-701_B
2. Functional Parts Layout
2.1
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
Plan
(18) FOUR WAY VALVE
(HEAT EXC. 2)
(Y9S)
(19) FOUR WAY VALVE (10) SOLENOID VALVE
(BYPASS 1)
(PIPE)
(Y8S)
(Y5S)
(17) FOUR WAY VALVE
(HEAT EXC. 1)
(Y2S)
(11) SOLENOID VALVE
(BYPASS 2)
(Y10S)
(23) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S2PH)
(16) SOLENOID VALVE VIEW R
(RMTT)
(Y6S)
(12) SOLENOID VALVE
(HOT GAS)
(Y4S)
(22) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S1PH)
INSULATION TUBE
(13) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTL)
(Y3S)
(14) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTG)
(Y1S)
(15) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTO)
(Y7S)
(33) THERMISTOR
(M1C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R31T)
INSULATION TUBE
(34) THERMISTOR
(M2C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R32T)
Front View
(4) FAN MOTOR
(M2F)
(36) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS 1)
(R2T)
(9) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(CHARGE)
(Y4E)
(6) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN 2)
(Y3E)
(8) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING 2)
(Y5E)
(46) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS 2)
(R11T)
(47) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. LIQUID 2)
(R15T)
(48) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. GAS 2)
(R13T)
(42) THERMISTOR
(SUCTION 2)
(R10T)
(45) THERMISTOR
(DEICER 2)
(R12T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E2HC)
(40) THERMISTOR
(LIQUID)
(R9T)
(7) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING 1)
(Y2E)
(3) FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
(5) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN 1)
(Y1E)
(38) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. GAS 1)
(R5T)
(20) PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH PRESS.)
(S1NPH)
(21) PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW PRESS.)
(S2NPL)
(37) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. LIQUID 1)
(R7T)
(31) THERMISTOR
(AIR)
(R1T)
(32) THERMISTOR
(SUCTION 1)
(R8T)
R (39) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. LIQUID 1)
(R6T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E1HC)
(1) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(M1C)
(35) THERMISTOR
(DEICER 1)
(R4T)
(2) COMPRESSOR (STD)
(M2C)
Note:
71
For reference numbers, refer to page 59.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
2.2
Functional Parts Layout
REYQ14P, 16P
Plan
(10) SOLENOID VALVE
(BYPASS 1)
(Y5S)
(19) FOUR WAY VALVE
(PIPE)
(Y8S)
(18) FOUR WAY VALVE
(HEAT EXC. 2)
(Y9S)
(11) SOLENOID VALVE
(BYPASS 2)
(Y10S)
(17) FOUR WAY VALVE
(HEAT EXC. 1)
(Y2S)
(13) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTL)
(Y3S)
(14) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTG)
(Y1S)
(16) SOLENOID VALVE VIEW R
(RMTT)
(Y6S)
(23) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S2PH)
(15) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTO)
(Y7S)
(12) SOLENOID VALVE
(HOT GAS)
(Y4S)
INSULATION TUBE
(33) THERMISTOR
(M2C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R32T)
(22) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S1PH)
(32) THERMISTOR
(M1C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R31T)
Front View
(4) FAN MOTOR
(M2F)
(36) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS 1)
(R2T)
(9) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(CHARGE)
(Y4E)
(40) THERMISTOR
(LIQUID)
(R9T)
(7) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING 1)
(Y2E)
(3) FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
(5) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN 1)
(Y1E)
(38) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. GAS 1)
(R5T)
(6) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN 2)
(Y3E)
(8) DRIVING FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING 2)
(Y5E)
(46) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS 2)
(R11T)
(20) PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH PRESS.)
(S1NPH)
(21) PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW PRESS.)
(S2NPL)
(47) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. LIQUID 2)
(R15T)
(48) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. GAS 2)
(R13T)
(30) THERMISTOR
(AIR)
(R1T)
S
(41) THERMISTOR
(SUCTION 2)
(R10T)
(45) THERMISTOR
(DEICER 2)
(R12T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E2HC)
(2) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(STRONG ELEC.)
(M2C)
Note:
Refrigerant Circuit
(35) THERMISTOR
(DEICER 1)
(R4T)
(37) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. LIQUID 1)
(R7T)
R
(39) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. LIQUID 1)
(R6T)
(31) THERMISTOR
(SUCTION 1)
(R8T)
(1) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(STRONG ELEC.)
(M1C)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E1HC)
For reference numbers, refer to page 61.
72
Functional Parts Layout
2.3
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ8P
Plan
(31) THERMISTOR (10) SOLENOID VALVE
(SUCTION)
(HOT GAS)
(R8T)
(Y5S)
(25) REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
M
(11) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTL)
(Y4S)
(7) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING)
(Y3E)
N
(8) COIL FOR EXPANSION
VALVE (CHARGE)
(Y2E)
(9) SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS)
(Y6S)
SECTION M-M
(40) THERMISTOR
(LIQUID)
(R9T)
(38) THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING
HEAT EXCH. GAS)
(R5T)
(19) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S1PH)
M
(32) THERMISTOR
(M1C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R31T)
(18) PRESSURE SENSOR
(LOW PRESS.)
(S2NPL)
VIEW N
Front View
(4) FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
(16) FOUR WAY VALVE (PIPE)
(Y2S)
(15) FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC.)
(Y3S)
(6) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN)
(Y1E)
(17) PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH PRESS.)
(S1NPH)
(36) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS)
(R2T)
(30) THERMISTOR (AIR)
(R1T)
(37) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. LIQUID)
(R7T)
(39) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. LIQUID)
(R6T)
(14) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
(Y8S)
(35) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. DEICER)
(R4T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E1HC)
EARTH WIRE
(1) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(M1C)
(12) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
(Y1S)
Note:
73
(13) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
(Y7S)
For reference numbers, refer to page 63.
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
2.4
Functional Parts Layout
REMQ10P, 12P
Plan
(31) THERMISTOR (10) SOLENOID VALVE
(HOT GAS)
(SUCTION)
(Y5S)
(R8T)
(25) REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
M
(11) SOLENOID VALVE
(RMTL)
(Y4S)
(7) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING)
(Y3E)
(9) SOLENOID VALVE
(EV BYPASS)
(Y6S)
(8) COIL FOR EXPANSION
VALVE (CHARGE)
SECTION M-M
(Y2E)
INSULATION TUBE
N
M
(20) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S2PH)
(19) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S1PH)
(33) THERMISTOR
(M2C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R32T)
(31) THERMISTOR
(M1C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R31T)
(18) PRESSURE SENSOR
(LOW PRESS.)
(S2NPL)
(40) THERMISTOR
(LIQUID)
(R9T)
(38) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING HEAT EXCH. GAS)
(R5T)
VIEW N
Front View
(4) FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
(16) FOUR WAY VALVE (PIPE)
(Y2S)
(15) FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC.)
(Y3S)
(6) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN)
(Y1E)
(17) PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH PRESS.)
(S1NPH)
(36) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXC. GAS)
(R2T)
(37) THERMISTOR
(R7T)
(30) THERMISTOR (AIR)
(R1T)
(39) THERMISTOR
(R6T)
(14) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
(Y8S)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E1HC)
(35) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. DEICER)
(R4T)
EARTH WIRE
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E2HC)
(2) COMPRESSOR (STD1)
(M2C)
(12) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
(Y1S)
(13) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
(Y7S)
(1) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(M1C)
Note:
Refrigerant Circuit
For reference number, refer to page 65.
74
Functional Parts Layout
2.5
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ14P, 16P
Plan
(25) REFRIGERANT REGULATOR
(31) THERMISTOR (10) SOLENOID VALVE
(SUCTION)
(HOT GAS)
(R8T)
(Y5S)
M
(19) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S1PH)
(20) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S2PH)
(21) PRESSURE SWITCH
(HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)
(S3PH)
(8) COIL FOR EXPANSION SECTION M-M (18) PRESSURE SENSOR
VALVE (CHARGE)
(LOW PRESS.)
(34) THERMISTOR (Y2E)
(S2NPL)
(M3C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(40) THERMISTOR
(LIQUID)
(R33T)
(R9T)
(33) THERMISTOR
(M2C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R32T)
(32) THERMISTOR
(M1C DISCHARGE PIPE)
(38) THERMISTOR
(R31T)
(SUBCOOLING GAS)
VIEW N
(R5T)
(11) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
(Y4S)
(7) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(SUBCOOLING)
(Y3E)
N
(9) SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS)
(Y6S)
INSULATION TUBE
M
Front View
(4) FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
(5) FAN MOTOR
(M2F)
(16) FOUR WAY VALVE (PIPE)
(Y2S)
(15) FOUR WAY VALVE (HEAT EXC.)
(Y3S)
(17) PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH PRESS.)
(S1NPH)
(6) COIL FOR EXPANSION VALVE
(MAIN)
(Y1E)
INSULATION TUBE
(36) THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC GAS)
(R2T)
(30) THERMISTOR (AIR)
(R1T)
(37) THERMISTOR
(HEAT EXCH. LIQUID)
(R7T)
(39) THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING LIQUID)
(R6T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E1HC)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E2HC)
(35) THERMISTOR (DEICER)
(R4T)
CRANKCASE HEATER
(E3HC)
(3) COMPRESSOR (STD2)
(M3C)
EARTH WIRE
(12) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
(Y1S)
(13) SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
(Y7S)
Note:
75
(1) COMPRESSOR (INV)
(M1C)
(2) COMPRESSOR (STD1)
(M2C)
For reference number, refer to page 67.
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
EVJ
Stop Valve
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
Cooling Operation
76
77
Heating
Unit
192pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tb
EVM
EVM
SVE
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
192pls
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
S1PH
Tdi
20SA
Tg
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Tb
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Ta
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
78
79
Cooling
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
"Low temperature, low pressure"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Stop Valve
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
S2PH
Tdi
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
SVE
SVE
EVM
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
EVJ
Stop Valve
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
SVE
EVM
EVM
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
80
81
Heating
Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
EVM
EVM
SVE
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Unit
160pls
Heating
Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
0pls
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
TL
INV
S2NPL
Ta
Tf
EVM
EVM
SVE
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tb
EVT
In operation Tb
of defrosting
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
82
83
160pls
Heating
Unit
0pls
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tb
EVM
EVM
SVE
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Ta
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
STD
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
Ta
Tf
EVT
Tf
Tb
EVT
Tb
TL
One Body Type
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ14P, 16P
Cooling Operation
84
85
Heating
Unit
192pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
192pls
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVM
EVM
SVE
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
192pls
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
86
87
Indoor Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Cooling
Unit
192pls
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
TS_A
20SB
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid Tsc
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
Tf
SVE
EVM
EVM
SVE
Tf
EVT
Tb
EVT
Tb
TL
Ta
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Unit
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe Tsc
TS_A
20SB
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
TL
Tf
SVE
Tb
Tf
SVE
EVT
Tb
EVT
EVM
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
88
89
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
224pls
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
SVP
Suction Pipe
TS_A
20SB
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe Tsc
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
TL
Tf
SVE
Tb
Tf
SVE
EVT
Tb
EVT
EVM
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Indoor Unit
Heating
Unit
160pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
"ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
Stop Valve
Suction
Stop Valve
Pipe
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid Tsc
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
Tsh
Tdi
INV
S2NPL
Tf
Tf
EVT
SVE
Tb
EVT
SVE
Tb
TL
Ta
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
INV
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
EVM
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Right
Left
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
90
91
Heating
Unit
160pls
Fan "OFF"
"OFF"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
0pls
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
"ON"
Cooling
Unit
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor unit
Operation
"ON"
Indoor Unit
Stop Valve
Suction
Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual
Stop Valve
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Liquid
Pipe
Suction Pipe
SVP
Equalizing
Pipe
Equalizing
Pipe
Tsc
TS_A
S1NPH
Liquid
Pipe
TS_A
20SB
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
INV
S2NPL
Tsh
INV
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tdi
S2PH
20SA
Tg
Tsc
One Body Type
Ta
Tf
Tf
EVM
SVE
EVM
SVE
EVT
Tb
TL
Tb
EVT
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
Right
Left
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
Indoor Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
EVJ
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Tsc
SVP
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tb
TL
Tf
EVT
SVE
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Tsc
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
S2NPL
Tsh
S1
Tb
TL
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
REYQ18P, 20P
Cooling Operation
92
93
Heating
Unit
192pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Heating
Unit
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
192pls
Indoor Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tb
Tf
EVT
TL
SVE
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
S2NPL
Tsh
S1
Tb
TL
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
Heating
Unit
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
192pls
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
Tsc
SVP
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tb
TL
Tf
EVT
SVE
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
S2NPL
Tds1
INV
S2PH
Tdi
INVFAN
S1PH
20SA
Tg
Tsh
S1
Tb
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
94
95
Cooling
Unit
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
192pls
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "ON"
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tb
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas
Pipe Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe Stop
Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
Tsh
S2NPL
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
S1
Tb
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
TL
Tf
EVT
EVM
SVT
SVE
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Cooling Oil Return Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan"OFF"
224pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
SVP
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tb
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
SVP
Tsc
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
Tsh
S1
Tb
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Heating Oil Return Operation
96
97
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
224pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
Tb
SVT
Tf
SVE
EVT
TL
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
S2NPL
Tsh
S1
Tb
TL
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Oil Return Operation at Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
224pls
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
Tb
SVT
Tf
EVT
TL
SVE
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SVP
Tsc
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
In operation
of defrosting
Tsh
S1
Tb
Tf
EVM
SVT
SVE
EVT
TL
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Partial Defrosting 1 (Defrosting in the Right Unit)
98
99
224pls
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
EVL
EVLS
EVH
EVHS
EVSC
BS Unit
"Low temperature, low pressure"
"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"High temperature, high pressure gas"
Heating
Unit
Operation "OFF"
Fan "OFF"
0pls
Heating
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "LL"
Cooling
Unit
Operation "ON"
Thermostat "ON"
Fan "ON"
Indoor Unit
Tsc
SVP
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
S2NPL
INVFAN
In operation Tb
of defrosting
Tsh
REMQ8P (Multi 8HP)
SVT
Tf
EVT
TL
SVE
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Suction Pipe
Stop Valve
EVJ
SVP
Tsc
Dual Pressure Gas Pipe
Stop Valve
Equalizing Pipe
Stop Valve
Liquid Pipe
Stop Valve
S1NPH
TS_A
Gauge
Port
20SB
Tdi
S1PH
20SA
INV
Tg
Tsh
S2NPL
Tds1
S2PH
INVFAN
S1
Tb
TL
Tf
SVE
EVT
REMQ10, 12P (Multi 10, 12HP)
SVT
EVM
SVO
Refrigerant
Regulator
SVL
SVG
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Partial Defrosting 2 (Defrosting in the Left Unit)
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Operation of refrigerant regulator
1. Recovery of refrigerant
Surplus refrigerant is recovered to refrigerant regulator by opening of SVL and SVG when
the indoor unit load is small.
Liquid
Pipe
Tsc
Right
TL
EVT
Tsh
SVE
Tg
Tb
Tf
20SA
EVM
Pressure
regulating valve
SVL
Ta
S1NPH
Equalizing
Pipe
SVP
Refrigerant
Regulator
S1PH
Tdi
SVG
INV
SVO
TS_A
Suction Pipe
S2NPL
2. Discharge of refrigerant
Discharge refrigerant from refrigerant regulator by opening of SVC when the load of the
outdoor unit is large.
Liquid
Pipe
Tsc
TL
Right
EVT
SVE
Tsh
Tg
Tb
Tf
20SA
EVM
Pressure
regulating valve
SVL
Ta
S1NPH
Equalizing
Pipe
SVP
Refrigerant
Regulator
S1PH
Tdi
SVG
INV
SVO
Suction Pipe
TS_A
S2NPL
3. Pressure regulating valve (Refrigerant regulator)
The circuit will be closed when SVL, SVO, SVG are all closed. In this case, the increased
pressure in the refrigerant regulator will be transferred to the liquid refrigerant pipe side, to
regulate the pressure.
Refrigerant Circuit
100
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
SiBE37-701_B
Pressure equalizing when switching operation cooling / heating
1. When switching operation from to cooling to heating
First, the electronic expansion valves for EVHS, EVH, EVL and EVLS of the indoor unit will
be closed.
Next, open the EVHS, and it makes to balance the system pressure.
Finally, EVH and EVHS are opened and the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit is
opened to start the operation as a heating circuit.
In cooling
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Cooling
Unit
EVH
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVLS
Suction
Pipe
EVL
In equalization
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
(Close)
EVSC
EVHS
(Open)
EVH
(Close)
EVLS
(Close)
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Suction
Pipe
EVL (Close)
To heating
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Heating
Unit
EVH
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVLS
Suction
Pipe
EVL
101
Refrigerant Circuit
SiBE37-701_B
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
2. When switching operation from heating to cooling
First, the electronic expansion valve and the solenoid valve for EVHS, EVH, EVL and EVLS
of the indoor unit will be closed.
Next, open the EVLS, and it makes to balance the system pressure.
Finally, EVL and EVLS are opened and the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit is
opened to start the operation as a cooling circuit.
In heating
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Heating
Unit
EVH
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVLS
Suction
Pipe
EVL
In equalization
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
(Close)
EVSC
EVHS
(Close)
In
equalization
EVH
(Close)
EVLS
(Close)
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
Suction
Pipe
EVL (Open)
To cooling
operation
Indoor Unit
BS Unit
Liquid
Pipe
EVSC
EVHS
Cooling
Unit
EVH
Dual
Pressure
Gas Pipe
EVLS
Suction
Pipe
EVL
Refrigerant Circuit
102
SiBE37-701_B
Part 4
Function
1. Function General.................................................................................104
1.1 Symbol .................................................................................................104
1.2 Operation Mode....................................................................................106
2. Basic Control.......................................................................................107
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Normal Operation .................................................................................107
Compressor PI Control.........................................................................108
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................116
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................116
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................117
Heat Exchanger Control .......................................................................118
3. Special Control....................................................................................119
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Startup Control .....................................................................................119
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)...........................................121
Oil Return Operation ............................................................................122
Defrost Operation .................................................................................126
Pump down Residual Operation...........................................................128
Standby ................................................................................................130
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................131
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................132
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................132
Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................134
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................136
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................137
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................139
5. Other Control.......................................................................................140
5.1 Backup Operation.................................................................................140
5.2 Demand Operation ...............................................................................140
5.3 Heating Operation Prohibition ..............................................................140
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................141
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
103
Operation Flow Chart ...........................................................................141
Thermostat Control...............................................................................143
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................147
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve .................................................149
Freeze Prevention ................................................................................150
Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B...is required.) ...........................151
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................152
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)......................................153
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................154
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Function General
1. Function General
1.1
Symbol
20SA
Symbol
Electric symbol
Description or function
REYQ8~16P REMQ8~16P
Y2S (Heat
exchanger1)
Y9S (Heat
exchanger2)
Y3S
Four way valve (Heat exchanger switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Four way valve (High/low pressure gas pipe switch)
DSH
–
–
Discharge pipe superheated degree
DSHi
–
–
Discharge pipe superheat of inverter compressor
DSHs
–
–
Discharge pipe superheat of standard compressor
–
–
Opening of electronic expansion valve
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve for main heat exchanger
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve for subcooling heat exchanger
EV
EVM
EVT
EVJ
Y1E (Main1)
Y3E (Main2)
Y2E
(Subcooling1)
Y5E
(Subcooling2)
Y4E
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve at the refrigerant charge port
HTDi
–
–
Value of INV compressor discharge pipe temperature compensated with outdoor
air temperature
HTDs
–
–
Value of STD compressor discharge pipe temperature compensated with outdoor
air temperature
Pc
S1NPH
S1NPH
Value detected by high pressure sensor
Pe
S2NPL
S2NPL
Value detected by low pressure sensor
SH
–
–
Evaporator outlet superheat
SHS
–
–
Target evaporator outlet superheat
Y6S
Main bypass solenoid valve
SVE
Y5S
(Bypass1)
Y10S
(Bypass2)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
Solenoid valve for hot gas
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
Refrigerant regulator liquid pipe solenoid valve
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
Refrigerant regulator gas pipe solenoid valve
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
Refrigerant regulator discharge pipe solenoid valve
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
Refrigerant regulator discharge pipe solenoid valve
Function
104
Function General
Symbol
Ta
SiBE37-701_B
Electric symbol
Description or function
REYQ8~16P REMQ8~16P
R1T (A1P)
R1T (A1P)
Outdoor air temperature
R8T
Suction pipe temperature
R4T
Heat exchanger outlet temperature at cooling
R2T
Heat exchanger gas pipe temperature
R7T
Temperature of liquid pipe between heat exchanger and main electronic expansion
valve
R5T
Temperature detected with the subcooling heat exchanger outlet thermistor
R6T
Liquid pipe temperature detected with the liquid pipe thermistor
R9T
Temperature of liquid pipe between liquid stop valve and subcooled heat exchanger
R8T (Suction
pipe1)
TsA
Tb
Tg
Tf
Tsh
Tl
Tsc
R10T
(Suction
pipe2)
R4T
(Deicer1)
R12T
(Deicer2)
R2T (Gas
pipe1)
R11T (Gas
pipe2)
R7T (Liquid
pipe1)
R15T (Liquid
pipe2)
R5T (Gas
pipe1)
R13T (Gas
pipe2)
R6T (Liquid
pipe1)
R14T (Liquid
pipe2)
R9T
Tc
–
–
High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TcS
–
–
Target temperature of Tc
Te
–
–
Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TeS
–
–
Target temperature of Te
Tfin
R1T (A4P) (A5P)
R1T (A3P)
Radiation fin temperature
Tp
–
–
Calculated value of compressor port temperature
Tdi
R31T (R32T) R31T
Discharge pipe temperature of inverter compressor
Tds
R32T
Discharge pipe temperature of standard compressor
105
R32T, R33T
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Function General
1.2 Operation Mode
Thermostat ON
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit
stop or
thermostat
OFF
Operation
mode
changeover
Pressure equalization
prior to startup
Restart
standby
Thermostat ON
Malfunction/
Standby
Rotation
Malfunction/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Cooling
startup
Heating
startup
Thermostat ON
After completion of
startup control
Malfunction/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Pump down
residual
operation
Operation
mode
changeover
Normal operation
• Compressor PI control Large capacity
startup
• Electronic expansion
valve PI control
• Protection control
in
operation
Malfunction/
Standby
Oil return IN
conditions are met
Yes
Indoor unit stop
or thermostat
OFF
Oil return
operation∗
No
Defrost IN
conditions are met
Yes
Defrosting
operation∗
No
Operation mode
changeover
Yes
Operation mode
changeover
Mode
changeover∗
No
Malfunction/Standby
∗ “Oil return”, “Defrost” and “Mode changeover” move on to the next process after the completion of
above function in progress even if the thermostat is OFF during the operation.
Function
106
Basic Control
SiBE37-701_B
2. Basic Control
2.1
Normal Operation
2.1.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation
Part Name
Symbol
(Electric
Symbol)
Function of Functional Part
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3

M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
Compressor 1

Compressor 2

Outdoor unit fan 2
Normal Cooling
PI control, High
pressure protection,
Low pressure
protection,
Td protection,
INV protection,
Cooling fan control
M2F
M2F
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
1375 pls
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
PI control
PI control
PI control
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
Y3S
OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Condenser / OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Evaporator / ON
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Condenser / OFF
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
Evaporator / ON
Y2S
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
Y2S
Four way valve
(Heat exchanger switch)
20SA
Y9S
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
SVP
Y5S
Y6S
Y10S
Y4S Y5S
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
recovery
ON for refrigerant
discharge
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
ON for oil level control ON for oil level control ON for oil level control
Solenoid valve (Main bypass) SVE
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Normal Simultaneous
Cooling / Heating
PI control, High
PI control, High
pressure protection,
pressure protection,
Low pressure
Low pressure
protection,
protection,
Td protection,
Td protection,
INV protection,
INV protection,
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Condenser / Cooling
Condenser / Cooling
fan control
fan control
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Evaporator / Fan step Evaporator / Fan step
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Condenser / Liquid
Condenser / Liquid
pressure control
pressure control
Outdoor unit heat
Outdoor unit heat
exchanger:
exchanger:
Evaporator / PI control Evaporator / PI control
Normal Heating
Indoor unit actuator
Thermostat ON unit
Fan
Stopping unit
Thermostat OFF unit
Thermostat ON unit
Electronic
expansion
Stopping unit
valve
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal cooling
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening *1
0 pls
0 pls
Normal heating
Remote controller setting
OFF
LL
Normal opening *2
192 pls
192 pls
*1. PI control : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) constant.
*2. PI control : Condenser outlet subcooled degree (SC) constant.
*1 and 2 : Refer to “6.4 Control of Electronic Expansion Valve” on page 149.
Electric
symbol
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Y4E
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Y5E
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Y1E
BS unit actuator
107
Normal cooling
760 pls (fully opened)
760 pls (fully opened)
480 pls (fully opened)
480 pls (fully opened)
0 pls
Normal heating / Normal simultaneous Cooling /
Heating operation
760 pls (fully opened)
0 pls
480 pls (fully opened)
0 pls
0 pls (simultaneous Cooling / Heating operation : PI control)
Function
SiBE37-701_B
2.2
Basic Control
Compressor PI Control
Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation
achieve target value (TeS).
temperature (°C)
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting TeS : Target Te value
mode 2.)
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
Te setting
L
M (Normal)
H
*On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made
(factory
according to values of the first-priority unit, which is
setting)
detected with the pressure sensor.
3
6
7
8
9 10 11
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation
achieve target value (TcS).
temperature (°C)
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting TcS : Target Tc value
mode 2.)
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
Tc setting
L
M (Normal)
H
*On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made
(factory
according to values of the first-priority unit, which is
setting)
detected with the pressure sensor.
43
46
48
Rotation of outdoor units
In order to make operating time equal for each compressor of multi connection outdoor units,
outdoor units are used in rotation.
However this is not applicable to single units.
[Rotation of outdoor units]
[System with two outdoor units]
Outdoor Unit 1
Outdoor Unit 2
Previous time
This time
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 2
Priority 1
Next time
Priority 1
Priority 2
[System with three outdoor units]
Outdoor Unit 1
Outdoor Unit 2
Outdoor Unit 3
Previous time
This time
Priority 1
Priority 3
Priority 2
Priority 1
Priority 3
Priority 2
Next time
One time after the
next
Priority 2
Priority 3
Priority 1
Priority 1
Priority 2
Priority 3
[Timing of outdoor rotation]
In start of startup control
Function
108
Basic Control
SiBE37-701_B
„ Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors
Each compressor operates in the following order of priority.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each compressor operates in any of Pattern 1
through Pattern 3 according to the rotation of outdoor units.
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
REYQ8P, 10P, 12P
Inverter compressor
STD1: Standard compressor 1
STD2: Standard compressor 2
Pattern 3
REYQ14P, 16P
No. 2 No. 1
STD1
INV:
No. 2 No. 1
INV
INV2
REYQ18P, 20P
INV1
REYQ22P, 24P
No. 1
No. 2 No. 3
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2
No. 4
No. 2
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1
No. 3
INV
INV
INV
INV
STD1
STD1
REYQ26P, 28P
STD1
REYQ30P, 32P
No. 1
No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 5
No. 1
No. 3
No. 5
No. 2 No. 4
No. 6
No. 2
No. 4
No. 1 No. 3
No. 5
No. 2
No. 4
No. 6
No. 1 No. 3
No. 5
INV
STD1
INV
STD1
STD2
INV
STD1 STD2
INV
STD1
STD2
REYQ34P, 36P
No. 1
No. 2
No. 4
No. 3
No. 5 No. 6
No. 3
No. 1
No. 4
No. 2
No. 5 No. 6
No. 2
No. 3
No. 5
No. 1
No. 4 No. 6
INV
STD1 STD2
INV
109
INV
STD1
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Basic Control
REYQ38P, 40P
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6 No. 7
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV
INV
STD1
STD1
INV
STD1 STD2
REYQ42P, 44P
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV
INV
INV
STD1
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
REYQ8PY1 upper limit
REYQ46P, 48P
No. 1
No. 4
No. 7
No. 2
No. 5 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6
No. 9
No. 3
No. 6
No. 9
No. 1
No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5
No. 8
No. 2
No. 5
No. 8
No. 3
No. 6 No. 9
No. 1 No. 4
No. 7
INV
STD2
INV
STD1 STD2
INV
STD1 STD2
STD1
*
• In the case of combination of 3 outdoor units, the above diagram shows master unit, slave unit 1, and slave unit 2
from left to right.
• Compressors may operate in any pattern other than those mentioned above according to the operating status.
Function
110
Basic Control
SiBE37-701_B
„ Compressor Step Control
Compressor operations vary with the following steps according to information in "2.2 Compressor PI Control".
Furthermore, the operating priority of compressors is subject to information in "„ Operating Priority and Rotation of
Compressors".
Single unit installation
REYQ8PY1, 10PY1, 12PY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
52Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
STD1
Initial step
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
REYQ14PY1, 16PY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
INV1
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
66Hz
70Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
92Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
218Hz
232Hz
248Hz
266Hz
INV2
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
66Hz
70Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
92Hz
96Hz
104Hz
110Hz
116Hz
124Hz
132Hz
144Hz
158Hz
166Hz
176Hz
188Hz
202Hz
210Hz
218Hz
232Hz
248Hz
266Hz
Initial step
REYQ8PY1 upper limit
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD1 : Standard compressor 1
STD2 : Standard compressor 2
2. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns
other than those aforementioned.
111
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Basic Control
Two-unit multi system
REYQ18PY1, 20PY1 (8+10/12HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON
88Hz
88Hz
ON
96Hz
96Hz
ON
104Hz 104Hz
ON
116Hz 116Hz
ON
124Hz 124Hz
ON
132Hz 132Hz
ON
144Hz 144Hz
ON
158Hz 158Hz
ON
176Hz 176Hz
ON
188Hz 188Hz
ON
202Hz 202Hz
ON
210Hz 210Hz
ON
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
REYQ22PY1, 24PY1 (10/12+12HP)
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON
62Hz
62Hz
ON
68Hz
68Hz
ON
74Hz
74Hz
ON
80Hz
80Hz
ON
88Hz
88Hz
ON
96Hz
96Hz
ON
104Hz 104Hz
ON
116Hz 116Hz
ON
124Hz 124Hz
ON
132Hz 132Hz
ON
144Hz 144Hz
ON
158Hz 158Hz
ON
176Hz 176Hz
ON
188Hz 188Hz
ON
202Hz 202Hz
ON
210Hz 210Hz
ON
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
158Hz 158Hz
ON2
166Hz 176Hz
ON2
176Hz 158Hz
ON2
188Hz 188Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
158Hz 158Hz
ON2
166Hz 166Hz
ON2
176Hz 176Hz
ON2
188Hz 188Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
202Hz 202Hz
ON2
210Hz 210Hz
ON2
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
Function
112
Basic Control
SiBE37-701_B
Three-unit multi system
REYQ26PY1, 28PY1 (10/12+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
158Hz 158Hz
ON3
166Hz 166Hz
ON3
176Hz 176Hz
ON3
188Hz 188Hz
ON3
202Hz 202Hz
ON3
210Hz 210Hz
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
REYQ 30PY1, 32PY1 (14/16+16HP)
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
52Hz
52Hz
ON3
62Hz
62Hz
ON3
74Hz
74Hz
ON3
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
158Hz 158Hz
ON3
166Hz 166Hz
ON3
176Hz 176Hz
ON3
188Hz 188Hz
ON3
202Hz 202Hz
ON3
210Hz 210Hz
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
Initial step
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
116Hz 116Hz
ON1
124Hz 124Hz
ON1
132Hz 132Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
104Hz 104Hz
ON2
124Hz 124Hz
ON2
144Hz 144Hz
ON2
92Hz
92Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
116Hz 116Hz
ON3
124Hz 124Hz
ON3
144Hz 144Hz
ON3
96Hz
96Hz
ON4
104Hz 104Hz
ON4
116Hz 116Hz
ON4
124Hz 124Hz
ON4
144Hz 144Hz
ON4
158Hz 158Hz
ON4
166Hz 166Hz
ON4
176Hz 176Hz
ON4
188Hz 188Hz
ON4
202Hz 202Hz
ON4
210Hz 210Hz
ON4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1
unit 2
STD
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz
52Hz
56Hz
56Hz
62Hz
62Hz
66Hz
66Hz
70Hz
70Hz
74Hz
74Hz
80Hz
80Hz
88Hz
88Hz
92Hz
92Hz
96Hz
96Hz
104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz
52Hz
52Hz
ON1
62Hz
62Hz
ON1
68Hz
68Hz
ON1
74Hz
74Hz
ON1
80Hz
80Hz
ON1
88Hz
88Hz
ON1
96Hz
96Hz
ON1
104Hz 104Hz
ON1
52Hz
52Hz
ON2
62Hz
62Hz
ON2
74Hz
74Hz
ON2
88Hz
88Hz
ON2
96Hz
96Hz
ON2
52Hz
52Hz
ON3
62Hz
62Hz
ON3
74Hz
74Hz
ON3
96Hz
96Hz
ON3
104Hz 104Hz
ON3
52Hz
52Hz
ON4
62Hz
62Hz
ON4
74Hz
74Hz
ON4
96Hz
96Hz
ON4
104Hz 104Hz
ON4
116Hz 116Hz
ON4
124Hz 124Hz
ON4
144Hz 144Hz
ON4
158Hz 158Hz
ON4
166Hz 166Hz
ON4
176Hz 176Hz
ON4
188Hz 188Hz
ON4
202Hz 202Hz
ON4
210Hz 210Hz
ON4
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
113
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Basic Control
REYQ34PY1, 36PY1 (8+10/12+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
REYQ38PY1, 40PY1 (10/12+12+16HP)
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
Function
114
Basic Control
SiBE37-701_B
REYQ46PY1, 48PY1 (14/16+16+16HP)
REYQ42PY1, 44PY1 (10/12+16+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
(To increase Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
110Hz 110Hz 110Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
132Hz 132Hz 132Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
Initial step
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
(To decrease Step No.)
unit 1 unit 2 unit 3
INV
INV
INV
52Hz
56Hz
62Hz
68Hz
74Hz
80Hz
88Hz
96Hz
104Hz
52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz
70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
56Hz 56Hz 56Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
66Hz 66Hz 66Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
70Hz 70Hz 70Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
88Hz 88Hz 88Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
92Hz 92Hz 92Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
62Hz 62Hz 62Hz
74Hz 74Hz 74Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
52Hz 52Hz 52Hz
68Hz 68Hz 68Hz
80Hz 80Hz 80Hz
96Hz 96Hz 96Hz
104Hz 104Hz 104Hz
116Hz 116Hz 116Hz
124Hz 124Hz 124Hz
144Hz 144Hz 144Hz
158Hz 158Hz 158Hz
166Hz 166Hz 166Hz
176Hz 176Hz 176Hz
188Hz 188Hz 188Hz
202Hz 202Hz 202Hz
210Hz 210Hz 210Hz
STD
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON1
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON2
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON3
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON4
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON5
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
ON6
Notes:
1. INV : Inverter compressor
STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. “Master unit”, and “slave unit” in this section are the names for control, and they will be transferred according to the
priority of rotation system.
3. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in patterns other than those
aforementioned.
115
Function
SiBE37-701_B
2.3
Basic Control
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control
Main electronic expansion valve EVM control
When the outdoor unit heat exchanging is performed via the evaporator (20SA is set to ON),
this function is used to exert PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y1E or Y3E) so that
the evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tg - Te
SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(°C)
Tg : Suction pipe temperature (°C) detected
by the heat exchanger gas pipe
thermistor R2T.
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature (°C)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve EVT control
In order to make the maximum use of the subcooling heat exchanger, this function is used to
exert PI control on the electronic expansion valve (Y2E, Y5E or Y3E) so that the evaporatorside gas pipe superheated degree (SH) will become constant.
SH = Tsh - Te
SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(°C)
Tsh: Suction pipe temperature (°C) detected
by the subcooling heat exchanger outlet
thermistor R5T
Te: Low pressure equivalent saturated
temperature (°C)
Refrigerant charge electronic expansion valve EVJ control
While in automatic refrigerant charge mode, this function is used to exert PI control on the
opening degree of the electronic expansion valve (Y2E or Y4E) in response to outdoor
temperature and close the valve after the completion of refrigerant charge.
For normal operation, fully open this electronic expansion valve.
2.4
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans
Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below, according to condition changes.
Fan revolutions (rpm)
STEP No.
Single type
Multiple type
0
8HP
0
10HP
0
12HP
0
14HP
0
16HP
0
M8
0
M10
0
M12
0
M14
0/0
M16
0/0
1
2
285/255
315/285
285/255
315/285
285/255
315/285
285/255
360/315
285/255
360/315
350
370
350
370
350
370
230/0
380/0
230/0
380/0
3
4
360/330
430/400
360/330
430/400
360/330
430/400
395/365
480/440
395/365
480/440
400
450
400
450
400
450
290/260
375/345
290/260
375/345
5
6
590/560
690/660
590/560
690/660
590/560
690/660
560/530
760/730
560/530
760/730
540
610
560
680
560
680
570/540
720/690
570/540
720/690
7
8
820/790
920/890
820/790
920/890
820/790
951/931
960/930 960/930
1125/1095 1155/1125
680
710
710
750
710
775
910/880 910/880
1091/1061 1091/1061
920/890 920/890 1020/990 1125/1095 1200/1170
Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2
796
821
870
1136/1106 1136/1106
Fan1/Fan2 Fan1/Fan2
9
* Figures listed above are all those controlled while in standard mode, which vary when the system is set to high static
pressure or capacity precedence mode.
Function
116
Basic Control
2.5
SiBE37-701_B
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation
While in cooling operation, if the outdoor temperature is low, this mode provides high-pressure
control using the outdoor unit fan to retain appropriate liquid pressure, thus ensuring refrigerant
circulation rate to be supplied to indoor units.
Fan step 9
Pc>3.28MPa
PI control
Fan step 8
Pc>3.18MPa
PI control
Fan step 7
Pc>3.08MPa
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
-1 step on
outdoor unit fan
PI control
117
PI control
Hold the current
step on outdoor
unit fan
+1 step on
outdoor unit fan
Lapse of 20 sec.
Function
SiBE37-701_B
2.6
Basic Control
Heat Exchanger Control
While in heating or cool/heat simultaneous operation, ensure target condensing and
evaporating temperature by changing over the air heat exchange of outdoor unit to the
evaporator or the condenser in response to loads.
[Single system]
Outdoor unit
Left side
Note 1. "GR" is a numeric value
representing the current
Left side Right side
balanced condition and
calculated from target
–
Evaporator
condensing temperature,
target evaporating
temperature, current
GR > 15
GR < -10
condensing temperature,
and current evaporating
Outdoor unit
temperature.
Outdoor unit
Right side
Condenser Condenser
GR > 25
GR < -20
Outdoor unit
Left side
GR > 25
Right side
Left side
GR < -20
Evaporator Condenser
Right side
Evaporator Evaporator
[Multi outdoor unit system]
A1
Outdoor unit
1
2
3
Condenser Condenser Condenser
GR > 15
A2
Note 1. "GR" is a numeric value representing the current balanced
condition and calculated from target condensing temperature,
target evaporating temperature, current condensing temperature,
and current evaporating temperature.
Note 2. On the system with two outdoor units, if there is no step for the
destination of transition, that step will be skipped.
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
1
2
B1
3
Condenser Condenser Condenser
GR > 25
A3
2
GR > 15
GR > 25
–
2
3
Condenser Evaporator Evaporator
Function
–
B2
GR < -20
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
1
2
GR > 15
GR > 25
3
Evaporator Evaporator
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
1
3
Evaporator
GR > 15
3
Condenser Condenser
A4
2
–
GR < -20
Outdoor unit
1
Outdoor unit
1
–
GR < -10
Outdoor unit
B3
1
2
3
Evaporator Evaporator Evaporator
118
Special Control
SiBE37-701_B
3. Special Control
3.1
Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made
and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units
simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation
Actuator
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
M2F
M2F
Control
before
startup
Startup control
STEP 1
STEP 2
0 Hz
52 Hz+OFF+OFF
52Hz+OFF+OFF+2 STEP / 20
sec.
(Until it reaches
Pc-Pe>0.39 MPa)
STEP 4
Ta<20°C: OFF
Ta≥20°C: STEP 4
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
1375 pls
1375 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Refrigerant
charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch) 20SB
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator gas SVG
vent pipe)
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
OFF
A lapse of
60 sec.
A lapse of 15 sec.
OR
Ending conditions
119
• A lapse of 90 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39 MPa
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Special Control
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation
Actuator
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3
—
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
—
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
M2F
M2F
Control
before
startup
Startup control
STEP 1
STEP 2
0 Hz
52 Hz+OFF+OFF
52Hz+OFF+OFF+2 STEP / 20
sec.
(Until it reaches
Pc-Pe>0.39 MPa)
STEP 4
20SA=ON: STEP 7
20SA=OFF
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
20SA=ON: STEP 7
20SA=OFF
+1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max>2.16 MPa)
-1step/15 sec. (When
Pc_max<1.77 MPa)
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
20SA=ON: SH Control
20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
20SA=ON: SH Control
20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Refrigerant
charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When
outdoor
heat
exchanger
is
evaporator:
ON
When
outdoor
heat
exchanger
is
condenser:
OFF
When outdoor heat
exchanger is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat
exchanger is condenser:
OFF
When outdoor heat
exchanger is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat
exchanger is condenser:
OFF
Four way valve (Dual
20SB
pressure gas pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator gas SVG
vent pipe)
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
OFF
A lapse of
60 sec.
A lapse of 15 sec.
OR
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
Ending conditions
Function
• A lapse of 90 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39 MPa
120
Special Control
3.2
SiBE37-701_B
Large Capacity Start Up Control (Heating)
For startup, oil return operation, or setup after defrosting, start up multiple compressors at a high speed according to the
conditions of indoor units with thermostat ON, thus maximizing the equipment capacity.
INV
STD
25
20
Pc
15
9
Pressure
8
7
10
Number of
compressors
6
5
Pe
5
4
3
0
Time
Start up STD compressors at intervals of 15 seconds.
[Starting conditions]
OR
• The system starts heating operation with thermostat ON at a high load.
• The system completes defrosting operation.
• The system switches the operation mode from cooling to heating or
simultaneous cooling and heating operation.
[Control]
1. Start multiple INV compressors in the system at one time.
2. Start multiple STD compressors in the system at intervals of 15 seconds.
121
Function
SiBE37-701_B
3.3
Special Control
Oil Return Operation
This function is used to recover refrigerant oil that flows out from the compressor to the system side by conducting oil
return operation in order to prevent the compressor from running out of refrigerant oil.
3.3.1 Cooling Oil Return Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start cooling oil return operation.
• Integral oil rise rate is reached to specified level.
OR
• When cumulative compressor operating time exceeds 8 hours (2 hours when the power supply turns ON for
the first time)
Furthermore, the integral oil rise rate is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
The higher the compressor operating step No., the cumulative refrigerant oil consumption increases.
Outdoor unit actuator
Symbol
Elect. symbol
Oil return operation
REYQ REMQ
Operation after oil return
52Hz+ON+ON
(Subsequently, constant low
pressure control)
Maintain the number of
compressors that were used
before oil return operation)
52Hz+ON+ON
(Subsequently, constant low
pressure control)
Maintain the number of
compressors that were used
before oil return operation)
Cooling fan control
Cooling fan control
Y3S
OFF
OFF
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
1375pls
1375pls
Electronic expansion
valve (Subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
SH control
SH control
Electronic expansion
valve (Refrigerant
charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80pls
80pls
Solenoid valve (Main
bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator gas SVG
vent pipe)
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve
(Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
0pls
Compressor 1
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch) 20SB
Electronic expansion
valve (Main)
Compressor 2
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
End conditions
—
or
• After a lapse of 5 min.
• TsA - Te<5°C
or
• After a lapse of 3 min.
• Pe_min<5°C
• Pc_max>3.63MPa
• HTdmax>100°C
*1: In case of multi outdoor unit system:
Master unit: It conducts the operation listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above.
Non-operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above after the "Oil returning" process.
(Non-operating units stop while in "Preparation" mode.)
Function
122
Special Control
SiBE37-701_B
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Oil return operation
Thermo. ON unit
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
Cooling BS unit actuator
Remote controller setting
Unit not in operation
OFF
Thermo. OFF unit
Remote controller setting
Thermo. ON unit
Normal opening degree
Unit not in operation
192pls
Thermo. OFF unit
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Elect. symbol
Oil return operation
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Y4E
600pls
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Y5E
760pls
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Y2E
480pls
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Y3E
480pls
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Y1E
0pls
123
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Special Control
3.3.2 Heating Oil Return Operation (including cooling / heating
simultaneous operation)
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start heating oil return operation.
• Integral oil rise rate is reached to specified level.
• When cumulative compressor operating time exceeds 8 hours (2 hours when the power supply turns ON for
OR
the first time)
Furthermore, the integral oil rise rate is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
The higher the compressor operating step No., the cumulative refrigerant oil consumption increases.
Actuator
Symbol
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Elect. symbol
Y1E
Maintain load that was applied before oil return
operation.
When current circulation rate < circulation rate required
for oil return operation, turn ON the STD compressor
every 10 seconds (up to 3 units at maximum).
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is condenser, the
fan will run under cooling fan control.
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is evaporator, the
fan will run at the fan step 7 or 8.
20SA=ON : PI control
20SA=OFF : 418pls
Y3E
PI control
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
—
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
Oil return operation
REYQ REMQ
EVT
Y1E
Y3E
Y2E
Y5E
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80pls
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is condenser, the
valve will turn OFF.
When outdoor unit heat exchanger is evaporator, the
valve will turn ON.
Four way valve (Dual pressure gas
pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant regulator
liquid pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant regulator
gas vent pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant regulator
discharge pipe)
SVP
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
Y4S
Y5S
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
End conditions
EVM
OFF
0pls
or
• Pe_min<0.22MPa
• After a lapse of 9 min.
*1: In case of multi outdoor unit system:
Master unit: It conducts the operation listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above.
Non-operating units conduct the operation listed in the table above after the "Oil returning" process.
(Non-operating units stop while in "Preparation" mode.)
Function
124
Special Control
SiBE37-701_B
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Thermo. ON unit
Fan
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Thermo. ON unit
Electronic expansion valve
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Oil return operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening degree
192pls
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Heating indoor unit actuator
Thermo. ON unit
Fan
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Thermo. ON unit
Electronic expansion valve
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Oil return operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening degree
224 pls
Normal opening degree for forced thermostat ON
Cooling BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Oil return operation
0pls
760pls
0pls (60pls when Pc_max>2.85MPa)
480pls
PI control
Heating BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Oil return operation
760pls
0pls
60pls
0pls (60pls when Pc_max>2.85MPa)
PI control
125
Function
SiBE37-701_B
3.4
Special Control
Defrost Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the following conditions, start defrost operation.
• When there is a decrease in the coefficient of heat transfer of outdoor unit heat exchanger
• When there is a drop in the temperature of outdoor unit heat exchanger outlet (Tb)
&
• When the low pressure stays low for a certain amount of time (2 hours minimum)
Furthermore, the thermal continuity of outdoor unit heat exchanger is calculated by Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Defrosting outdoor unit actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
Defrost operation
Operation after defrost
REMQ
Compressor 3
M1C M1C REYQ8•10•12P: 232Hz+ON
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
M2C M2C REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
— M3C REMQ14•16P: 202Hz+ON+ON
REYQ8•10•12P: upper limit
124Hz(STD Holds)
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
REMQ14•16P: 210Hz+ON+ON
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F M1F
OFF
Pcmax>2.45MPa
Pcmax<2.36MPa
OFF
Pcmax>2.45MPa
Pcmax<2.36MPa
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
FAN STEP 4
—
Outdoor unit fan 2
M2F M2F
Pcmax>3.04MPa
Pcmax<2.95MPa
FAN STEP 4
Pcmax>3.04MPa
FAN STEP 6
Four way valve (Heat exchanger 20SA Y2S Y3S
switch)
Y9S
Four way valve (Dual pressure gas 20SB Y8S Y2S
pipe switch)
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve (Main) EVM Y3E Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
EVT Y2E Y3E
(Subcooling)
Y5E
Electronic expansion valve
EVJ Y4E Y2E
(Refrigerant charge)
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE Y5S Y6S
Y10S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
OFF
OFF
Holds
Holds
1375pls
0pls
SH control
0pls
80pls
80pls
ON
OFF
SVP
Y4S Y5S OFF
OFF
SVL
Y3S Y4S 0pls
0pls
SVG Y1S Y1S 0pls
0pls
SVO Y7S Y7S 0pls
0pls
SVT
0pls
Y6S Y8S 0pls
Pcmax<2.95MPa
FAN STEP 6
REYQ8 to 16P (by unit)
or
• 6 min. and 30 sec.
• Tb > 11°C continues for a
period of 90 consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MPa
REMQ8 to 12P (by unit)
End conditions
or
• 5 min. and 30 sec.
• Tb > 11°C for a period of or
10 consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MPa
• 30 sec.
• Pc_max>3.04MPa
REMQ14 and16P (by unit)
or
Function
• 5 min. and 30 sec.
• Tb > 11°C for a period of 30
consecutive sec.
• Pc_max > 3.04MPa
126
Special Control
SiBE37-701_B
Evaporating outdoor unit actuator Symbol
Compressor 1
Elect. symbol
—
Compressor 3
Operation after defrost
M1C REYQ8•10•12P: 232Hz+ON
REYQ14•16P: 232Hz+232Hz
M2C REMQ8P: 210Hz
REMQ10•12P: 210Hz+ON
M3C REMQ14•16P: 210Hz+ON+ON
Upper limit 124Hz (STD Holds)
REYP400•480A: 232Hz+232Hz
REMP224A: 210Hz
REMP280•335A: 210Hz+ON
REMP400•450A:
210Hz+ON+ON
M1F
M2F
Y2S
Y9S
M1F
M2F
Fan control
Fan control
Y3S
ON
ON
M1C
Compressor 2
Defrost operation
REYQ REMQ
M2C
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
Four way valve (Dual pressure gas
pipe switch)
20SA
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Holds
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
EVM
Y1E
PI control
PI control
EVT
Y1E
Y3E
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
SH control
0pls
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80pls
80pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
—
Y6S
OFF
OFF
SVP
Y5S
Y10S
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
0pls
0pls
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
0pls
0pls
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
0pls
0pls
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
0pls
0pls
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
Cooling indoor unit actuator
Thermo. ON unit
Fan
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Thermo. ON unit
Electronic expansion valve
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Defrost operation
Heating indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
Defrost operation
Remote controller setting
OFF
Remote controller setting
Normal opening degree
0pls
0pls
Thermo. ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
Thermo. ON unit
Unit not in operation
Thermo. OFF unit
REYQ
LL
OFF
LL
160pls
0pls
160pls
REMQ
LL
OFF
LL
224pls
0pls
224pls
Cooling BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Defrost operation
0pls
760pls
0pls
480pls
0pls
Heating BS unit actuator
Electronic expansion valve (EVH)
Electronic expansion valve (EVL)
Electronic expansion valve (EVHS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVLS)
Electronic expansion valve (EVSC)
Elect. symbol
Y4E
Y5E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1E
Defrost operation
760pls
0pls
60pls
0pls (REYQ8~16P) 60pls (REMQ8~16P)
0pls (PI control for cool/heat concurrent operation)
127
Function
SiBE37-701_B
3.5
Special Control
Pump down Residual Operation
3.5.1 Pump down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation
If the liquid refrigerant stays in the Evaporator at the startup of a compressor, this liquid refrigerant enters the
compressor, thus resulting in diluted oil in the compressor and then degraded lubrication performance.
Consequently, in order to recover the refrigerant in the Evaporator while the compressor stops, the pump-down residual
operation is conducted.
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
M3C
M3C
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
Electronic expansion valve (Main) EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
EVT
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
—
Master unit operation
Slave unit operation
124 Hz+OFF+OFF
OFF
Fan control
Fan control
Y1E
1375 pls
1375 pls
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
OFF
OFF
Four way valve (Dual pressure gas
20SB
pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S
Y10S Y6S
ON
ON
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
Compressor 3
Outdoor unit fan 1
Outdoor unit fan 2
Ending conditions
—
or
• 5 min.
• Pe_min<0.49 MPa ∗
• Pc_max<2.94 MPa ∗
• Master unit Tdi>110°C
• Master unit Tp>125°C
* Pe_min and Pc_max indicate the minimum and maximum values in the system, respectively.
Function
128
Special Control
SiBE37-701_B
3.5.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation and
Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
REYQ
REMQ
M1C
M1C
M2C
M2C
Compressor 3
M3C
M3C
Outdoor unit fan 1
M1F
M1F
M2F
M2F
Electronic expansion valve (Main) EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
EVT
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
Four way valve (Heat exchanger
switch)
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
Slave unit operation
124 Hz+OFF+OFF
OFF
Fan control
Fan control
Y1E
When 20SA=ON: 0 pls
When 20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
When 20SA=ON: 0 pls
When 20SA=OFF: 1375 pls
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
0 pls
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
80 pls
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
When outdoor heat exchanger
is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat exchanger
is condenser: OFF
When outdoor heat exchanger
is evaporator: ON
When outdoor heat exchanger
is condenser: OFF
Four way valve (Dual pressure gas 20SB
pipe switch)
Y8S
Y2S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan 2
Ending conditions
—
Master unit operation
—
or
• 3 min.
• Pe_min<0.25 MPa ∗
• Pc_max<3.13 MPa ∗
• Master unit Tdi>110°C
• Master unit Tp>140°C
* Pe_min and Pc_max indicate the minimum and maximum values in the system, respectively.
129
Function
SiBE37-701_B
3.6
Special Control
Standby
3.6.1 Restart Standby
Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 3 minutes, in order to prevent the frequent ON/OFF of the
compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system.
Actuator
Symbol
Elect.
symbol
Operation
REYQ
REMQ
REYQ8~16P
REMQ8P
REMQ10•12P
REMQ14•16P
Compressor 1
—
M1C
M1C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Compressor 2
—
M2C
M2C
OFF
—
OFF
OFF
Compressor 3
—
M3C
M3C
—
—
—
OFF
Outdoor unit fan 1
—
M1F
M1F
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Outdoor unit fan 2
—
M2F
M2F
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
Holds
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Solenoid valve (Main bypass) SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
Ending conditions
—
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
—
—
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
Ta>30°C: STEP 4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
2 min.
3.6.2 Crankcase Heater Control
In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode, this mode is used to control
the crankcase heater.
Discharge pipe
temperature < 70°C
Crankcase heater
OFF
Function
Discharge pipe
temperature > 75°C
Crankcase heater
ON
130
Special Control
3.7
SiBE37-701_B
Stopping Operation
3.7.1 When System is in Stop Mode (Normal operation stop)
This mode is used to define actuator operations when the system stops.
Actuator
Elect.
symbol
Symbol
Operation
REYQ
REMQ
REYQ8~16P
REMQ8P
REMQ10•12P
REMQ14•16P
Compressor 1
—
M1C
M1C
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Compressor 2
—
M2C
M2C
OFF
—
OFF
OFF
Compressor 3
—
M3C
M3C
—
—
—
OFF
Outdoor unit fan 1
—
M1F
M1F
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan 2
—
M2F
M2F
OFF
—
—
OFF
Electronic expansion valve
(Main)
EVM
Y1E
Y3E
Y1E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcooling)
EVT
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
0 pls
Electronic expansion valve
(Refrigerant charge)
EVJ
Y4E
Y2E
80 pls
Four way valve (Heat
exchanger switch)
20SA
Y2S
Y9S
Y3S
Holds
Four way valve (Dual
pressure gas pipe switch)
20SB
Y8S
Y2S
Holds
Solenoid valve (Main bypass)
SVE
Y5S Y6S
Y10S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
SVP
Y4S
Y5S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator liquid pipe)
SVL
Y3S
Y4S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator gas vent pipe)
SVG
Y1S
Y1S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVO
Y7S
Y7S
OFF
Solenoid valve (Refrigerant
regulator discharge pipe)
SVT
Y6S
Y8S
OFF
Ending conditions
—
Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
3.7.2 Stop due to Malfunction
In order to protect compressors, if any of the following items has an abnormal value, the system will make "stop with
thermostat OFF" and the malfunction will be determined according to the number of retry times.
Item
Judgment Criteria
Malfunction Code
1. Abnormal low pressure level
0.07MPa
E4
2. Abnormal high pressure level
4.0MPa
E3
3. Abnormal discharge pipe temperature level
135°C
F3
4. Abnormal power supply voltage
Reverse-phase power supply
U1
5. Abnormal inverter current level
16.1A: 260 sec.
L8
6. Abnormal radiator fin temperature level
93°C
L4
131
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Protection Control
4. Protection Control
4.1
High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling operation]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
★
Pc_max indicates the maximum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pc_max>3.47MPa
When high
pressure is limited
Pc_max
>3.47MPa
Pc_max
>3.55MPa
Upper limit compressor step=max (Max. Step)
Upper limit
compressor step:
2-step down
After 10 sec.
Pc_max
<3.24MPa
Upper limit
compressor step:
1-step up
Current step maintained
After 15 sec.
After 10 sec.
For multi units:
When STD compressor is in operation
STD compressor standby
When STD compressor stays stopped
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
For single unit:
8 to 12HP
52Hz+OFF
14, 16HP
52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
Pc_max
>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
high pressure switch is activated without
high pressure standby, thus outputting
the malfunction code “E3”.
132
Protection Control
SiBE37-701_B
[Heating Operation and Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation]
The following control is performed in the entire system.
★
Pc_max indicates the maximum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pc_max>3.31MPa
Pc_max<2.94MPa
When high
pressure is limited
Compressor step:
7 STEP down
Pc_max
>3.42MPa
&
• After 10 sec.
• Pc_max>3.31MPa
Set the compressor
step to STEP 1
• Pc_max>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
133
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
high pressure switch is activated without
high pressure standby, thus outputting
the malfunction code “E3”.
Function
SiBE37-701_B
4.2
Protection Control
Low Pressure Protection Control
This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Because of common low pressure, the following control is performed in the system.
★
Pe_min indicates the minimum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pe_min<0.34MPa
Pe_min>0.39MPa
During the control
of low pressure
protection
Single type:
Compressor step of the present
situation × 0.5
Multi type:
210Hz+OFF+OFF (upper)
Pe_min<0.25MPa
Single type:
8~12HP: 52Hz+OFF
14~16HP: 52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
Multi type:
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
Pe_min<0.15MPa
Pe_min>0.29MPa
∗1: Y4S for single system.
Y5S for multi system.
Hot gas solenoid valve (∗1)
ON
Pe_min<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 4 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code “E4” is output.
134
Protection Control
SiBE37-701_B
[In heating operation and Simultaneous Cooling / Heating Operation]
The following control is performed in the system.
★
Pe_min indicates the minimum value within the system.
Normal Operation
Pe_min
<0.17MPa
& • Pe_min>0.23MPa
• Upper limit compressor step=max (Max. step)
During the control of low pressure protection
Compressor step:
2-step down
After 10 sec.
• Pe_min
>0.27MPa
Pe_min
<0.17MPa
For single unit:
8 to 12HP: 52Hz+OFF
14 to 16HP: 52Hz+52Hz (upper limit)
• Pe_min
<0.13MPa
Current step
maintained
After 15 sec.
• Pe_min
>0.20MPa
Upper limit compressor step:
2-step up
After 15 sec.
Upper limit compressor step:
1-step up
For multi units:
When STD compressor is in
operation
One STD compressor stops
When STD compressor stays
stopped
52Hz+OFF+OFF (upper limit)
• After 10 sec.
Pe_min<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
135
When occurring 4 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code “E4” is output.
Function
SiBE37-701_B
4.3
Protection Control
Discharge Pipe Protection Control
This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[Contents]
The following control is performed for each compressor of single unit as well as multi units.
★
[INV compressor]
Normal operation
• HTdi<100°C
& • Tp<110°C
• INV upper limit step=max (Max. step)
• HTdi>115°C
or • Tp>135°C
INV Comp.
upper limit step:
1-step up
INV Comp.
upper limit step:
1-step down
After 30 sec.
or
After 20 sec.
• HTdi>115°C
• Tp>135°C
& • HTdi<110°C
• Tp<125°C
In control of discharge pipe temperature protection
Frequency agreement
or • HTdi>130°C
• HTdi>120°C continues for 90 seconds
or more.
52Hz+OFF+OFF
or
• HTdi>135°C
• HTdi>120°C continues for 10 minutes or more.
Discharge pipe
temperature
standby
When occurring 3 times within 100 min.,
the malfunction code “F3” is output.
[STD compressor]
HTdi : Value of INV compressor discharge
pipe temperature (Tdi) compensated
with outdoor air temperature
HTds : Value of STD compressor discharge
pipe temperature (Tds) compensated
with outdoor air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te, and suction
superheated degree.
or
• HTds>120°C continues for 5 min. or more.
• HTds>135°C
• Tp>135°C continues for 10 min. or more.
Discharge pipe temp.
protection control not limited
Applicable STD
compressor stops.
After 10 min.
Function
136
Protection Control
4.4
SiBE37-701_B
Inverter Protection Control
Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
★
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each INV compressor performs these controls in
the following sequence.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
★
Normal operation
Inverter current value
>14.7A
• Inverter current value<14.7A
& • INV upper limit frequency=max (210Hz)
During the control of
inverter protection
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step down
Inverter current value
>14.7A
• 10 seconds
Current status
maintained
Inverter current value
<14.7A
continues for 20 seconds
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step up
Inverter current>16.1A continues for 260 seconds.
Inverter current standby
137
When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L8” is output.
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Protection Control
[Inverter fin temperature control]
Perform the following control of integrated as well as multi units for each INV compressor.
★
Normal operation
Tfin>84°C
&
• Tfin<81°C
• INV upper limit frequency=max (210Hz)
During the control of fin
temperature protection
INV Comp. upper limit step:
1-step down
Tfin>84°C
• 10 seconds
Current status
maintained
Tfin<81°C
continues for 3 minutes
INV Comp. upper limit
step: 1-step up
Tfin>93°C
Fin temperature standby
Function
When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L4” is output.
138
Protection Control
4.5
SiBE37-701_B
STD Compressor Overload Protection
This control is used to prevent abnormal heating due to overcurrent to the compressor resulting
from failures of STD compressor such as locking.
STD compressor ON
Demand to operate.
CT detection current value>15.0A
* If the power supply is reset while in
operation prohibition mode, the prohibition
timer will continue counting when the
power supply is turned ON.
STD compressor OFF for 30 min.*
When occurring 3 times within 90 min.,
the malfunction code “E6” is output.
139
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Other Control
5. Other Control
5.1
Backup Operation
If any of the compressors goes wrong, disable the relevant compressor or the relevant outdoor
unit from operating, and then conduct emergency operation only with operational compressors
or outdoor units.
"Emergency operation with remote controller reset" and "Emergency operation with outdoor unit
PCB setting" are available
Operating method (1) Emergency operation with (2) Emergency operation with
remote controller reset
outdoor unit PCB setting
(Auto backup operation)
(Manual backup operation)
Backup operation by the
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1
–
compressor
Applicable model
REYQ18 ~ 48PY1
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
(1) Emergency operation with remote controller reset
[Operating method]
Reset the remote controller. (Press the ON/OFF button for 4 seconds or more.)
[Details of operation]
Disable the defective outdoor unit from operating, and then only operate other outdoor
units.
(On systems with 1 outdoor unit, this emergency operation is not available.)
(2) Emergency operation with outdoor unit PCB setting
[Setting method]
Make setting of the compressor, "the operation of which is to be disabled", in field setting
mode (setting mode 2).
(For detail of the setting method, refer to page 231.)
[Details of operation]
Disable the compressor with "operation disable setting" made from operating and only
operate other compressors.
(On the system with 1 compressor "REYQ8PY1", this emergency operation is not
available.)
5.2
Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting” or “Demand 2 Setting”.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting” or
external input by external control adaptor is required.
Set item
Demand 1
Demand 2
5.3
Condition
Mode 1
Content
The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating.
Mode 2
Mode 3
The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating.

The compressor operates at approx. 40% or less of rating.
Heating Operation Prohibition
Heating operation is prohibited above 24°C outdoor air temperature.
Function
140
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiBE37-701_B
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.1
Operation Flow Chart
Start
Cooling Operation
(Option)
Turn ON
power supply
Aux. electric
heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Initialize electronic
expansion valve 20E
Detect louver
lock
The previous settings of air
flow rate, wind direction, and
temperature are displayed.
LED in remote
controller turns ON
Cyclic operation with
RUN/STOP pushbutton
Stop
Run or Stop?
Is the safety
device
activated?
A
Fan: MF
Operating with set airflow rate
RUN indicating lamp: OFF
Malfunction mode display: Reset
Is Restart prevention
operation in progress?
(5 min.)
No
Fan
*4
*2 Fan MF : Stop
Is test run in
progress?
(Option)
*3 Drain
pump kit
Fan Operation
No
MP : OFF
*5
Aux. electric 52H
: OFF
heater
Humidifier Mu : OFF
A
a
(Option)
OFF Drain pump kit
Thermostat
MP : OFF after 5-min.
status
residual operation
ON
Electronic expansion valve
20E : Capacity control
Electronic expansion valve
20E : Closed
Thermostat-ONoperation signal to
outdoor unit: Output
(Option)
*6
Drain pump kit
Thermostat-ONoperation signal to
outdoor unit: Output
*1. If any malfunction occurs, the relevant malfunction code will be displayed according to the
malfunction code display of the remote controller.
*2. When the aux. electric heater turns ON, the fan will stop after it conducts residual operation
for 1 min.
*3. When the drain pump kit turns ON, the drain pump kit will stop after it conducts residual
operation for a period of 5 min.
*4. If the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not more than -5°C for a period of cumulative 10
min. or not more than -1°C for a cumulative period of 40 min., frost prevention operation will
be conducted. If the evaporator inlet temperature is kept at not less than 7°C for a
consecutive period of 10 min., the frost prevention operation will be reset.
*5. Thermostat status
OFF
(Option)
Yes Drain pump kit
MP : OFF after 5-min.
residual operation
(Option)
Yes Drain pump kit
MP :ON
No
Louver MA : Stop
Heating
ON
Is freeze prevention
operation in progress?
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :Closed
Cooling or
Heating?
Set temperature
Microcomputer dry operation
Micro-computer dry
display: Reset
Press the RESET
RUN/STOP
pushbutton.
Temp. control
Heating Operation
Dew prevention position
Cassette type: P1
Ceiling suspended type: P0
ON
Micro-computer dry
ON/OFF
OFF
Yes
RUN indicating lamp: ON
Airflow rate display: Displayed
Wind direction display: Displayed
Temp. setting display: Displayed
Cooling Operation
Set wind direction
Swing flap
RUN indicating lamp: Blink
Malfunction code: Displayed *1
Is the RUN
indicating lamp
blinking?
No
Cooling
No
Yes
No
Fan or Temp.
control?
Yes
Dew prevention
condition?
Yes
RUN indicating
lamp: OFF
Run
No
Swing flap
MP : ON
A
Suction air temperature
a=b=1
(a=b=0.5 is only available for the FXCQ, FXFQ, FXHQ, and FXKQ series.)
b
*6. The FXCQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, and FXSQ series have the drain pump as standard equipment.
141
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Heating Operation
Microcomputer dry operation
*7
(option)
Drain
pump MP : OFF
kit
Microcomputer
dry display
*8
Thermostat
status
OFF
ON
Fan MF : Operating in L
mode after it stops for 6 min.
Fan MF :
Operating in L mode
No
Swing flap?
Electronic
expansion valve
Closed
Electronic
20E :
expansion valve
Superheated degree control
20E :
*12
(Option)
Drain pump kit
MP : OFF after 5-min.
residual operation
*12
Yes
Set wind direction
Swing flap
Yes
Is defrost operation in
progress?
No
*13
Yes
Is hot starting in
progress?
A
No
*7. Microcomputer dry display
No set temperature and airflow rate of the remote controller are displayed.
*8. Thermostat status
Set temperature when operating the micro-computer dry mechanism.
DEFROST/HOT START
indicating lamp: OFF
Yes
DEFROST/HOT START
indicating lamp: ON
Restart prevention
operating in progress?
(4 min.)
No
Is test run in
progress?
a
b
Suction air temperature
(1)
*14
(3)
Thermostat
status
(2)
(Option)
*9
Fan Operation
Aux. electric
heater
(Option)
Drain
pump kit
(Option)
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Aux. electric
heater
(Option)
(Option)
Aux. electric
heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : ON
52H : ON
Humidifier Mu : ON
Aux. electric
heater
52H : OFF
Humidifier Mu : OFF
MP : OFF
Aux. electric
heater
52H : OFF
*15
Humidifier Mu : OFF
Yes
No
Fan MF : Operating
with set airflow rate
Fan MF :
LL operation
Swing flap
Is outlet air
temperature drop
protection in progress?
Fan MF :
Operating in L mode
Fan MF :
Stop
No
Yes
Swing flap
*10
Set wind direction
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Closed
Electronic
expansion valve
Capacity control
Electronic
expansion valve
Open
20E :
20E :
*11
Fan MF: Operating
with set airflow rate
Electronic
expansion valve 20E :
Closed
A
*9. Fan operation
By setting the remote controller to Fan, the
fan will operate with thermostat OFF in set
temperature control operation mode.
*10. Set wind direction
According to wind direction instruction from
the remote controller, the wind direction is set
to 100% horizontal while in heating operation.
*11. Fan
According to fan speed instruction from the
remote controller, the fan is put into operation
in LL mode while in heating operation.
Function
A
*12. Wind direction
When the heating thermostat turns OFF, the wind direction will be set to 100% horizontal.
*13. Hot start
If the condenser inlet temperature exceeds 34°C at the time of starting operation or after the
completion of defrost operation, or until 3 minutes pass or Tc is above 52°C, hot starting will be
conducted.
*14. Thermostat status
(3)
a
(2)
b
-4
(1)
-2
Set temp.
Suction air temp.
*15. Outlet air temperature drop protection
When the set temperature is below 24°C or the electronic expansion valve opening is small, the
protection will be activated.
142
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.2
SiBE37-701_B
Thermostat Control
6.2.1 Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller
Temperature is controlled by both the room temperature thermistor in remote controller and
suction air thermistor in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the
room temperature thermistor in remote controller is set to “Use”.)
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the set temperature and the suction air temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a suction air thermistor in indoor unit, or using the room
temperature thermistor in the remote controller near the position of the user when the suction air
thermistor in indoor unit is near the set temperature.
°C
32
Set temperature (Ts)
TH1 = Ts – 1
30
TH1 = Ts + 1
28
TH1 = Ts – 3
TH1 = Ts + 3
26
A
B
C
D
E
F
24
22
20
18
16
°C
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Suction air temperature (TH1)
Range in which room temperature
thermistor in remote controller can
be used
Range in which suction
air thermistor in indoor
unit can be used
Differential
„ Ex: When cooling
Assuming the set temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction air
temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C).
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C
(C → E).
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A):
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D).
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C
(D → B).
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A).
143
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Heating
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by suction air thermistor in indoor unit
only, the unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room
reaches the set temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room
where the occupants are does not become cold by widening the range in which room
temperature thermistor in remote controller can be used so that suction air temperature is
higher than the set temperature.
°C
32
Set temperature (Ts)
30
28
TH1 = Ts – 1
26
A
B
C
D
24
22
TH1 = Ts + 1 ≤ 31°C
20
TH1 = Ts + 12 ≤ 33°C
18
TH1 = Ts + 10 ≤ 31°C
16
°C
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Suction air temperature (TH1)
Range in which room temperature
thermistor in remote controller can
be used
Range in which suction
air thermistor in indoor
unit can be used
Differential
„ Ex: When heating Assuming the set temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the
suction air temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C).
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C
(C → D).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A):
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C
(D → B).
Suction air thermistor in indoor unit is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A).
Function
144
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiBE37-701_B
6.2.2 Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation
VRV multi systems are set at factory to thermostat control mode using the remote controller.
While in normal thermostat differential control mode (i.e., factory setting mode), the thermostat
turns OFF when the system reaches a temperature of -1°C from the set temperature while in
cooling operation or of +1°C from that while in heating operation.
Cooling operation:
Tr < Set temperature -1ºC
Normal
Thermostat OFF
operation
Heating operation:
Tr > Set temperature +1ºC
Normal
Thermostat OFF
operation
Tr: Temperature detected with the suction
air thermistor (R1T)
While in a single remote controller group control, the body thermostat is only used for this
control.
Furthermore, while in heating operation, cassette-mounted indoor units conduct the thermostat
control by a value compensated by -2°C for the value detected with the body thermostat.
(Through field settings, the thermostat differential setting can be changed from 1°C to 0.5°C.
For details on the changing procedure, refer to information on page onward.)
6.2.3 Thermostat Control in Dry Operation
While in dry operation, the thermostat control is conducted according to a suction air
temperature at the time of starting the dry operation.
Assuming that the suction air temperature at the time of starting the dry operation is Tro and the
suction air temperature in operation is Tr,
Tr < Tro - 1ºC
when Tro ≤ 24.5ºC:
In dry operation
Thermostat OFF
Tro: Suction air temperature at the
time of starting the dry operation
Tr < Tro - 1.5ºC
when Tro > 24.5ºC:
In dry operation
Thermostat OFF
Tr: Temperature detected with the
suction air thermistor (R1T)
Furthermore, while in dry operation mode, fans operate at L flow rate, stops for a period of six
minutes while the thermostat is OFF, and then return to operation at L flow rate. (This control is
used to prevent a rise in indoor temperature while in thermostat OFF mode.)
145
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.2.4 Thermostat Control with Operation Mode Set to "AUTO"
When the operation mode is set to "AUTO" on the remote controller, the system will conduct the
temperature control shown below.
Furthermore, setting changes of the differential value (D°C) can be made according to
information in the "Field settings with remote controller (p. 191 and later)" section.
Mode
No.
Second code No.
First code
No.
Contents of setting
4
Differential value while in "AUTO"
operation mode
12
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
0°C
1°C
2°C
3°C
4°C
5°C
6°C
7°C
: Factory setting
Set heating temperature Set cooling temperature
(A-D)°C
A°C
D°C
Cooling thermostat ON
Cooling thermostat OFF
Display change
Cooling → Heating
Display change
Cooling → Heating
Heating thermostat OFF
Heating thermostat ON
3°C
( D2 +2)°C
(Ex.) When automatic cooling temperature is set to 27°C:
Differential value :0°C
Differential value set to 4°C
Set cooling/
heating temp.
25°C
27°C
Set heating temp.
23°C
30°C
Cooling mode
Set cooling temp.
27°C
26°C
Control temp.
Control temp.
Heating mode
Heating mode
Differential value set to 1°C
Set heating temp.
26°C
24.5°C
Differential value set to 5°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
29°C
Cooling mode
Set heating temp.
Set cooling temp.
22°C
27°C
22.5°C 25°C
Heating mode
Differential value set to 6°C
Differential value set to 2°C
Set heating temp.
25°C
24°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
28°C
Cooling mode
Set heating temp.
21°C
22°C
Set cooling temp.
27°C
24°C
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Control temp.
Heating mode
Heating mode
Differential value set to 7°C
Differential value set to 3°C
Set heating temp.
24°C
23.5°C
Set heating temp.
Set cooling temp.
27°C
Cooling mode
20°C
21.5°C 23°C
Control temp.
Function
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Control temp.
Heating mode
Heating mode
Cooling mode
Set cooling temp.
27°C
Cooling mode
Control temp.
Heating mode
146
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.3
SiBE37-701_B
Drain Pump Control
1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.3.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
Remote controller "A3" flashing
malfunction stop
ON
Thermostat
(running) OFF
OFF
Float switch
ON
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
5 min. 5 sec.
*1) Normal operation
*2) Malfunction residual
∗1. (Normal operation):
The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of the
indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
∗2. (Malfunction residual):
The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop in 5
minutes if the float switch is turned OFF while the cooling thermo. is ON.
6.3.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF:
Enters malfunction treatment if the float switch is not reset within 5 minutes.
Thermostat
(running)
Float switch
ON
Remote controller "A3" flashing malfunction stop
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
5 sec.
5 min.
5 sec.
*3
*3. (Malfunction residual):
The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop if
the float switch is turned OFF and not turned ON again within 5 minutes while the cooling
thermo. is OFF.
147
Function
SiBE37-701_B
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.3.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
Thermostat
(running)
ON
Remote controller "A3" flashing malfunction stop
OFF
ON
Humidifier
OFF
Reset
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
5 sec.
5 min.
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5
seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
6.3.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the
Remote Controller:
Remote
controller
display
ON
Enters malfunction treatment
if the float switch is not reset
within 5 minutes.
Remote controller "A3" flashing
malfunction stop
"AF" display (running)
OFF
OFF
Float switch
ON
Drain pump
1st time 2nd time 3rd time 4th time 5th time
ON
OFF
*1 : 5 min.
∗1
∗1
∗1
∗1
∗4
∗1
∗1
5 sec.
∗1
∗5
*4. (Malfunction residual):
If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to
have occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues.
*5. (Malfunction residual):
The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop
if the float switch is OFF for more than 5 minutes in the case of *4.
Function
148
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.4
SiBE37-701_B
Control of Electronic Expansion Valve
Electronic expansion valves in indoor units have the functions of conducting superheated
degree control in cooling operation and subcooled degree control in heating operation.
However, if the indoor units receive any control command such as a protection control
command or a special control command from the outdoor unit, the units will give a priority to the
control command.
• Superheated degree control in cooling operation
This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that
superheated degree (SH), which is calculated from the detection temperature (Tg) of the gas
pipe thermistor (R3T) and the detection temperature (T1) of the liquid temperature thermistor
(R2T) of the indoor unit, will come close to a target superheated degree (SHS).
At that time, correction to the superheated degree is made according to the differences (∆T)
between set temperature and suction air thermistor temperature.
SH = Tg - T1
SH: Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C)
Tg: Indoor unit gas pipe temperature (R3T)
T1: Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SHS:Target superheated degree
SHS (Target SH value)
• Normally 5°C.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SHS becomes
lower.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes smaller, SHS
becomes higher.
• Sub cooled degree control in heating operation
This function is used to adjust the opening of the electronic expansion valve so that the highpressure equivalent saturated temperature (Tc), which is converted from the detected pressure
of the high pressure sensor in the outdoor unit, and the subcooled degree (SC), which is
calculated from the detected temperature (T1) of the liquid temperature thermistor (R2T) in the
indoor unit, will come close to the target subcooled degree (SCS).
At that time, corrections to the subcooled degree are made according to differences (∆T)
between set temperature and suction air thermistor temperatures.
SC = Tc - T1
SC: Condenser outlet subcooled degree (°C)
Tc: High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
detected by the high pressure sensor (S1NPH)
T1: Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature (R2T)
SCS: Target subcooled degree
SCS (Target SC value)
• Normally 5°C.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes larger, SCS becomes
lower.
• As ∆T (Remote controller set temp. - Suction air temp.) becomes lower, SCS becomes
larger.
149
Function
SiBE37-701_B
6.5
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Freeze Prevention
Freeze
Prevention by Off
Cycle (Indoor
Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with
the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
When freeze prevention is activated, the electronic expansion valve is closed, the drain pump
turns ON and the fan tap is fixed to L airflow. When the following conditions for stopping are
satisfied, it returns.
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is -1°C or less for total of 40 min., or
temperature is -5°C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min.
continuously
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
–5ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
10 min.
OR
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
–1ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
t1
t2
t3
t4
t >40 min.
[Conditions for starting when airflow direction is two-way or three-way]
Conditions for starting: Temperature is 1ºC or less for a total of 15 minutes or 0ºC or less for 1
minute continuously.
10 min.
+7ºC
0ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
1 min.
OR
10 min.
+7ºC
+1ºC
Freeze prevention operation
Forced OFF by thermostat
t1
Function
t2
t3
t4
t >15 min.
150
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.6
SiBE37-701_B
Heater Control (Optional PCB KRP1B...is required.)
The heater control is conducted in the following manner.
[Normal control]
While in heating operation, the heater
ON
control (ON/OFF) is conducted as
shown on the right.
[Overload control]
Set temperature
OFF
2ºC
When the system is overloaded in
heating operation, the heater will
ON
43ºC
be turned OFF in the following two
manners.
(1) The heater control (ON/OFF)
is conducted through the liquid
pipe temperature (R2T) of the
indoor unit.
(2) The heater control (ON/OFF)
ON
50ºC
is conducted by converting
the heater temperature into
the condensing pressure
equivalent saturated
temperature (Tc) according
to the temperature detection
through the high pressure sensor (S1NPH) of the outdoor unit.
2ºC
50ºC Liquid pipe temperature
OFF
60ºC
Condensing pressure
equivalent saturated
temperature
OFF
[Fan residual operation]
While the heater turns OFF, in order to prevent the activation of the thermal protector, the fan
conducts residual operation for a given period of time after the heater turns OFF. (This
operation is conducted regardless of with or without heater equipped.)
Residual operation time = 100 seconds on ceiling suspended type or 60 seconds on other types
151
Function
SiBE37-701_B
6.7
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
List of Swing Flap Operations
Swing flaps operate as shown in table below.
Flap
Fan
FXAQ
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Swing
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Swing
LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Wind direction set LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
LL
Hot start from thermostat Swing
OFF mode (for prevention
of cold air)
Wind direction set LL
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
Horizontal
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set L*1
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set Set
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Wind direction set OFF
Set
Horizontal
Totally closed
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
Set
Set
Set
Hot start from defrosting
operation
Swing
FXCQ
FXHQ
FXKQ
FXFQ
Defrosting operation
Heating Thermostat OFF
Swing
Stop
Thermostat ON in dry
operation using micro
computer
Thermostat OFF in dry
operation using micro
computer
Cooling Thermostat OFF in
cooling
Swing
L*1
OFF or L
Wind direction set
Swing
Set
OFF
Stop
Micro computer control
(including cooling
operation)
L
Wind direction set L
*1. L or LL only on FXFQ models
Function
152
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.8
SiBE37-701_B
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)
At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown
below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending
or Thermostat ON
Hot start control
Hot start ending conditions
· lapse of 3 minutes
OR · [TH2]>34°C
· "Tc">52°C
Hot start in progress
Normal control
Fan
H/L remote
controller setting
LL
Louver
OFF
Remote controller
setting
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
Normal control
Po (Horizontal)
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
153
Function
SiBE37-701_B
6.9
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt
We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Ceiling soiling prevention
position
Standard Setting
position
Draft prevention position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0
P0
P1
P0
P1
P3
P1'
P4
P4
P4
P2'
P4'
Draft
prevention
position
P2
P0'
P2
P0
P1
P2
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Separated into 5 positions
(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment
Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
The factory setting position is standard position.
Function
P0'' P1'' P2'' P3'' P4''
Separated into 5 positions
(P2 - 4)
(VL012)
154
SiBE37-701_B
Part 5
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................156
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................156
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................157
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................189
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout....................................................................190
3. Field Setting ........................................................................................191
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................191
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................207
155
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
1. Test Operation
1.1
Installation Process
Below Figure shows the installation process. Install in the order of the steps shown.
3. Selection of Location
4. Inspecting and Handling the Unit
5. Placing the Unit
7. Field Wiring
6. Refrigerant Piping
8. Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying
9. Pipe Insulation
10. Checking of Device and Installation Conditions
11. Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation
Operations which require the
power to be turned on.
13. Test Run
Test Operation
156
Test Operation
1.2
SiBE37-701_B
Procedure and Outline
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.2.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On
Check the below items.
• Power wiring
• Control transmission wiring
between units
• Earth wire
{
{
{
{
{
Is the wiring performed as specified?
Is the designated wire used?
Is the wiring screw of wiring not loose?
Is the grounding work completed?
Is the insulation of the main power supply circuit deteriorated?
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation. (*1)
• Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 200V (or
240V) circuit.
*1: Measure to be taken against decreased insulation resistance in
the compressor
If the compressor is left to stand for
Terminal
an extended period of time after the
refrigerant charge with the stop valve
open and the power supply OFF, the
Dryer
(1000W)
refrigerant may be mixed in the
5cm
compressor, thus decreasing the
insulation resistance.
Heat the left side of the
terminal for a period of
Heat the compressor as shown on
approximately 15 minutes.
the right and then recheck the
insulation.
Check on refrigerant piping /
insulation materials
Check air tight test and vacuum
drying.
157
{ Is the pipe size proper?
{ Are the design pressures for the liquid pipe, suction pipe, dual
pressure gas pipe, and pressure equalizer pipe (in case of multi
units) all not less than 4.0 MPa?
{ Is the pipe insulation material installed securely?
Liquid, suction and high & low pressure gas pipe need to be
insulated. (Otherwise causes water leak.)
{ Have the air tight test and the vacuum drying been conducted
according to the procedure in the Installation Manual?
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
Check on amount of refrigerant
charge
•
{ Is a proper quantity of refrigerant charged?
The following method is available for additional charging of
refrigerant.
(1) Calculate additional refrigerant quantity.
Calculate a necessary additional refrigerant charging amount according to the procedure for
calculation shown below.
Procedure for calculating additional refrigerant charging amount (Unit: 0.1 kg)
*
Total length of
φ22.2-mm
× 0.37
liquid pipe)
R
Total length of
φ19.1-mm
× 0.26
liquid pipe)
Total length of
φ15.9-mm
× 0.18
liquid pipe)
× 1.02
Total length of
φ12.7-mm
× 0.12
liquid pipe)
Total length of
φ9.5-mm
× 0.059
liquid pipe)
Correction amount with indoor unit
+
Correction amount with a total capacity of indoor units
Correction
amount
System name
Model REYQ8-16PY1B
3.6 kg
Model REYQ18-20P7Y1B
1.0kg
Model REYQ22-24P7Y1B
1.5kg
Model REYQ26P7Y1B
2.0kg
Model REYQ28-30P7Y1B
2.5kg
Model REYQ32-40P7Y1B
3.0kg
Model REYQ42P7Y1B
3.5kg
Model REYQ44-46P7Y1B
4.0kg
Model REYQ48P7Y1B
4.5kg
Total length of
φ6.4-mm
× 0.022
liquid pipe)
Correction amount
Ratio of total capacity of the
connected indoor units to
Model
Model
the rated capacity of the
REYQ18 REYQ34 outdoor unit (A)
32P7Y1B
48P7Y1B
+
100%<A≤120%
0.5kg
120%<A≤130%
0.5kg
1.0kg
•
If there is a refrigerant shortage, charge a liquid refrigerant through the stop valve service
port with the stop valves of liquid and those of gas closes after the completion of vacuum
drying.
• If the refrigerant charging is still insufficient, "turn ON the power supply" following the
information on the page 162 ~.
{ Has the additional refrigerant charging amount been
recorded on the "Precautions for servicing" label?
Check the stop valves for
conditions.
{ Check to be sure the stop valves are under the following
conditions.
Liquid-pipe
stop valve
Open
Test Operation
Equalizing pipe Dual pressure gas Suction pipe
pipe stop valve stop valve
stop valve
Open
Open
Open
158
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
1.2.2 Turn Power On
Turn outdoor unit and indoor
unit power on.
Check the LED display of the
outdoor unit PCB.
{ Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect
compressors. (to power on crankcase heater)
{ Check to be sure the transmission is normal.
The transmission is normal if the LEDs display conditions as shown in
table below.
LED display k ON h OFF l Blinking
COOL / HEAT select
MicroLow
computer
Demand Multi
MODE TEST
noise
operation
IND MASTER SLAVE
monitor
LED display
(Default status
before delivery)
HAP
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
One outdoor unit installed
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
Master
When multiple
outdoor unit Slave 1
installed (*)
Slave 2
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
k
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
(*) The master unit is the outdoor unit to which the transmission wiring for
the indoor units is connected.
The other outdoor units are slave units.
Make field settings with outdoor
unit PCB.
<REYQ8~16PY1B>
{ Make field settings if needed.
(For the setting procedure, refer to information in "3.2. Field Setting from
Outdoor Unit" on page 207 onward.)
For the outdoor-multi system, make field settings with the master unit.
(Field settings made with the slave unit will be all invalid.)
<REMQ8~12P7Y1B>
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PCB
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PCB
<REMQ14, 16P7Y1B>
Inside a switch box
"A1P" PCB
* Another switch box is provided on the front left
side of the unit, but it requires no field settings.
Conduct check operations.
Check for normal operation.
159
The check operations shown below will be automatically initiated.
• Check for erroneous wirings
• Check for failure to open stop valves
• Check for excessive refrigerant refilling
• Automatic judgment of piping length
{ Before starting the normal operation after the completion of check
operations, make sure indoor and outdoor units normally operate.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
1.2.3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying
Note:
„ Always use nitrogen gas for the air tight test.
„ Absolutely do not open the stop valve until the main power circuit insulation measurement
has been completed. (measuring after the shutoff valve is opened will cause the insulation
value to drop.)
<Needed tools>
• To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient pressure resistance,
Gauge manifold
always use the special tools dedicated for R-410A.
Charge hose valve • Use charge hose that have pushing stick for connecting to service port of stop
valves or refrigerant charge port.
• The vacuum pump for vacuum drying should be able to lower the pressure to
–100.7kPa (5 Torr –755mm Hg).
• Take care the pump oil never flow backward into the refrigerant pipe during
the pump stops.
Vacuum pump
<The system for air tight test and vacuum drying>
• Referring to next figure, connect an nitrogen tank, refrigerant tank, and a vacuum pump to the
outdoor unit.
The refrigerant tank and the charge hose connection to refrigerant charge port or the valve A
in next figure are needed in “1.2.5 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation”.
REYQ8~16PY1B
Nitrogen
Gauge manifold
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe stop valve
Suction gas pipe stop valve
Liquid pipe stop valve
Charge hose
Valve B
Measuring
device
R-410A tank (with siphon)
Outdoor unit
Valve C
Vacuum pump
: Field piping
: Gas flow
To BS
(or indoor) unit
Valve A
(
: Stop valve
: Service port )
REYQ18~48P7Y1B
Nitrogen
Measuring
device
Gauge manifold
R-410A tank
(with siphon)
Equalizer pipe stop valve
HP/LP gas pipe stop valve
Suction gas pipe stop valve
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Charge hose Liquid pipe stop valve
Refrigerant charge port
Valve A
Valve B
Vacuum pump
: Field piping
: Gas flow
Valve C
To BS
(or indoor) unit
(
: Stop valve
: Service port )
Note:
„ The air tight test and vacuum drying should be done using the service
ports of equalizer pipe, HP/LP gas pipe, suction gas pipe and liquid pipe
stop valve.
See the [R-410A] Label attached to the front plate of the outdoor unit for
details on the location of the service port (see figure at right)
„ See [Stop valve operation procedure] in “1.2.5.1 Before Working” for
details on handling the stop valve.
[R-410A] Label
„ The refrigerant charge port is connected to unit pipe.
When shipped, the unit contains the refrigerant, so use caution when attaching the charge
hose.
Test Operation
160
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
<Air tight test>
Pressurize the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe, HP/LP gas pipe and equalizer pipe from the
service ports of each stop valve to 4.0MPa (do not pressurize more than 4.0MPa). If the
pressure does not drop within 24 hours, the system passes the test.
If there is a pressure drop, check for leaks, make repairs and perform the airtight test again.
<Vacuum drying>
Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2
hours and bring the system to –100.7kPa or less. After keeping the system under that condition
for more than 1 hour, check if the vacuum gauge rises or not. If it rises, the system may either
contain moisture inside or have leaks.
Note:
„ If moisture might enter the piping, follow below.
(I.e., if doing work during the rainy season, if the actual work takes long enough that
condensation may form on the inside of the pipes, if rain might enter the pipes during
work, etc.)
1. After performing the vacuum drying for two hours, pressurize to 0.05 MPa (i.e., vacuum
breakdown) with nitrogen gas, then depressurize down to –100.7 kPa for an hour using the
vacuum pump (vacuum drying).
2. If the pressure does not reach –100.7 kPa even after depressurizing for at least two hours,
repeat the vacuum breakdown - vacuum drying process.
After vacuum drying, maintain the vacuum for an hour and make sure the pressure does not rise
by monitoring with a vacuum gauge.
1.2.4 Pipe Insulation
„ Insulation of pipes should be done after performing “1.2.3. Air Tight Test and Vacuum
Drying”.
„ Always insulate the liquid piping, the HP/LP gas piping, the gas piping, the equalizer pipe
„
„
„
„
161
(between the outdoor units for the outdoor multi system) and these pipe connections.
Failing to insulate the pipes may cause leaking or burns.
Especially, be sure to insulate the HP/LP gas piping as withstanding as the suction pipe
because the suction gas follows in the HP/LP gas piping when the system is whole cooling
mode.
And be sure to use the insulation which can withstand such temperatures of 120°C or more
for the HP/LP gas piping, the equalizer pipe and the gas piping because the HP/LP gas
follows in these pipings.
Reinforce the insulation on the refrigerant piping according to the installation environment.
Condensation might form on the surface of the insulation. Refer to the below.
• Outdoor air temperature : 30°C, humidity : 75% to 80% RH : min. thickness : 15mm.
• If the outdoor air temperature exceeds 30°C and the humidity 80% RH, then the min.
thickness is 20mm.
See the Engineering data book for detail.
If there is a possibility that condensation on the stop valve might drip down into the indoor
unit through gaps in the insulation and piping because the outdoor unit is located higher than
the indoor unit, etc., this must be prevented by caulking the connections, etc. (Refer to next
figure)
The piping lead-out hole lid should be attached after opening a knock hole. (Refer to next
figure)
If small animals and the like might enter the unit through the piping lead-out hole, close the
hole with blocking material (procured on site) after completion of “1.2.5 Additional
Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation”. (Refer to next figure)
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
Caulking, etc.
Insulation material
Piping lead-out hole lid
Open a knock hole at “
Block “
”.
”.
Note:
„ After knocking out the holes, we recommend you remove burrs in the knock holes (See
above figure) and paint the edges and areas around the edges using the repair paint.
1.2.5 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation
The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant when shipped from the factory, but depending on
the size and length of the piping when installed, it may require additional charging.
For charging the additional refrigerant, follow the procedure in this chapter.
And then carry out the check operation.
Note: Total amount of refrigerant should be 100kg or less
1.2.5.1
Before Working
[About the refrigerant cylinder]
Check whether the cylinder has a siphon pipe before charging and place the cylinder so that the
refrigerant is charged in liquid form. (See the figure below.)
With siphon pipe
Stand the cylinder upright and charge.
(The siphon pipe goes all the way inside,
so the cylinder does not need be put
upside-down charge in liquid form.)
Other tanks
Stand the cylinder upside-down and charge.
Note:
„ Always use the proper refrigerant (R-410A). If charged with the refrigerant containing an
improper material, it may cause an explosion or accident.
„ R-410A is a mixed refrigerant, so charging it as a gas will cause the refrigerant composition
to change, which may prevent normal operation.
Test Operation
162
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
[Special notice of product]
CLASSIFICATION
This air conditioner comes under the term “appliances not accessible to the general public”.
EMC CHARACTERISTICS
VRVIII System is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
REFRIGERANT
VRVIII System use R-410A refrigerant.
z The refrigerant R-410A requires strict cautions for keeping the system clean, dry and tight.
Read the chapter “REFRIGERANT PIPING” carefully and follow these procedures correctly.
A. Clean and dry
Foreign materials (including mineral oils such as SUNISO oil or moisture) should be
prevented from getting mixed into the system.
B. Tight
Take care to keep the system tight when installing.
R-410A does not contain any chlorine, does not destroy the ozone layer, and does not
reduce the earth’s protection against harmful ultraviolet radiation.
R-410A can contribute slightly to the greenhouse effect if it is released.
z Since R-410A is a mixed refrigerant, the required additional refrigerant must be charged in
its liquid state. If the refrigerant is charged in a state of gas, its composition changes and the
system will not work properly.
Limit by the total maximum refrigerant charge
The total maximum refrigerant charge of a VRVIII system must be below 100kg, this to be in
accordance with CE requirement (EN60335-2-40 standard).
This means that in case the total maximum refrigerant charge of the system (factory and
additional charge) is equal to or more than 100kg you must divide your multiple outdoor system
into smaller independent systems, each containing less than 100kg refrigerant charge.
For factory charge, refer to the unit name plate.
Important information regarding the refrigerant used
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent
gases into the atmosphere.
Refrigerant type : R-410A
1975
GWP (1) value :
(1) GWP = global warming potential
Please fill in with indelible ink,
„ (1) the factory refrigerant charge of the product,
„ (2) the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and
„ (1) + (2) the total refrigerant charge on the refrigerant charge label supplied with the product.
The filled out label must be adhered in the proximity of the product charging port (e.g. onto
the inside of the service cover).
Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases
covered by the Kyoto Protocol
-
(1)
(2)
(2)
1
factory refrigerant charge of the
product : see unit name plate (2)
1
2
additional refrigerant amount
charged in the field
2
3
total refrigerant charge
4
Contains fluorinated greenhouse
gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol
5
outdoor unit
6
refrigerant cylinder and manifold for
charging
4
(1)
(1) (2)
6
5
3
(2)
In case of multiple outdoor systems, only 1 label must be adhered, mentioning the total
factory refrigerant charge of all outdoor units connected on the refrigerant system.
DESIGN PRESSURE
Since design pressure is 4.0MPa (for R-407C units : 3.3MPa), the wall thickness of pipes should
be more carefully selected in accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.
163
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
[Stop Valve Operation Procedure]
When operating the stop valve, follow the procedure instructed below.
Note:
„ Do not open the stop valve until “1.2.1 Check work prior to turn power supply on” in page
157 are completed. If the stop valve is left open without turning on the power, it may cause
refrigerant to buildup in the compressor, leading insulation degradation.
„ Be sure to use the correct tools.
„ The stop valve is not a back-seat type. If forced it to open, it might break the valve body.
„ When using a service port, use the charge hose.
„ After tightening the cap, make sure no refrigerant gas is leaking.
[Tightening torque]
The sizes of the stop valves on each model and the tightening torque for each size are listed in
the table below.
<Size of Stop Valve>
REYQ8~16PY1B
8HP type
10HP type
12HP type
14HP type
16HP type
φ9.5
Liquid pipe stop valve
The 12HP type corresponds to the 12.7diameter onsite piping using the accessory
pipe.
φ12.7
φ25.4
Suction gas stop valve
The 8HP type corresponds to the 19.1-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
The 10HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
The 12-16 HP type corresponds to the 28.6-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
HP/LP gas stop valve
The 8HP type corresponds to the 15.9-diameter onsite piping using the
accessory pipe.
The 14·16 HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
REYQ18~48P7Y1B
8HP type
10HP type
12HP type
14HP type
16HP type
φ9.5
Liquid pipe stop valve
The 12HP type corresponds to the 12.7diameter onsite piping using the accessory
pipe.
φ12.7
φ25.4
Suction gas stop valve
The 8 · 10HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
The 12-16 HP type corresponds to the 28.6-diameter onsite piping using
the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
HP/LP gas stop valve
Equalizer pipe stop valve
Test Operation
The 14 · 16 HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite piping
using the accessory pipe.
φ19.1
164
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Service port
Cap
Seal section
Hex holes
Shaft (valve body)
fig 34
[To open]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft counterclockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Turn it until the shaft stops.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
[To close]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft clockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Securely tighten the valve until the shaft contacts the main body seal.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
<Tightening torque>
Stop valve size
Shaft (valve body)
φ 9.5
5.4 - 6.6
φ 12.7
8.1 - 9.9
φ 19.1
φ 25.4
165
Tightening torque N·m (Turn clockwise to close)
27.0 - 33.0
Hexagonal wrench
4 mm
Hexagonal wrench
8 mm
Cap (valve lid)
Service port
13.5 - 16.5
18.0 - 22.0
11.5 - 13.9
22.5 - 27.5
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
[How to Check How Many Units are Connected]
It is possible to find out how many indoor or outdoor unit in the system are turned on by
operating the push button on the PCB (A1P) of outdoor unit (In case of multi system master
unit).
Follow the procedure below to check how many indoor or outdoor units are turned on.
LED display
(LED display : h ...OFF k ...ON l ...Blinking
∗ ...Uncertain)
1. Press the MODE button (BS1) once at Setting Mode 1 (H1P: off) and set
the MONITOR MODE (H1P: Blinking).
2.
Press the SET button (BS2) the number of
times until the LED display matches that at
right.
H H H H H H H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P P P P P P P
l hhhhhh
For checking the
number of outdoor units:
eight times
l hhkhhh
For checking the
number of indoor units:
five times
l hhhkhk
3. Press the RETURN button (BS3) and read the number of units from the
display of H2P through H7P.
[Reading Method]
The display of H2P through H7P should be read as a binary number,
with l standing for “1” and h standing for “0”.
l ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
Ex: For the LED display at right, this would be “0 1 0 1 1 0”,
which would mean 22 units are connected.
l h l h l l h
32 × 0 + 16 × 1 + 8 × 0 + 4 × 1 + 2 × 1 + 1 × 0 = 22 units
Note: “000000” indicates 64 units.
4. Press the MODE button (BS1) once. This returns to Setting Mode 1
(H1P: OFF, default).
hhkhhhh
Note:
Press the “MODE button” (BS1) if you get confused while operating.
This returns to Setting Mode 1 (H1P: OFF, default).
Test Operation
166
Test Operation
1.2.5.2
SiBE37-701_B
Procedure of Adding Refrigerant Charging and Check Operation
- REYQ8~16PY1B
Warning
Electric Shock Warning
„ Make sure to close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid before turning on the power when performing
the refrigerant charging operation.
„ Perform the setting on the PCB (A1P) of the outdoor unit and check the LED display after the
power is on via the inspection door which is in the EL. COMPO. BOX lid.
Lift the protruding part to
open the inspection door
EL. COMPO. BOX
Inspection door
EL. COMPO. BOX lid
LED
(H1~8P)
Inspection door
Push button (BS1~5)
„ Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the EL. COMPO. BOX’s inspection door.
There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts, since this operation must be
performed with the power on.
Caution
„ Make sure to use the protect tool (protective groves and goggles) when charging the
refrigerant.
„ Due to a danger of liquid hammer, the refrigerant must not be charged over the allowable
maximum amount when charging the refrigerant.
„ Do not perform the refrigerant charging operation under working for the BS and indoor unit.
„ When opening the front panel, make sure to take caution to the fan rotation during the
working.
After the outdoor unit stops operating, the fan may keep rotation for a while.
Note:
„ If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the BS, indoor and outdoor units are turned
on, H2P will be lit on and the compressor will not operate.
Check the LED display indicate as shown below.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
„ In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take up to around 10 minutes for the
compressor to start up after the unit starting operating. This is not a malfunction.
„ The refrigerant charge port is connected to the piping inside the unit.
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
167
When the unit is shipped from the factory, the unit’s internal piping is already charged with
refrigerant, so be careful when connecting the charge hose.
After adding the refrigerant, make sure to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port.
The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5 to 13.9 Nm.
See [Stop valve operation procedure] in chapter 1.2.5.1 for details on how to handle stop
valves.
When done or when pausing the refrigerant charging operation, close the valve of the
refrigerant tank immediately.
The refrigerant charge port of this product have electronic expansion valve.
The valve will be closed at end of refrigerant charging. However the valve will be opened on
operation after refrigerant charging (check operation, normal operation, etc.).
If the tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged
may be off the point.
Make sure to perform the check operation after installation. Otherwise, the malfunction code
“U3” will be displayed and normal operation cannot be performed.
And the failure of “Check of wrong wiring” may also cause abnormal operation. Performance
may drop due to the failure of “Judgment of piping length”.
Check operation must be performed for each refrigerant piping system.
Checking is impossible if plural systems are being done at once.
The individual problems of indoor units can not be checked.
About these problems check by test run after the check operation is completed. (See
chapter 1.2.6)
The check operation cannot be performed in recovery or other service modes.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
1.2.5.2.1 Procedure of Adding Refrigerant charging
1. Make sure the following works are complete in accordance with the installation manual.
„ Piping work
„ Wiring work
„ Air tight test
„ Vacuum drying
„ Installation work for BS, indoor unit
2. Calculate the “additional charging amount” using “How to calculate the additional refrigerant
to be charged” in “6 Example of Connection” on page 446.
3. Open the valve B (See figure below. The valve A, C and the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe,
HP/LP gas pipe stop valves must be left closed), and charge the refrigerant of the “additional
charging amount” from the liquid side shutout valve service port.
REYQ8~16PY1B
Charge hose
Outdoor
unit
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe stop valve
Suction gas stop valve
Liquid pipe stop valve
Valve B
Measuring device
Valve C
R-410A tank (with siphon)
Valve A
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow
To BS,
indoor unit
(
: Stop valve
: Service port )
4. If the “additional charging amount” was charged fully, close the valve B and go to step 6.
If the “additional charging amount” was not charged fully, close the valve B and go to step 5.
5. Perform the refrigerant charging following [Automatic refrigerant charging operation
procedure] as shown below. And charge the remaining refrigerant of the “additional charging
amount”.
Note:
z For performing the automatic refrigerant charging operation, the push button on the PCB
(A1) of outdoor unit are used. (See page 167.)
And the refrigerant are charged from the refrigerant charge port via the valve A. (See above
figure.) For operating the push button and opening or closing the valves, follow the
procedure.
z During Automatic refrigerant charging operation, the system will select charging mode
(cooling mode or heating mode) by the temperature condition as follows.
Outdoor temp. : 0°C DB ~ 43°C DB
Indoor temp. : 10°C DB ~ 32°C DB
Cooling mode
Less than above range
Heating mode
When charging in cooling mode, the system will stop operation when the required amount of
refrigerant is charged.
During charging in heating mode, a person must manually close valve A and stop operation.
Beforehand, check the remaining refrigerant that is needed to charge based on the
“additional charging amount” in step 2 and the charged amount in step 3.
z The refrigerant will be charged about 30kg in one hour at outdoor temp. 30°C DB (about
12kg at outdoor temp. 0°C DB).
z During Automatic refrigerant charging operation, you can stop the operation forcedly by
pushing MODE button (BS1).
REYQ8~16PY1B
Charge hose
Refrigerant charge port
HP/LP gas pipe stop valve
Suction gas stop valve
Liquid pipe stop valve
Valve B
Measuring device
Outdoor
unit
Valve C
R-410A tank (with siphon)
Valve A
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow when charging
Test Operation
(
: Stop valve
: Service port )
To BS, indoor unit
168
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
[Automatic refrigerant charging operation procedure]
Note:
The marks of LED mean as follows.
h : OFF
k : ON
l : Blinking
∗ : OFF, ON or Blinking
(1) Open the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe and HP/LP gas pipe stop valves. (The valve A~C must
be closed. See figure 31.)
(2) • Close the EL. COMPO. BOX (1) lid and all front panel except on the EL. COMPO. BOX (1)
side. (*1) And turn the power to the outdoor unit and all connected BS, indoor units. (*2)
• After H2P stop blinking (about 12 minutes after turning on the power), check H2P is OFF.
If H2P is ON, check the malfunction code in the remote controller of indoor unit and correct
the malfunction in accordance with [Remote controller display malfunction code] on page
172.
(3) Check the LED. And push the MODE button (BS1) once if the LED displays is not as below.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h h k h h h h
(4) Push the TEST button (BS4) once. (The LED displays will change as below.)
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k k k k k k k
(5) Hold the TEST button (BS4) down for 5 seconds or more.
(The LED displays will change as below and fan of outdoor unit will start rotation.)
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h l h h h ∗
∗
(6) When the compressor start working and the LED displays change any state in below (*3), go
to “In case of cooling mode” or “In case of heating mode” in accordance with the LED
displays.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
l
l
l
h
k
h
k
l
l
h
h
k
h
k
Go to “In case of
cooling mode”
Go to “In case of
heating mode”
In case of cooling mode
(7) Push the TEST button (BS4) once within 5 minutes after procedure (5) (*4) and close the all
front panels (*5).
After that, open the valve A immediately (See bottom figure on page 168) (*6) and watch the
remote controller display of indoor unit.
(8) If the remote controller display shows “PE” code (*7), ready to close the valve A.
And go to procedure (9).
If the remote controller display shows other code, close the valve A immediately and refer to
[Remote controller cooling mode malfunction code] on page 170.
Beware the fan running when open the front panel.
The fan may continue rotation after the system stop the operation.
(9) When the compressor stop working (the fan may continue rotation.), close the valve A
immediately (*8).
And check the LED displays are as below and the remote controller display shows “P9”
code.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k l l k k k k
After checking, push the MODE button (BS1) once and the charging is complete.
169
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
In case of heating mode
(7) Push the TEST button (BS4) once within 5 minutes after procedure (5) (*4) and close the all
front panels.
After that, open the valve A immediately (See figure on page 169) (*6) and check the
charged amount by measuring device.
During operation, if the remote controller display shows “P2” or “P8” code, close the valve A
immediately and refer to [Remote controller heating mode malfunction code].
Beware the fan running when open the front panel.
The fan may continue rotation after the system stop the operation.
(8) When the required amount of refrigerant is charged, close the valve A (See figure on page
169) (*8) and push the RETURN button (BS3) once. And then go to procedure (9).
(9) Push the MODE button (BS1) once, and the charging is complete.
Notes (*1)~(*9)
(*1) Lead the refrigerant charge hose etc. from the pipe intake.
All front panels must be closed at the procedure (7).
(*2) • If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system that have the
power off unit, the operation cannot finish properly.
Check the number of outdoor and indoor units that is powered.
For checking, see [How to check how many units are connected] on page 166.
• To energize the crankcase heater, make sure to turn on for 6 hours before starting
operation.
(*3) It takes about 2~10 minutes for getting stability of refrigerant state.
If the additional refrigerant is little and operation is started before getting stability, the
system can not judge the charging amount precisely and it cause over charge.
(*4) If the TEST button (BS4) is not pushed within 5 minutes, “P2” code will displayed in the
remote controller. In this case, refer [Remote controller cooling (or heating) mode
malfunction code] on page 170, 171.
(*5) If the front panel is opened during the operation, the system cannot operate properly.
(*6) If you leave the system without connecting the refrigerant tank or opening the valve A for 30
minutes or more, the system stop operation and “P2” code are displayed in remote
controller.
In this case, refer [Remote controller cooling (or heating) mode malfunction code].
(*7) Depending on the situation of operation such as the charging amount is little, the “PE” code
may not be displayed and the “P9” code may be displayed.
(*8) Always close the valve A and take the tank off.
The refrigerant charge port of this unit have electronic expansion valve and the valve are
closed when charging is finished. However, the valve will opened when other operation
(Check operation, normal operation, etc.). If you leave the tank connected, the refrigerant
will charged and it cause over charge.
[Remote controller cooling mode malfunction code]
Code
Charging is almost finished. Ready to close the valve A.
PA
PH
The refrigerant tank is empty. Close the valve A and replace empty tank to the new tank. After changing
the tank, open the valve A again.
Beware the fan running. The outdoor unit does not stop operation.
P8
Close the valve A immediately, and restart the operation from procedure (3).
P2
Operation is interrupted. Close the valve A immediately and
check the below items.
z Check if HP/LP gas pipe, suction gas pipe or liquid
pipe stop valve is opened.
z Check the refrigerant tank is connected and the valve
After correcting the abnormality,
A was opened.
z Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit are not restart the operation from procedure
(3).
closed by an obstruction.
∗
P9
Test Operation
The work contents
PE
Operation is stopped abnormally. Close the valve A
immediately. Confirm the malfunction code and correct the
abnormality following the [Remote controller displays
malfunction code] on page 172.
Charging is finished. Close the valve A and take the refrigerant tank off.
170
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
[Remote controller heating mode malfunction code]
Code
The work contents
P8
Close the valve A immediately and push the TEST button (BS4) once. And restart from procedure (7) of
“In case of heating mode”.
P2
Operation is interrupted. Close the valve A immediately and check the below items.
z Check if HP/LP gas pipe, suction gas pipe or liquid pipe stop valve is opened.
z Check the refrigerant tank is connected and the valve A was opened.
z Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit are not closed by an obstruction.
6. After completing the additional refrigerant charging, record the charging amount on the
accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label (Installation records) and adhere it to
the back side of the front panel. Also, record the factory charged refrigerant amount,
additional refrigerant amount in the field and total refrigerant amount of the system to
“ADDITIONAL REF. CHARGE” label and adhere in the proximity of the refrigerant charge
port. About “ADDITIONAL REF. CHARGE” label, refer to [Important information regarding
the refrigerant used] in “Special notice of product” on page 163.
1.2.5.2.2 Procedure of check operation
z Check operation perform the following work. Do the check operation following below.
Otherwise, malfunction code “U3” will be displayed in the remote controller and normal
operation can not be carried out.
„ Check of stop valve opening
„ Check of wrong wiring
„ Judgment of piping length
„ Check of refrigerant overcharge
Note:
z Check operation can not carried out at outdoor temp. less than –5°C.
Perform the check operation at day or time that outdoor temp. is –5°C or more.
[Check Operation Procedure]
(1) Close the EL. COMPO. BOX (1) lid and all front panels except as the side of the EL.
COMPO. BOX (1) and turn on the power to the outdoor unit and all connected BS, indoor
units. (Be sure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation in order to have power
running to the crankcase heater.)
(2) Make the onsite settings as needed using the push button (BS1-BS5) on the outdoor unit
PCB (A1P) with the power on. (See “Field setting from outdoor unit” on page 207)
(3) Perform the check operation following the Check Operation Method of the [Service
Precautions] label (lower) on the EL. COMPO. BOX (1) lid (see figure below). The system
operation for about 40~60 minutes and automatically stops the check operation.
If the malfunction code is not displayed in the remote controller after the system stop, check
operation is completed. Normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes. If the malfunction
code is displayed in the remote controller, correct the malfunction following [Remote
controller displays malfunction code] and perform the check operation again.
EL. COMPO.BOX (2) lid
EL. COMPO.BOX (1) lid
[Service Precaution] label (upper)
[Service Precaution] label (lower)
Note:
171
For interrupting the check operation, push RETURN button (BS3).
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
[Remote controller displays malfunction code]
Malfunction
code
Remedial action
E3, E4
F3, F6
UF
The stop valve of the outdoor unit is left
closed.
Open the stop valve.
U1
The phases of the power to the outdoor
unit are reversed.
Exchange two of the three phases (L1, L2, L3) to make
a proper connection.
U1
U4
LC
No power is supplied to an outdoor, BS
or indoor unit (including phase
interruption).
Make sure the power source wire is properly connected
to the outdoor, BS or indoor unit and revise if necessary.
UF
There is conflict on the connection of
transmission wiring in the system.
Check if the refrigerant piping line and the transmission
wiring are consistent with each other.
E3
F6
UF
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recalculate the additional amount refrigerant from the
piping length and correct the refrigerant charge level by
recovering any excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant
recovery machine.
Insufficient refrigerant.
z Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been
finished correctly.
z Recalculate the additional amount
refrigerant from the piping length and add the
adequate amount.
U7, U4
UF, UH
Field wiring is connected to “TO MULTI
UNIT (Q1, Q2)” terminal on the outdoor
unit PCB (A1P) when the system is one
outdoor system.
Remove the line from the “TO MULTI UNIT (Q1, Q2)”
terminal.
UA
The internal transmission wiring to “TO
MULTI UNIT (Q1, Q2)” for the single
outdoor unit system are disconnected.
Connect the internal transmission wiring to “TO MULTI
UNIT (Q1, Q2)”. (See the wiring diagram.)
E4
F3
Note:
Installation error
If any malfunction codes other than the above are displayed, check the service manual for how
to respond.
1.2.5.2.3 TEST RUN
1. Before test run
z Make sure the following works are completed in accordance with the installation manual.
„ Piping work
„ Wiring work
„ Air tight test
„ Vacuum drying
„ Additional refrigerant charge
„ Check operation
z Check that all work for the BS, indoor unit are finished and there are no danger to operate.
2. Test Run
After all works are completed, operate the unit normally and check the following.
(1) Make sure the indoor and outdoor units are operating normally.
(2) Operate each indoor unit one by one and make sure the corresponding outdoor unit is also
operating.
(3) Check to see if cold (or hot) air is coming out from the indoor unit.
(4) Push the fan direction and strength buttons on the remote controller to see if they operate
properly.
Note:
z Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24°C or higher. Refer to the Operation
manual.
z If a knocking sound can be heard in the liquid compression of the compressor, stop the unit
immediately and then energize the crankcase heater for a sufficient length of time before
restarting the operation.
z Once stopping, the compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the On/Off button
of the remote controller is pushed.
z When the system operation is stopped by the remote controller, the outdoor units may
continue operating for further 5 minutes at maximum.
z The outdoor unit fan may rotate at low speeds if the Night-time low noise setting or the
External low noise level setting is made, but this is not a malfunction.
Test Operation
172
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
z If the check operation was not performed at first installation, the malfunction code “U3” will
be displayed in the remote controller. Perform the check operation following “ 1.2.5.2.2
Procedure of check operation”.
3. Checks After Test Run
Perform the following checks after the test run is complete.
z Record the contents of field setting.
→ Record them on the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
z Record the installation date.
→ Record the installation date on the accessory “REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION” label
in accordance with the IEC60335-2-40.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
Note:
173
After the test run, when handing the unit over to the customer, make sure the EL.COMPO.BOX
lid, the inspection door, and the unit casing are all attached.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
1.2.5.3
Test Operation
Procedure for Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check operation
- REYQ18~48P7Y1B (REMQ8~16P7Y1B)
Adding refrigerant using the automatic refrigerant charging function is recommended.
Follow the procedures below.
„ When charging a system, charging over the permissible quantity can cause liquid hammer.
„ Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant.
„ When the refrigerant charging procedure is done or when pausing, close the valve of the
refrigerant tank immediately.
- The refrigerant charge port has a electronic expansion valve and will be closed at the end
of the refrigerant charging. However, the valve will be opened when operating the unit
after refrigerant charging.
- If the tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly charged
may get off point. More refrigerant may be charged by any remaining pressure after the
unit has stopped.
Electric shock warning
„ Close the electric component box lid before turning on the main power.
„ Perform the settings on the circuit board (A1P) of the outdoor unit and check the LED display
after the power is on via the service lid which is in the lid of the electric component box.
Operate switches with an insulated stick (such as a ball-point pen)
to avoid touching the life parts.
Make sure to re-attach the inspection cover into the switch box cover
after the job is finished.
„ If the power of some units is turned off, the charging procedure can not be finished properly.
„ Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation. This is necessary to
warm the crankcase by the electric heater.
„ If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the indoor units, BS units and outdoor unit
are turned on, the H2P-LED will be lit and the compressor will not operate.
Note:
„ See "Stop valve operation procedure" on page 164 for details on how to handle stop valves.
„ The refrigerant charging port is connected to the piping inside the unit.
The unit’s internal piping is already factory charged with refrigerant, so be careful when
connecting the charge hose.
„ After adding the refrigerant, do not forget to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port.
The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5 to 13.9 N · m.
„ In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take the compressor ±10 minutes to
start up after the unit has started operation. This is not a malfunction.
Test Operation
174
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
The automatic refrigerant charging has limits as described below.
At out of limit, the system can not operate the automatic refrigerant charging.
Outdoor temperature
: 0°C DB~43°C DB
Indoor temperature
: 10°C DB~32°C DB
Total indoor unit capacity
: ≥80%
To speed up the process of charging refrigerant for large systems, it is recommended to first
manually charge a portion of the refrigerant first before performing automatic charging.
1. Calculate how much refrigerant to be added using the formula explained in the chapter "How
to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged" on page 158.
2. The amount of pre-charging is 10 kg less than the calculated amount.
3. Open valve B (the valves A and C, the liquid pipe, the suction gas pipe and the high
pressure/low pressure gas pipe stop valves must be left closed) and charge the refrigerant in
liquid form via the liquid pipe stop valve service port.
(See figure below)
Suction gas pipe stop valve
Liquid pipe stop valve
Refrigerant charge port
High pressure/low pressure gas pipe stop valve
Equalizer pipe stop valve
Refrigerant tank
(R-410A, siphon
system)
Charge hose
Valve A
Valve B
Refrigerant tank
(R-410A, siphon
system)
Measuring Measuring
instrument instrument
Valve A
Valve C
Measuring instrument
Stop valve
To BS-unit, indoor unit
Service port
Field piping
The refrigerant will be charged with
±30 kg in 1 hour at an outdoor
temperature of 30°C DB (12 kg at 0°C
DB). If you need to speed up in case
of a multi system, connect the
refrigerant tank to each outdoor unit.
Refrigerant flow
when charging
4. If the calculated amount of pre-charging is reached, close valve B.
At least the unit should be charged with its original amount of refrigerant (refer to the nameplate
on the unit), before starting the automatic charging.
5. After pre-charging, perform the refrigerant charge operation as shown below and charge the
remaining refrigerant of the additional charging amount through valve A. (See above figure)
175
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
Note:
For a multi outdoor unit system, it is not required to connect all charge ports to a refrigerant
tank.
The refrigerant will be charged with ±30 kg in 1 hour time at an outdoor temperature of 30°C DB
or with ±12 kg at an outdoor temperature of 0°C DB.
If you need to speed up in case of a multiple outdoor system, connect the refrigerant tanks to
each outdoor unit as shown in figure on page 175.
1. Start of automatic charging refrigerant
- Open the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe, high pressure/low pressure gas pipe and equalizer
pipe stop valves and the service port stop valve. (Valves A, B and C must be closed.)
- Close all front panels except the electric component box front panel and turn the power
ON.
- Make sure all indoor units are connected, refer to "How to check how many units are
connected" on page 181.
- If the H2P LED is not flashing (in 12 minutes time after turning on the power), make sure it
is displayed as shown in the "Normal system display" on page 179.
If the H2P LED is flashing, check the malfunction code on the remote controller "Remote
controller malfunction code display" on page 180.
„ If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system with one or
more units with power OFF, the refrigerant charging operation can not be accomplished
properly.
For confirming the number of indoor units with power ON, refer to "How to check how many
units are connected" on page 181.
In case of a multi system, turn the power ON to all outdoor units in the refrigerant system.
„ To energize the crankcase heater, make sure to turn the power ON at least 6 hours before
starting operation.
2. Press the BS1 MODE button once if the LEDs combination is not as in the figure below.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h h k h h h h
3. Press the BS4 TEST button once.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k k k k k k k
4. Hold the BS4 TEST button down for 5 seconds or more.
5. Charging mode judgement
However, if the indoor temperature is 10°C DB or lower, in some cases the unit will charge in
heating mode to increase the indoor temperature.
The unit will automatically select the cooling mode or heating mode for charging.
„ When charging in cooling mode, the unit will stop operating when the required amount of
refrigerant is charged.
„ During charging in heating mode, a person must manually close valve A before complete
charging is finished. The required amount is the calculated amount (see "6. Example of
connection" on page 446), therefore, the weight must be monitored constantly.
Test Operation
176
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
„ Charging in heating mode
6. Start up
Wait while the unit is preparing for charging in heating mode.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Pressure control
(for the first minute)
h l h h h h k
Start up control
(for the next 2 minutes)
l l h h h k h
Waiting for stable
heating conditions
(for the next ±15
minutes (according to
the system))
l l h h h k k
It takes about 2 to 10 minutes for the system to become stable.
In case of a small charging amount, the system will start charging the refrigerant before the
system reaches the stable state. It may disturb a correct decision and may cause
overcharging.
7. Ready
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
l l h h k h k
Press the BS4 TEST button once within 5 minutes.
If the BS4 TEST button is not pushed within 5 minutes, "P2" will be displayed on the remote
controller. Refer to "Remote controller malfunction code display" on page 180.
8. Operation
When the following LED display is shown, open valve A and close the front panel. If the front
panel is left open, the system can not operate properly during the refrigerant charging.
When the refrigerant tank is not connected or is left with the valve closed for 30 minutes or
more, the outdoor unit will stop operation and the "P2" code will be displayed on the remote
controller of the indoor unit. Follow the procedure as described in "Remote controller
malfunction code display" on page 180.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k l
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗ = The state of this LED is not important.
When a malfunction occurs, check the display of the remote controller and refer to "Remote
controller malfunction code display" on page 180.
9. Complete
If the calculated amount of refrigerant is reached, close valve A and press the BS3 RETURN
button once.
Note:
Always close valve A and remove the refrigerant tank immediately after finishing the refrigerant
charge operation.
H1P H2P H3P H4P
H5P H6P H7P
l l l k k k k
Beware of the fan blades when you open the front panel.
The fan may still rotate for a while after unit operation has stopped.
177
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
10.In case leak detection function not required
Press the BS1 MODE button once and the charging is complete.
Record the amount that was added on the additional refrigerant charge label provided with
the unit and attach it on the back side of the front panel.
Perform the test procedure as described in "Test operation" on page 186.
„ Charging in cooling mode
6. Start up
Wait while the unit is preparing for charging in cooling mode.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Pressure control
(for the first minute)
h l h h h h k
Start up control
(for the next 2 minutes)
h l h h h k h
Waiting for stable
cooling conditions
(for the next ±15
minutes (according to
the system))
h l h h h k k
It takes about 2 to 10 minutes for the system to become stable. In case of a small charging
amount, the system will start charging the refrigerant before the system reaches the stable
state. It may disturb a correct decision and may cause overcharging.
7. Ready
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
l l l h k h k
Press the BS4 TEST button once within 5 minutes.
If the BS4 TEST button is not pushed within 5 minutes, "P2" will be displayed on the remote
controller. Refer to "Remote controller malfunction code display" on page 180.
8. Operation
When the following LED display is shown, open valve A and close the front panel. If the front
panel is left open, the system can not operate properly during the refrigerant charging.
When the refrigerant tank is not connected or is left with the valve closed for 30 minutes or
more, the outdoor unit will stop operation and the "P2" code will be displayed on the remote
controller of the indoor unit. Follow the procedure as described in "Remote controller
malfunction code display" on page 180.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k l ∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗ = The state of this LED is not important.
When a malfunction occurs, check the display of the remote controller and refer to "Remote
controller malfunction code display" on page 180.
Test Operation
178
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
9. Complete
The display on the remote controller shows a flashing "PE" code for signalling that automatic
charging will be finished in about 10 minutes.
When the unit stops operating, close valve A immediately and check the LEDs and check if
the "P9" code is displayed on the remote controller.
Note:
Always close valve A and remove the refrigerant tank immediately after finishing the refrigerant
charge operation.
The refrigerant charge port of these units have electronic expansion valves that will close
automatically when refrigerant charging operation has finished. However, the electronic
expansion valves will be opened when other operations start after finishing refrigerant charging
operation.
If the refrigerant tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant which is properly
charged may be off the point.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k l l k k k k
If the LED indication is not as shown above, correct the malfunction (as indicated in the display
of the remote controller) and restart the complete charging procedure. When the charging
amount is little, the "PE" code may not be displayed, but instead the "P9" code will be displayed
immediately.
10.Press the BS1 MODE button once and the charging is complete.
Record the amount that was added on the additional refrigerant charge label provided with
the unit and attach it on the back side of the front panel.
Perform the test procedure as described in "Test operation" on page 186.
[Normal system display]
Mode
Ready/
Error
Individual
Bulk
(master)
Bulk
(slave)
Low
noise
Demand
Multi
HAP
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
Master
unit(a)
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
k
Slave
unit
1(a)
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
Slave
unit
2(a)
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Single outdoor
unit system
Multiple
outdoor
unit
system
Cooling/Heating
changeover
MicroComputer
operation
monitor
LED display
(Default status
before delivery)
(a) The state of the H8P (multi) LED in a multi-system shows which unit is the master unit (k), slave 1 unit (l) or slave 2 unit (h).
Only the master unit is connected to the indoor units with interunit wiring.
179
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
[Remote controller malfunction code display]
Remote controller heating mode malfunction codes
Error code
P8 recharge
operation
Close valve A immediately and press the TEST OPERATION button once.
The operation will restart from the charging mode judgement onwards.
P2
charge hold
Close valve A immediately. Check following items:
- Check if the gas side stop valve is opened correctly
- Check if the valve of the refrigerant cylinder is opened
- Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit are not
obstructed
After correcting the
abnormality, restart the
automatic charging procedure
again.
Remote controller cooling mode malfunction codes
Error code
PA, PH, PC
replace
cylinder
Close valve A and replace the empty cylinder. When renewed, open valve A (the outdoor unit will
not stop operating).
The code on the display shows the unit where a cylinder is to be renewed:
PA = master unit, PH = slave unit 1, PC = slave unit 2, flashing PA, PH and PC = all units
After replacing the cylinder, open valve A again and continue the work.
In case of an outdoor multi system, replacing the refrigerant tank of the outdoor unit during
the refrigerant charging operation when the display on the remote controller is not
showing PA, PH or PC, may cause an abnormal stop of the refrigerant charging operation.
P8 recharge Close valve A immediately.
operation
Restart the automatic charging procedure again.
Close valve A immediately. Check following items:
- Check if the high pressure/low pressure gas pipe, suction
gas pipe, liquid pipes and equalizer pipe stop valves are
opened correctly
P2
charge hold - Check if the valve of the refrigerant cylinder is opened
- Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit are not
obstructed
- Check if the indoor temperature is not lower than 10°C DB
*
abnormal
stop
After correcting the abnormality,
restart the automatic charging
procedure again.
Close valve A immediately. Confirm the malfunction code by
the remote controller and correct the abnormality by following
the "Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation"
on page 188.
[Checks after adding refrigerant]
„ Are the stop valves for both liquid and gas open?
„ Is the amount of refrigerant, that has been added, recorded?
Make sure to open the stop valves after charging the refrigerant.
Operating with the stop valves closed will damage the compressor.
Test Operation
180
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
[How to check how many units are connected]
It is possible to find out how many indoor units are active and connected by operating the pushbutton switch on the printed circuit board (A1P) of the working outdoor unit.
Make sure that all the indoor units connected to the outdoor unit are active.
Follow the 5-step procedure as explained below.
„ The LEDs on the A1P shows the operating status of the outdoor unit and the number of
indoor units that are active.
h
k
l: Blinking
„ The number of units that are active can be read from the LED display in the "Monitor Mode"
procedure below.
Example: in the following procedure there are 22 units active:
Note:
Wherever during this procedure, press the BS1 MODE button if something becomes unclear.
You will return to setting mode 1 (H1P= h "OFF").
1. Setting mode 1 (default system status)
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Default status (normal)
h h k h h h h
Press the BS1 MODE button to switch from setting mode 1 to monitor mode.
2. Monitor mode
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Default status display
l h h h h h h
To check the number of indoor units, press the BS2 SET button 5 times
3. Monitor mode
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Selection status of how many
connected indoor units to display.
l h h h k h k
Pressing the BS3 RETURN button causes the LED display to show the data on the number
of indoor units that are connected.
4. Monitor mode
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Displaying the number of connected
indoor units
l h l h l l h
32
16
8
4
2
1
Calculate the number of connected indoor units by adding the values of all (H2P~H7P)
blinking (l) LEDs together.
In this example: 16+4+2=22 units
Press the BS1 MODE button to return to step 1, setting mode 1 (H1P= h "OFF").
181
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
1.2.6 Before operation
1.2.6.1
Service precautions
WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK
Caution when performing service to inverter equipment
1. Do not open the electric box cover for 10 minutes after the power supply is turned off.
2. Measure the voltage between terminals on the terminal block for power supply with a tester
and confirm that the power supply is shut off.
In addition, measure the points, as shown in the figure below, with a tester and confirm that
the voltage of the capacitor in the main circuit is less than 50 V DC.
A2P
A1P
TP1 TP2
A3P
3. To prevent damaging the PCB, touch a non-coated metal part to eliminate static electricity
before pulling out or plugging in connectors.
4. The performing of the service to the inverter equipment must be started after the junction
connectors X1A, X2A, X3A, X4A (X3A and X4A are for 14~16 unit type only) for the fan
motors in the outdoor unit are been pulled out. Be careful not to touch the live parts.
(If a fan rotates due to strong wind, it may store electricity in the capacitor or in the main
circuit and cause electric shock.)
5. After the service is finished, plug the junction connecter back in. Otherwise the error code E7
will be displayed on the remote controller and normal operation will not be performed.
For details refer to the wiring diagram labelled on the back of the electric box cover.
Pay attention to the fan. It is dangerous to inspect the unit while the fan is running. Be sure to
turn off the main switch and to remove the fuses from the control circuit located in the outdoor
unit.
Note:
1.2.6.2
Play it safe!
For protection of the PCB, touch the switch box casing by hand in order to eliminate static
electricity from your body before performing service.
Checks before initial start-up
Note:
Remark that during the first running period of the unit, required power input may be higher than
stated on the nameplate of the unit. This phenomenon originates from the compressor that
needs elapse of a 50 hours run in period before reaching smooth operation and stable power
consumption.
„ Make sure that the circuit breaker on the power supply panel of the installation is switched
off.
„ Attach the power wire securely.
„ Introducing power with a missing N-phase or with a mistaken N-phase will break the
equipment.
Test Operation
182
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
After the installation, check the following before switching on the circuit breaker:
1. The position of the switches that require an initial setting
Make sure that switches are set according to your application needs before turning the
power supply on.
2. Power supply wiring and transmission wiring
Use a designated power supply and transmission wiring and make sure that it has been
carried out according to the instructions described in this manual, according to the wiring
diagrams and according to local and national regulations.
3. Pipe sizes and pipe insulation
Make sure that correct pipe sizes are installed and that the insulation work is properly
executed.
4. Air tight test and vacuum drying
Make sure the air tight test and vacuum drying were completed.
5. Additional refrigerant charge
The amount of refrigerant to be added to the unit should be written on the included "Added
Refrigerant" plate and attached to the rear side of the front cover.
6. Insulation test of the main power circuit
Measure the insulation resistance and check if the value is in accordance with relevant local
and national regulations.
7. Installation date and field setting
Be sure to keep record of the installation date on the sticker on the rear of the upper front
panel according to EN60335-2-40. and keep record of the contents of the field setting.
1.2.6.3
Field setting
If required, carry out field settings according to the following instructions. Refer to the service
manual for more details.
Opening the switch box and handling the switches
When carrying out field settings, remove the inspection cover (1).
Operate the switches with an insulated stick (such as a ball-point pen) to
avoid touching live parts.
1
2
Make sure to re-attach the inspection cover (1) into the switch box cover (2) after the job is
finished.
Note:
Make sure that all outside panels, except for the panel on the electric box, are closed while
working.
Close the lid of the electric box firmly before turning on the power.
Location of the dip switches, LEDs and buttons
1. LED H1~8P
2. Push button switches BS1~BS5
3. DIP switch 1 (DS1: 1~4)
4. DIP switch 2 (DS2: 1~4)
5. DIP switch 3 (DS3: 1~2)
183
1
2
4
3
5
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
LED state
Throughout the manual the state of the LEDs is indicated as follows:
h: OFF
k: ON
l: Blinking
Setting the push button switch (BS1~5)
Function of the push button switch which is located on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P):
MODE
H1P
C/H SELECT
L.N.O.P DEMAND MULTI
IND MASTER SLAVE
TEST:
HWL:
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
H7P
H8P
BS1 MODE
For changing the set mode
BS2 SET
For field setting
BS3 RETURN
For field setting
BS4 TEST
For test operation
BS5 RESET
For resetting the address when the wiring is changed or when an additional
indoor unit is installed
The figure shows state of the LED indications when the unit is shipped from the factory.
Check operation procedure
1. Turn the power on for the outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
Be sure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation in order to have power
running to the crankcase heater.
2. Make sure that transmission is normal by checking the LED display on the outdoor unit
circuit board (A1P). (If transmission is normal, each LED will be displayed as shown below.)
Mode
Ready/
Error
Individual
Bulk
(master)
Bulk
(slave)
Low
noise
Demand
Multi
HAP
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
Master
unit(a)
l
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
k
Slave
unit
1(a)
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
Slave
unit
2(a)
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
LED display
(Default status
before delivery)
Single outdoor
unit system
Multiple
outdoor
unit
system
Cooling/Heating
changeover
Microcomputer
operation
monitor
(a) The state of the H8P (multi) LED in a multi-system shows which unit is the master unit (k), slave 1 unit (l) or slave 2 unit (h).
Only the master unit is connected to the indoor units with interunit wiring.
Test Operation
184
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Setting the mode
The set mode can be changed with the BS1 MODE button according to the following procedure:
„ For setting mode 1: Press the BS1 MODE button once, the H1P LED is off h. This mode is
not available for heat recovery units.
„ For setting mode 2: Press the BS1 MODE button for 5 seconds, the H1P LED is on k.
If the H1P LED is blinking l and the BS1 MODE button is pushed once, the setting mode will
change to setting mode 1.
Note:
If you get confused in the middle of the setting process, push the
returns to setting mode 1 (H1P LED is off).
button. Then it
BS1 MODE
Setting mode 2
The H1P LED is on.
Setting procedure
1. Push the BS2 SET button according to the required function (A~H). The LED indication that
matches the required function is shown below in the field marked
:
Possible functions
A
additional refrigerant charging operation.
B
refrigerant recovery operation/vacuuming operation.
C
automatic low noise operation setting at nighttime.
D
low noise operation level setting ( L.N.O.P ) via the external control adaptor.
E
power consumption limitation setting ( DEMAND ) via the external control adaptor.
F
enabling function of the low noise operation level setting ( L.N.O.P ) and/or power consumption
limitation setting ( DEMAND ) via the external control adaptor (DTA104A61/62).
G
high static pressure setting
H
evaporating temperature setting
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
A
k
h
k
h
k
h
h
B
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
C
k
h
k
h
k
k
h
D
k
h
k
k
h
h
k
E
k
h
k
k
k
k
h
F
k
h
h
k
k
h
h
G
k
h
k
h
h
k
h
H
k
h
h
k
h
h
h
2. When the BS3 RETURN button is pushed, the current setting is defined.
3. Push the BS2 SET button according to the required setting possibility as shown below in the
field marked.
3.1Possible settings for function A, B, F, and G are ON (ON) or OFF (OFF).
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
k
h
h
l
h
k
h
h
h
OFF
(a) This setting = factory setting
h
h
l
ON
(a)
185
h
h
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
3.2Possible settings for function C
The noise of level 3 < level 2 < level 1 (
1 ).
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
OFF (a)
k
h
h
h
h
h
1
k
h
h
h
h
h
l
2
k
h
h
h
h
l
h
3
k
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
(a) This setting = factory setting
3.3Possible settings for function D and E
For function D ( L.N.O.P ) only: the noise of level 3 < level 2 < level 1 ( 1 ).
For function E ( DEMAND ) only: the power consumption of level 1< level 2 < level 3 (
3 ).
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
1
k
h
h
h
h
2 (a)
h
l
k
h
h
h
3
k
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
(a) This setting = factory setting
3.4Possible settings for function H
The evaporating temperature level H (high) < level M (medium) < level L (low) (
L ).
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
H
k
h
h
h
h
M (a)
h
l
k
h
h
h
L
k
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
(a) This setting = factory setting
4. Push the BS3 RETURN button and the setting is defined.
5. When the BS3 RETURN button is pushed again, the operation starts according to the setting.
Refer to the service manual for more details and for other settings.
Confirmation of the set mode
The following items can be confirmed by setting mode 1 (H1P LED is off)
Check the LED indication in the field marked
.
1. Indication of the present operation state
- h, normal
- k, abnormal
- l, under preparation or under test operation
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
2. Indication of low noise operation state L.N.O.P
- h standard operation (= factory setting)
- k L.N.O.P operation
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h
h
k
h
3. Indication of power consumption limitation setting
- h standard operation (= factory setting)
- k DEMAND operation
h
h
h
DEMAND
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h
1.2.6.4
h
k
h
h
h
h
Test operation
Do not insert fingers, rods or other objects into the air inlet or outlet. When the fan is
rotating at high speed, it will cause injury.
Do not perform the test operation while working on the indoor units.
When performing the test operation, not only the outdoor unit, but the connected indoor unit will
operate as well. Working on a indoor unit while performing a test operation is dangerous.
Test Operation
186
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
„ In the test operation, the following checks and judgement will be performed:
„ Check of the stop valve opening
„ Check for wrong wiring
„ Check of refrigerant overcharge
„ Judgement of piping length
„ It takes between 40 and 60 minutes to complete the check operation.
„ Make sure to carry out the test operation after the first installation. Otherwise, the
malfunction code U3 will be displayed on the remote controller and normal operation can not
be carried out.
„ In case of a multi system, check the settings and results on the master unit.
„ Abnormalities on indoor units can not be checked for each unit individual. After the test
operation is finished, check the indoor units one by one by performing a normal operation
using the remote controller.
Note:
A test operation can not be carried out when the outdoor temperature is less than –5°C.
Test operation procedure
1. Close all front panels except the front panel of the electric box.
2. Turn ON the power to all outdoor units and the connected indoor units.
Be sure to turn on the power 6 hours before operation in order to have power running to the
crankcase heater and to protect the compressor.
3. Make the field setting as described in the paragraph "1.2.6.3 Field setting" on page 183.
4. Press the BS1 MODE button once, and set to the SETTING MODE (H1P LED = OFF).
5. Press and hold the BS4 TEST button down for 5 seconds or more. The unit will start the test
operation.
„ The test operation is automatically carried out in cooling mode, the H2P LED will light up
and the messages "Test operation" and "Under centralized control" will display on the
remote controller.
„ It may take 10 minutes to bring the state of the refrigerant uniform before the compressor
starts.
„ During the test operation, the refrigerant running sound or the magnetic sound of a
solenoid valve may become loud and the LED display may change, but these are not
malfunctions.
„ During the test operation, it is not possible to stop the unit operation from a remote
controller. To abort the operation, press the BS3 RETURN button. The unit will stop after
±30 seconds.
6. Close the front panel in order to let it not be the cause of misjudgement.
7. Check the test operation results by the LED display on the outdoor unit.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Normal completion
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
Abnormal completion
h
k
k
h
h
h
h
8. When the test operation is fully completed, normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes.
Otherwise, refer to "Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation" on page 188
to take actions for correcting the abnormality.
187
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Test Operation
Correcting after abnormal completion of the test operation
The test operation is only completed if there is no malfunction code displayed on the remote
controller. In case of a displayed malfunction code, perform the following actions to correct the
abnormality:
„ Confirm the malfunction code on the remote controller
Installation error
Error code
The stop valve of an outdoor unit
is left closed.
E3
E4
F3
F6
UF
Open the stop valve.
Remedial action
The phases of the power to the
outdoor units are reversed.
U1
Exchange two of the three phases (L1, L2, L3) to
make a positive phase connection.
No power is supplied to an
outdoor or indoor unit (including
phase interruption).
LC
U1
U4
Check if the power wiring for the outdoor units are
connected correctly.
(If the power wire is not connected to L2 phase, no
malfunction display will appear and the compressor
will not work.)
Incorrect interconnections
between units
UF
Check if the refrigerant line piping and the unit wiring
are consistent with each other.
Refrigerant overcharge
E3
F6
UF
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from
the piping length and correct the refrigerant charge
level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with a
refrigerant recovery machine.
Insufficient refrigerant
E4
F3
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been
finished correctly.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from
the piping length and add an adequate amount of
refrigerant.
„ After correcting the abnormality, press the
BS3 RETURN button and reset the malfunction
code.
„ Carry out the test operation again and confirm that the abnormality is properly corrected.
1.2.6.5
Service mode operation
Note:
Do not shut off the power and do not reset the setting of mode 2 when vacuuming or recovering
refrigerant. Otherwise the expansion valves will close making it impossible to vacuum the
system or to recover the refrigerant.
Vacuuming method
At the first installation, this vacuuming is not required. It is required only for repair purposes.
1. When the unit is at standstill and under the setting mode 2, set the required function B
(refrigerant recovery operation/vacuuming operation) to ON (ON).
- The indoor unit, BS unit and the outdoor unit expansion valves will fully open.
- The H1P LED is on and the remote controller indicates
(test operation) and
(external control) and the operation will be prohibited.
2. Evacuate the system with a vacuum pump.
3. Press the BS1 MODE button and reset the setting mode 2.
Refrigerant recovery operation method
by a refrigerant reclaimer
1. When the unit is at standstill and under the setting mode 2, set the required function B
(refrigerant recovery operation/vacuuming operation) to ON (ON).
- The indoor unit, BS unit and the outdoor unit expansion valves will fully open.
- The H1P LED is on and the remote controller indicates
(test operation) and
(external control) and the operation will be prohibited.
2. Recover the refrigerant by a refrigerant reclaimer. For details, see the operation manual
delivered with the refrigerant reclaimer.
3. Press the BS1 MODE button and reset the setting mode 2.
Test Operation
188
Test Operation
1.3
SiBE37-701_B
Operation when Power is Turned On
1.3.1 When Turning On Power First Time
The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the "UH"
malfunction indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent
Tap the RESET button on the outdoor unit PCB. Operation becomes possible for about 2
minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to
automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PCB has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... ON
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the "UH" or "U4"
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is
complete.)
EL. COMPO.
BOX cover
Lift this protruding
portion to open the
inspection door
LED (H1~8P)
Push button
switch (BS1~5)
Service cover
Inspection door
DIP switch2
(DS2-1~4)
[Service Precautions] label
Switch box cover
Switch box
(the upper right)
Caution
DIP switch1
(DS1-1~4)
When the 400 volt power supply is applied to "N" phase by mistake,
replace Inverter PCB (A2P) and control transformer (T1R, T2R) in
switch box together.
(V0847)
189
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Outdoor Unit PCB Layout
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout
Outdoor unit PCB
(2) Set mode display (LED)
HAP
(3) BS button
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
(1) Microcomputer normal monitor
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
DS1
DS2
(4) Dip switch
Connection terminal for transmission use
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
Indoor Outdoor
Outdoor Outdoor
Multi outdoor
(V3054)
(1) Microcomputer normal monitor
This monitor blinks while in normal operation, and turns on or off when a malfunction occurs.
(2) Set mode display (LED)
LEDs display mode according to the setting.
(3) BS button
Used to change mode.
(4) Dip switch
Used to make field settings.
Test Operation
190
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3. Field Setting
3.1
Field Setting from Remote Controller
Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause malfunction.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired Remote Controller <BRC1E51>
<Basic screen>
1 Press and hold Cancel button for
4 seconds or more.
Field setting menu is displayed.
(1)
2 Select Field setting list in the
field setting menu, and press
Menu/Enter button.
Field setting list screen is displayed.
3 Highlight the mode, and select
<Field setting menu screen>
(2)
4 In the case of setting per indoor
Press Menu/Enter button.
<Field setting screen>
In the case of individual
setting per indoor unit
(3)
(4)
(5)
In the case of group total
setting
(3)
(5)
unit during group control (When
Mode No. such as 20 , 21 , 22 ,
23 , 25 are selected), highlight
the unit No. and select “Indoor
unit No.” to be set by using
(Up/Down) button.
(In the case of group total setting,
this operation is not needed.)
In the case of individual setting
per indoor unit, current settings
are displayed. And, SECOND
CODE NO. “ - ” means no
function.
5 Highlight SECOND CODE NO. of
SECOND CODE NO.
FIRST CODE (SW) NO.
Press Menu/Enter button.
191
desired “Mode No.” by using
(Up/Down) button.
the FIRST CODE NO. to be
changed, and select desired
“SECOND CODE NO.” by using
(Up/Down) button. Multiple
identical mode number settings
are available.
In the case of group total
setting, all of SECOND CODE
NO. which may be set are
displayed as “ ∗ ”. “ ∗ ” is
changed to SECOND CODE
NO. to be set. And, SECOND
CODE NO. “ - ” means no
function.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
6 Press Menu/Enter button. Setting
<Setting confirmation screen>
confirmation screen is displayed.
7 Select Yes and press Menu/
(6)
(7)
Enter button. Setting details are
determined and field setting list
screen returns.
8 In the case of multiple setting
changes, repeat “ (3) ” to “ (7) ”.
Press Menu/Enter button.
Setting confirmation
9 After all setting changes are completed, press Cancel button twice.
10 Backlight goes out, and
“Connection under check Please
wait for a moment” is displayed for
initialization. After the initialization,
the basic screen returns.
CAUTION
z When an optional accessory is installed on the indoor unit, settings of the indoor unit may be
changed. See the manual of the optional accessory.
z For field setting details of the outdoor unit, see installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Test Operation
192
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit
BRC7C type
BRC7E type
BRC4C type
MODE NO.
FIELD SET MODE
3
4
5
SECOND CODE NO.
FIRST CODE NO.
2
1, 6
(V2770)
1. When in the normal mode, push the “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the “field set mode.”
2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “
” button.
3. Pushing the “
” button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the “
” button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer “
” button and check the settings.
6. Push the “
” button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and second code No. to “02”.
193
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
3.1.3 Simplified Remote Controller
BRC2A51
BRC2C51
MODE NO.
UNIT NO.
(3)
FIRST
CODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
(3)
(8) (2) (7) (4) (5) (6)
(V0294)
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.
2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set), and the FIELD SET
MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▲) and the
[BS3] BUTTON () (temperature setting ▼).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), push the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON () (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and
SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
194
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – VRV Indoor unit
VRV
Mode First
Setting Contents
system No. Code
indoor Note 2 No.
unit
0
Filter contamination heavy/
settings 10(20)
light (Setting for display
time to clean air filter) (Sets
display time to clean air
filter to half when there is
heavy filter contamination.)
Light
02
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
Heavy
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Long life
filter
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Approx.
1,250
hrs.
Standard
filter
Approx.
200
hrs.
Approx.
100
hrs.
1
Long life filter type
Room temperature thermistor in
remote controller
3
Display time to clean air filter calculation
(Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.)
11
(21)
7
Airflow adjustment
12(22)
0
Optional accessories output selection
(field selection of output for adaptor for
wiring)
1
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when
ON/OFF is to be controlled from
outside.)
2
Thermostat differential changeover
(Set when remote sensor is to be
used.)
15(25)
04
Details
No
—
—
(1)
Long life filter
Ultra long life filter
—
—
(2)
Remote
controller + Body
thermostat
Only body
thermostat
Only remote
controller
thermostat
—
(3)
Display
No display
—
—
(4)
OFF
Completion of
airflow
adjustment
Start of
airflow
adjustment
—
Indoor unit
turned ON by
thermostat
—
Operation
output
Malfunction
output
(6)
Forced OFF
ON/OFF control
External
protection
device input
—
(7)
1°C
0.5°C
—
—
(8)
LL
Set fan speed
Automatic mode differential (automatic
temperature differential setting for VRV
system heat recovery series cool/heat)
01:0
5
Power failure automatic reset
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(11)
6
Airflow setting when Cooling thermostat is OFF
LL
Set fan speed
—
—
0
Setting of normal airflow
N
H
S
—
(12)
(13)
1
Selection of airflow direction (Set when
a blocking pad kit has been installed.)
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2
directions)
—
(14)
03:2
04:3
05:4
—
(9)
(10)
Airflow setting when heating thermostat is OFF
4
02:1
—
(5)
3
06:5
07:6
08:7
Equipped
Not equipped
—
—
(15)
Draft prevention
Standard
Ceiling
Soiling
prevention
—
(16)
Standard
High static
pressure
—
—
(17)
3
Operation of downward flow flap: Yes/No
4
Field set airflow position setting
5
Setting of static pressure selection
6
External Static Pressure Settings
1
Thermostat OFF excess humidity
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
2
Direct duct connection (when the
indoor unit and heat reclaim ventilation
unit are connected by duct directly.)
∗Note 6
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(19)
(20)
05:80 06:90 07:100 08:110
01:30
02:50
03:60
04:70
09:120
10:130
11:140
12:150 13:160 14:180 15:200
(18)
*7
3
Drain pump humidifier interlock selection
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(21)
5
Field set selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote controller
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(22)
Notes :
195
Ultra
long life
filter
2
13(23)
03
Second Code No.(Note 3)
01
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so
they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked
are factory setting.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
7. • The FXMQ50·63·80·100·125·140PVE cannot be set to 30Pa.
• The FXMQ20·25·32·40PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200Pa.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting
Ceiling mounted cassette
Roundflow 4-way
blow
2-way
blow
Corner
type
Slim
Concealed Concealed Concealed Concealed Ceiling
Wall
concealed ceiling unit ceiling unit ceiling unit ceiling unit suspended mounted
ceiling unit (small)
(large)
unit
unit
Floor
standing
unit
Concealed
floor
standing unit
FXFQ
FXZQ
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXDQ
FXDQ
FXSQ
FXMQ
FXMQ
FXHQ
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
Filter sign
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Ultra long life
filter sign
{
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Room
temperature
thermistor in
remote
controller
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Set fan
speed when
thermostat
OFF
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
Airflow
adjustment
Ceiling
height
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
Airflow
direction
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Airflow
direction
adjustment
(Down flow
operation)
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Airflow
direction
adjustment
range
{
{
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Field set fan
speed
selection
{
—
—
—
{∗1
—
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
Discharge
air temp.
(Cooling)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Discharge
air temp.
(Heating)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
∗1 Static pressure selection
Test Operation
196
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes
(1) Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting
Contamination Light
Contamination Heavy
Standard Filter
Long Life Filter
Ultra Long Life Filter
200 hrs.
100 hrs.
2,500 hrs.
1,250 hrs.
10,000 hrs.
5,000 hrs.
(2) Ultra Long Life Filter Sign Setting
When a Ultra long life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
1
Second Code No.
01
02
Setting
Long Life Filter
Ultra Long Life Filter
(3) Selection of Thermistor
Select the thermistor to control room temperature.
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
2
Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature
Room temperature thermistor in remote
01
controller and suction air thermistor for
indoor unit
02
Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
Room temperature thermistor in remote
03
controller
The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the
indoor unit suction air thermistor and room temperature thermistor in remote controller.
When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by the room
temperature thermistor in remote controller.
(4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed
Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
"Filter Cleaning" display
Display
No display
(5) Airflow Adjustment (AUTO)
External Static Pressure Settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below.
(a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings.
Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated
quantity.
(b) Select External Static Pressure with Remote Controller Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the
“SECOND CODE NO.” in “MODE NO. 21” for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in
Table 4. The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 01 (OFF) at factory setting. Change the
“SECOND CODE NO.” as shown in Table according to the external static pressure of the
duct to be connected.
197
Mode No.
First Code No.
11 (21)
7
Second Code No.
Airflow adjustment
01
OFF
02
Completion of airflow adjustment
03
Start of airflow adjustment
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
(6) Optional Output Switching
Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided.
Output signal is output between terminals K1 and K2 of "customized wiring adaptor," an optional
accessory.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
12 (22)
03
0
04
Remarks
Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is
provided.
Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote
controller is provided.
In case of "Malfunction Display" appears
on the remote controller, output is
provided.
(7) External ON/OFF input
This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code
No.
Second
Code No.
01
12 (22)
1
02
03
Operation by input of the signal A
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote
controller)
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF → ON: Permission of operation
ON → OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
(8) Thermostat Switching
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed. (For details, refer to "6.2.2
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation" on P.145.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
12(22)
2
Second Code No.
01
Differential value
1ºC
02
0.5ºC
(9) Airflow Setting When Heating Thermostat is OFF
This setting is used to set airflow when heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ When thermostat OFF airflow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required
before deciding installation location. During heating operation, this setting takes precedence
over "(7) Fan Stop When Thermostat is OFF."
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
3
Second Code No.
01
Contents
LL airflow
02
Preset airflow
(10) Setting of operation mode to "AUTO"
This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic
operation mode.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
4
Second Code No.
01
0°C
02
1°C
03
2°C
04
3°C
05
4°C
06
5°C
07
6°C
08
7°C
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector"
button.
Test Operation
198
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
(11) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before
power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power
failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
(12) Airflow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF
This is used to set air flow to "LL airflow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
6
Second Code No.
01
Contents
LL airflow
02
Preset airflow
(13) Setting of Normal Airflow
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The second code No. is set to “01” at
the factory.
„ In the Case of FXAQ, FXHQ
Mode No.
First Code No.
13(23)
Second Code
No.
01
0
02
03
Setting
Wall-mounted type: Standard
Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
Wall-mounted type: Normal increase
„ In the Case of FXFQ25~80
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
code
code
Setting
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
0
02
03
Ceiling height
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.5 m
—
„ In the Case of FXFQ100~125
Mode
No.
13 (23)
199
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
0
Ceiling height
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
01
02
Standard (N)
High Ceiling (H)
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.2 m Lower than 4.2 m
2-way Outlets
Lower than 3.2 m Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.2 m
Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m
—
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
(14) Airflow Direction Setting
Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory setting to “01.”
Setting Table
Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code
No.
1
01
02
F : 4-direction airflow
T : 3-direction airflow
03
W : 2-direction airflow
Setting
(15) Operation of Downward Flow Flap: Yes/No
Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
3
Second Code No.
01
Setting
Down-flow operation: Yes
02
Down-flow operation: No
(16) Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range
Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
(S2537)
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
13 (23)
4
02
03
Setting
Upward (Draft
prevention)
Standard
Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
∗ Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
(17) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection (for FXDQ model)
Model No.
13 (23)
Test Operation
First Code No.
Second Code No.
External static pressure
5
01
02
Standard (15Pa)
High static pressure (44Pa)
200
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
(18) External Static Pressure Settings (for FXMQ-P model)
MODE NO.
13 (23)
FIRST CODE NO.
06
SECOND CODE NO.
External Static Pressure
01
02
30Pa (*1)
50Pa
03
04
60Pa
70Pa
05
06
80Pa
90Pa
07
08
100Pa
110Pa
09
10
120Pa
130Pa
11
12
140Pa
150Pa
13
14
160Pa
180Pa (*2)
15
200Pa (*2)
The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 100 Pa) at factory setting.
*1 The FXMQ50 · 63 · 80 · 100 · 125 · 140PVE cannot be set to 30 Pa.
*2 The FXMQ20 · 25 · 32 · 40PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200 Pa.
(19) Humidification When Heating Thermostat is OFF
Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction air temperature is 20ºC or
above and turns OFF the humidifier if suction air temperature is 18ºC or below when the heating
thermostat is OFF.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Setting
15 (25)
1
01
02
—
Setting of humidifier
(20) Setting of Direct Duct Connection
This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries
out residual operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of
preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.)
Mode No.
15 (25)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Contents
01
Without direct duct
connection
With direct duct
connection equipped
with fan
2
02
(21) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump
This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the
unit, this setting is unnecessary.
Mode No.
15 (25)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Contents
01
Individual operation of
humidifier
Interlocked operation
between humidifier and
drain pump
3
02
201
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
(22) Individual Setting of Ventilation
This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote controller/
central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
Test Operation
Mode No.
First Code No.
15 (25)
5
Second Code No.
01
Contents
—
02
Individual operation of
ventilation
202
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting
BRC1E Type
In order to conduct the centralized remote control using the centralized remote controller and
the unified ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating
remote controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
(1) <Basic screen>
1. Press and hold Cancel button for 4 seconds or more.
Field setting menu in displayed.
(2) <Field setting menu screen>
2. Select Group No. settingin the field setting menu, and press
Menu/Enter button.
Group No. setting screen is displayed.
(3) <Group No. setting>
3. Select Group No. setting (Group), and press Menu/Enter
button.
Group No. setting (Group) screen is displayed.
(3) <Group No. setting (Group)>
4. Select the group No. by using
Press Menu/Enter button.
(Up/Down) button.
Notes:
„ For wireless remote controller, see the following.
„ For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
203
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
„ Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, push “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
enters the “field set mode.”
2. Set mode No. “00” with “
” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “
”“
” button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “
” button.
5. Push “
” button and return to the normal mode.
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
MODE NO.
FIELD SET MODE
3
4
GROUP NO.
2
1, 5
(V0916)
Group No. Setting
Example
Centralized Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-00
F1 F2 P1 P2
Main RC
F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
1-03
Caution
Test Operation
RC Sub
1-01
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-04
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Group Control by Remote
Controller (automatic unit address)
F1 F2 P1 P2
(V0917)
When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
204
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller
(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote
controller ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to
information in the next page.)
Centralized remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized
monitor is connected)
3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes
Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
‹ ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by centralized remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.)
‹ OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on by centralized remote controller only, and off by remote
controller only.
‹ Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by centralized remote controller only, and turn on/off freely
by remote controller during set time.
‹ Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both centralized remote controller and remote
controller.
‹ Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want
to start operation by centralized remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
205
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
How to Select
Operation Mode
Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
Example
ON by remote
controller (Unified
ON by
centralized
remote controller)
↓
Rejection
OFF by remote
controller (Unified
OFF by
centralized remote
controller)
↓
Rejection
OFF by
remote
controller
↓
Rejection
Temperature
control by
remote controller
Operation mode
setting by
remote controller
↓
Acceptance
↓
Acceptance
Control
mode is "1."
(VL069)
Control by remote controller
Operation
Control mode
Unified operation,
individual operation
by centralized remote
controller, or
operation controlled
by timer
Unified OFF,
individual stop by
centralized remote
controller, or timer
stop
OFF
Temperature
Operation Control mode
control
mode setting
Rejection
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote controller
Rejection
(Example)
Acceptance
(Example)
Rejection (Example)
Rejection
OFF control only
possible by
remote controller
Rejection (Example)
Acceptance
Rejection
Centralized
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
Individual
Acceptance
Acceptance
Timer operation
possible by
remote controller
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
0
Rejection
10
Acceptance
(Example)
1(Example)
Rejection
11
Acceptance
2
Rejection
12
Acceptance
3
Rejection
13
Acceptance
4
Rejection
14
Acceptance
5
Rejection
15
Acceptance
6
Rejection
16
Acceptance
Rejection
7 ∗1
17
Acceptance
8
Rejection
18
Acceptance
9
Rejection
19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote controller” if not using a remote controller.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
∗1. Factory setting
Centralized remote controller
When ON/OFF, temperature setting and
operation mode setting by local remote
controller is forbidden, "UNDER
CENTRALIZED CONTROL" is displayed
on the remote controller.
Test Operation
206
Field Setting
3.2
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2.1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
„ List of Field Setting Items
This following section indicates the list of field setting items. For the lists of dip switch contents,
Setting mode 1, and Setting mode 2, refer to information in tables shown on the following page
onward.
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on page 223 onward.
Setting item
Content and objective of setting
Overview of setting procedure
A. Use external input to step down the upper „ Use the "External control adaptor for
limit of the fan (factory setting to Step 8),
outdoor unit".
providing low noise level.
Set to "External control adaptor for
(1) Mode 1: Step 5 or lower
outdoor unit" with No. 12 of "Setting mode
(2) Mode 2: Step 4 or lower
2" and select the mode with No. 25.
(3) Mode 3: Step 3 or lower
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
setting" to ON with No. 29.
Function setting
2
3
4
6
7
8
207
Setting of low B. The low noise operation aforementioned
noise
is enabled in nighttime automatic low
„ Make this setting while in "Setting mode
operation (*1)
noise operation mode.
2".
Start time: Possible to select in the range
Select a mode with No. 22 of "Setting
of 20:00 to 24:00 hours.
mode 2".
End time: Possible to select in the range
Select the start time with No. 26 and the
of 06:00 to 08:00 hours.
end time with No. 27.
(Use the said time as a guide since the
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
start time and the end time are estimated
setting" to ON with No. 29.
according to outdoor temperatures.)
„ Used to place limits on the compressor „ For setting with the use of "external
operating frequency to control the upper
control adaptor":
limit of power consumption.
Set the system to "External control
(1) Mode 1 of Demand 1: 60% or less of
adaptor for outdoor unit" with No. 12 of
Setting of
rating
Setting mode 2" and select the mode with
demand
(2) Mode 2 of Demand 1: 70% or less of
No. 30.
operation (*1)
rating
(3) Mode 3 of Demand 1: 80% or less of „ For setting only in "Setting mode 2":
Set the system to Normal demand mode
rating
with No. 32 of "Setting mode 2" and select
(4) Demand 2: 40% or less of rating
the mode with No. 30.
Setting of
„ Used to make address setting with
„ Set the AIRNET to an intended address
AIRNET
AIRNET connected.
using binary numbers with No. 13 of
address
"Setting mode 2".
Reference
page
223~227
223~227
223~227
223~227
216~219
„ Make this setting to operate a system with
216~219
diffuser duct while in high static pressure
mode. (Use this setting mode when
Setting of
shields are installed on upper floors or
high static
„ Set No. 18 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
balconies.)
pressure
* In order to mount the diffuser duct,
remove the cover from the outdoor unit
fan.
Prevention of „ Make this setting to prevent a rise in room
216~219
minute
temperature due to minute heating
heating
capacity generated by heating thermostat
„ Set the Setting item No. 41 of “Setting
operation by
OFF unit or non-heating-operation unit
mode 2” to heating thermostat OFF unit or
heating
while in heating operation.
non-heating-operation unit.
thermostat
(Overseas unit: Default set to “ON”)
OFF unit or
non-heatingoperation unit
Setting of BS „ Make this setting to shorten the BS CoolCool-Heat
Heat selection control time.
„ Set the Setting item No. 42 of “Setting
selection
mode 2” to “ON”.
control time
216~219
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Setting item
1
2
3
4
Service setting
5
Field Setting
Indoor unit
fan forced H
operation
„ Used to operate the indoor unit in the
stopped state in forced H operation
mode.
Indoor unit
forced
operation
Change of
targeted
evaporating
temperature
(in cooling)
„ Used to operate the indoor unit in forced „ Set No. 6 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor
operation mode.
unit forced operation mode.
Change of
targeted
condensing
temperature
(in heating)
Setting of
defrost
selection
„ In heating operation, used to change the „ Select high side or low side with No. 9 of
targeted condensing temperature for
"Setting mode 2".
compressor capacity control.
„ Used to change a temperature at which
the defrost operation is initiated, thus
making the initiation easy or hard.
„ Select fast side or slow side with No. 10 of
"Setting mode 2".
„ Used to start units not in sequence but
simultaneously.
„ Set No. 11 of "Setting mode 2" to NONE.
Setting of
sequential
startup
7
„ If the compressor has a failure, used to
prohibit the operation of outdoor unit(s)
Emergency
concerned and to conduct emergency
operation (*1)
operation of the system only with
operable or outdoor unit(s).
9
„ Set No. 5 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor
unit forced fan H.
„ In cooling operation, used to change the
„ Select high side or low side with No. 8 of
targeted evaporating temperature for
"Setting mode 2".
compressor capacity control.
6
8
Overview of setting procedure
Content and objective of setting
„ Make this setting while in "Setting mode
2".
For system with multiple outdoor units:
Set with No. 38, 39, or 40.
„ If a necessary amount of refrigerant
Additional
cannot be charged due to the stop of
„ Set No. 20 of "Setting mode 2" to ON and
refrigerant
outdoor unit, operate the outdoor unit and
then charge refrigerant.
charging (*1)
then refill refrigerant.
„ Used to recover refrigerant on site.
With operations of indoor and outdoor
Refrigerant
units prohibited, open the outdoor/indoor
recovery
„ Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
expansion valve fully while indoor/
mode (*1)
outdoor operation is prohibited and turn
ON some of the solenoid valves.
„ Used to conduct vacuuming on site.
Open the outdoor/indoor expansion valve
fully while indoor/outdoor operation is
10 Vacuuming
„ Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
mode (*1)
prohibited and turn ON some of the
solenoid valves. Use a vacuum pump to
conduct vacuuming.
„ Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT.
ENECUT test
(Be noted this mode is not functional with
11 operation
the indoor unit remote controller turned „ Set No. 24 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
ON.)
Power
12 transistor
check mode
Setting of
13 model with
spare PCB
„ Used for the troubleshooting of DC
compressors.
Inverter waveform output makes it
„
possible to judge whether a malfunction
results from the compressor or the PCB.
„
„ In order to replace the PCB by a spare
one, be sure to make model setting.
Reference
page
216~219
216~219
216~219
216~219
216~219
216~219
231~234
162~172
229
230
216~219
216~219
Set No. 28 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
For this setting, set the DS2-2, -3, and-4
switches on the PCB to the model
concerned.
209~212
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on page 215 onward.
Test Operation
208
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.2 Setting by Dip Switches
(1) Factory setting of initial PCB.
Do not make any changes in all factory settings of the DIP switches on the control PCB.
Status of DIP switches
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
12 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
:Represents the factory setting positions
of the switches.
Setting at replacement by spare PCB
Caution
DIP switch Setting after changing the main PCB(A1P) to spare parts PCB
After the replacement by the spare PCB, be sure to make settings shown below.
When you change the main PCB(A1P) to spare parts PCB, please carry out the following setting.
Initial conditions of dip switches
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
DIP Switch Detail
DS No.
Item
DS1-2 Power supply
specification
Contents
ON
200V class (220V)
OFF (Factory 400V class (380V)
setting of spare
PCB)
DS1-3 Cooling only/HeatON
Except pump setting
OFF
(Factory
Multiple
setting of spare
use
PCB)
DS1-4 Unit allocation
setting
ON
DS2-1
OFF (Factory
setting of spare
PCB)
Cooling only setting
Heat pump setting
Make the following settings according to allocation of
unit. (All models are set to OFF at factory.)
Multiple
Single use
use Single
(Sub)
use (Main)
Domestic
Japan
Overseas
General
Europe
DS1-4 DS1-3
OFF
OFF
ON
DS2-1 DS1-4
OFF
ON
OFF
DS2-2 Model setting
DS2-3
Make the following settings according to models of outdoor units.
(All models are set to OFF at factory.)
* Refer to following pages for setting detail.
DS2-4
*
209
For detail of the setting procedure, refer to information on the following pages.
While the PCB assembly is replaced, the "U3" malfunction (Test run not carried out yet)
code is displayed. In this case, carry out the test run again.
If the "PJ", "UA", or "U7" malfunction code is displayed, recheck for DIP switch settings.
After the completion of rechecking for the settings, turn ON the power supply again.
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
“Detail of DS1-1~4, DS2-1~4 setting”
Single Use
A1P (Main)
LED
EB****
Factory Setting (
represents the position of switches)
DS1DS2
ON
OFF
1
Allocation
Application model
2 3
DS1
Setting method (
HEAT RECOVERY (8HP)
ON
REYQ8PY1B
DS1
4
1
2 3
DS2
4
represents the position of switches)
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY (12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (14HP)
ON
REYQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS1-4 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (16HP)
ON
REYQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS1-4 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
1 2 3 4
210
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
Single Use
A3P (Sub)
LED
EB****
Factory Setting (
represents the position of switches)
DS1 DS2
ON
OFF
1
Allocation
Application model
2 3
DS1
Setting method (
HEAT RECOVERY (8HP)
ON
REYQ8PY1B
DS1
4
1
2 3
DS2
4
represents the position of switches)
DS2
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (10HP)
ON
REYQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY (12HP)
ON
REYQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3 and DS2-2 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (14HP) ON
REYQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (16HP) ON
REYQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-3, DS2-1 and DS2-3
to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
211
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
A
Multiple Type
Allocation
Application model
Setting method (
HEAT RECOVERY (8HP)
ON
REMQ8PY1B
DS1
represents the position of switches)
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-2 and DS2-3 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (10HP)
ON
REMQ10PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
For Europe
HEAT RECOVERY (12HP)
ON
REMQ12PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-2 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (14HP)
ON
REMQ14PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-3 and DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
HEAT RECOVERY (16HP)
ON
REMQ16PY1B
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Set DS1-4, DS2-2, DS2-3 and
DS2-4 to ON.
OFF
1 2 3 4
Test Operation
1 2 3 4
212
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.3 Setting by Push Button Switches
The following settings are made by push button switches on PCB.
In case of multi-outdoor unit system, various items should be set with the master unit.
(Setting with the slave unit is disabled.)
The master unit and slave unit can be discriminated with the LED display as shown below.
LED display
Multi;
SLAVE
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Demand
MASTER
H4P
H7P
H8P
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
l
h
TEST
H2P
Single-outdoor-unit
system
h
Master
h
h
h
Outdoormulti
system
Slave 1
Slave 2
COOL/HEAT select
IND
H3P
MODE
H1P
(Factory setting)
Pushbutton switches
BS1
BS2
BS3
MODE
SET
RETURN
BS4
TEST REWIRING
Used for
onsite setting
Used to change
the setting mode
BS5
Used to set up address
when wiring is changed
or an indoor unit is added
Used for check operation and
test operation
There are the following three setting modes.
c Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Used to select the cool/heat setting. Also indicates during
“abnormal”, “low noise control” and “demand control”.
d Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
e Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
„ Mode changing procedure 1
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Setting mode 2
MODE
Push and hold the BS1
(Normal)
(MODE button) for 5 seconds.
Setting mode 1
Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE
On
H1P
Push the BS1 (MODE button)
one time.
Monitor mode
MODE
Blinking
Off
H1P
H1P
(V2761)
213
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
„ Mode changing procedure 2
(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec.
Setting mode 2
Setting item selection
(Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button) one time.
Setting condition
selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button) one time.
Setting mode 1
(Initial condition)
Press BS1 (MODE button) one time.
Monitor mode
Check item selection
(Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button) one time.
Contents display
Press BS3
(RETURN button) one time.
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN button) one time.
Press BS1
(MODE button)
one time.
Press BS1
(MODE button) one time.
(V2762)
Test Operation
214
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
a. “Setting mode 1”
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
Check items ··········· The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(3) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
mode other than that, push the
MODE (BS1) button to set the
system to "Setting mode 1".
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
h
h
COOL/HEAT select
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H7P
H6P
H3P
H4P
H5P
k
h
h
h
h
Current operating conditions
h Normal k Abnormal
l In preparation or in
check operation
Check the system for each condition
through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.)
Low noise operating conditions
h In normal operation
l In low noise operation
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button
will bring the system to the initial
state of "Setting mode 1".
(V2763)
215
Demand operating conditions
h In normal operation
k In demand operation
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
No.
b. “Setting mode 2”
Push and hold the MODE (BS1)
button for 5 seconds and set to
“Setting mode 2”.
0
Digital pressure
gauge kit display
1
Cool/heat unified
address
Low noise/demand
address
2
3
<Selection of setting items>
5
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item
shown in the table on the right.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the item. (The present setting
condition is blinked.)
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
<Selection of setting conditions>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the condition.
18
20
21
22
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
set to the initial status of “Setting
mode 2”.
24
Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Address for low noise/demand operation
Used to conduct test operation without making changes
to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the
completion of maintenance.
Indoor unit forced
Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
fan H
stopped. (H tap)
Indoor unit forced
Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
operation
(Forced thermostat ON)
Te setting
Target evaporation temperature for cooling
Tc setting
Target condensation temperature for heating
Defrost changeover Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to
setting
quick defrost or slow defrost.
Sequential
Sets sequential operation
operation setting
(Factory setting to ON)
External low noise
setting / Demand
Reception of external low noise or demand signal
setting
AIRNET address
Set address for AIRNET.
Make this setting in the case of operating in high static
High static pressure pressure mode with diffuser duct mounted.
setting
(In order to mount the diffuser duct, remove the cover
from the outdoor unit fan.)
Additional
refrigerant charge
Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
Refrigerant recovery/
vacuuming mode
Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
setting
Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple
Night-time low
way.
noise setting
The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending
set”.
Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT. (Be noted that the
ENECUT test
ENECUT is only functional with outdoor unit in the
operation
stopped state - Japanese domestic model only.)
Test operation
setting
Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
from outside.
29
Capacity
precedence setting
30
Demand setting 1
32
Normal demand
setting
If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
automatically released by this setting during carrying out
low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation.
Changes target value of power consumption when
demand control 1 is input.
Normally enables demand control 1 without external
input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
27
(V2764)
28
Test Operation
Description
Used to make setting of contents to display on the digital
pressure gauges (e.g. pressure sensors and temperature
sensors)
Setting of external
low noise level
Night-time low
noise operation
start setting
Night-time low
noise operation end
setting
Power transistor
check mode
∗Check after
disconnection of
compressor wires
25
26
* If you become unsure of how to
proceed, push the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1.
Setting item
Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
comes from the compressor or PCB.
216
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
No.
Setting item
38
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
1 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
39
40
41
42
51
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
2 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the unit
3 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
Description
Used to temporarily prohibit the applicable outdoor unit
from operating should there be any faulty part in multioutdoor-unit system. Since the comfortable environment
is extremely impaired, prompt replacement of the part is
required.
Make this setting to prevent a rise in room temperature
due to minute heating capacity generated by heating
thermostat OFF unit or non-heating-operation unit while
in heating operation.
Prevention of
• Used to prevent minute heating operation by setting
minute heating
the BS unit to COOL while in heating thermostat OFF
operation by
or non-heating-operation mode.
heating thermostat
• With the BS unit set to default, enabling the minute
OFF unit or nonheating prevention setting of outdoor unit will enable
heating-operation
the minute heating prevention setting of all BS units
unit
connected to the outdoor unit. (BS unit default setting)
• To make this setting by BS unit, make a change to the
minute heating prevention setting of the BS unit. (In
this case, enable the outdoor unit setting.)
Make this setting to shorten the BS Cool-Heat selection
control time.
However, make the setting, pay careful attention to the
following:
• If the refrigerant piping between each BS unit
Setting of BS Coolconnected to outdoor unit and indoor unit is not more
Heat selection
than 10 m in length, this setting will be enabled.
control time
• If the refrigerant piping between BS unit and indoor unit
is long in length, refrigerant passing sounds may
become louder at the time of BS Cool-Heat selection.
• This setting shortens the Cool-Heat selection time of all
BS units provided in the same refrigerant system.
Master-slave set-up Set up master and slave units for multi-connection
outdoor units.
for multi outdoor
After setting up, press the BS5 (REWIRING) button for
units
5 seconds or more.
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press
the SET (BS2) button.
217
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
pressure
0 Digital
gauge kit display
MODE
H1P
k
TEST
H2P
h
IND
H3P
h
C/H selection
Master Slave
H4P
H5P
h
h
Low
noise
H6P
h
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
h
Address
0
Binary number
1
~
(4 digits)
15
1
Cool / Heat
Unified address
k
h
h
h
h
h
k
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
Low noise/demand
address
k
h
h
h
h
k
h
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
5
6
Test operation
setting
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
Test operation: OFF
Indoor unit forced
fan H
k
h
h
h
k
h
k
Normal operation
Indoor forced
operation
k
h
h
h
k
k
h
Normal operation
Test operation: ON
Indoor forced fan H
Indoor forced operation
Low (Level L)
Normal (Level M)
High
8
Te setting
k
h
h
k
h
h
h
High
High
(Level H)
High
High
Low
9
Tc setting
k
h
h
k
h
h
k
Normal (factory setting)
High
Slow defrost
changeover
10 Defrost
setting
k
h
h
k
h
k
h
Normal (factory setting)
Quick defrost
operation
11 Sequential
setting
External low noise
12 setting/demand
setting
13 AIRNET address
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
h
k
k
k
h
h
k
h
k
OFF
ON
External low noise/demand:
NO
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
High static pressure setting:
OFF
18 High static pressure
setting
k
h
k
h
h
k
h
Additional refrigerant
20 charge operation
setting
k
h
k
h
k
h
h
Refrigerant charging: OFF
Refrigerant recovery/
21 vacuuming mode
setting
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: OFF
High static pressure setting:
ON
Refrigerant charging: ON
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: ON
OFF
k
h
k
h
k
k
h
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
Test Operation
khkkkkk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk
khhhkhh
khhhkhk
khhhkkh
khhhkkk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
∗
khhhhkh
External low noise/demand:
YES
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
~
63
low noise
22 Night-time
setting
khkkkkk
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
~
31
3
khhkkkk
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
~
31
2
∗ Factory setting
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
kkkkkkk
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk
218
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
ENECUT test
24 operation (Domestic
Japan only)
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
IND
H3P
C/H selection
Master
Slave
H4P
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
k
h
k
k
h
h
h
k
h
k
k
h
h
k
ENECUT output OFF
ENECUT output forced ON
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
25
Setting of external
low noise level
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
About 20:00
Night-time low noise
26 operation start
setting
k
h
k
k
h
k
h
About 22:00 (factory setting)
About 24:00
About 6:00
27
Night-time low noise
operation end setting
k
h
k
k
h
k
k
About 7:00
About 8:00 (factory setting)
transistor
28 Power
check mode
k
h
k
k
k
h
h
OFF
29 Capacity
precedence setting
k
h
k
k
k
h
k
OFF
30 Demand setting 1
k
h
k
k
k
k
h
ON
ON
60 % demand
70 % demand
80 % demand
OFF
Normal demand
32 setting
k
k
h
h
h
h
h
Demand 1
Demand 2
OFF
Emergency
38 operation (Master
unit is inhibited to
operate.)
k
Emergency
(Slave unit
39 operation
1 is inhibited to
operate.)
k
Emergency
operation (Slave unit
40 2 is inhibited to
operate.)
k
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
h
k
k
h
h
Master unit operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
OFF
khhhhhk ∗
Slave unit 1 operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
OFF
khhhhhk ∗
Slave unit 2 operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
k
h
OFF
Prevention of minute
heating operation by
thermostat
41 heating
OFF unit or nonheating-operation
unit
k
Setting of BS Cool42 Heat selection
control time
k
k
h
k
h
h
k
Non-heating-operation unit
Heating thermostat OFF unit
Non-heating-operation + Thermostat OFF unit
k
h
k
h
k
h
6 min.
4 min.
Automatic judgment
Master-slave set-up
51 for multi outdoor
units
k
k
k
h
h
k
k
∗ Factory setting
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh ∗
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh ∗
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh ∗
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh ∗
khhhkhh
khhhhhk ∗
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk ∗
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk ∗
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
khhhhhh ∗
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
219
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
c. Monitor mode
No.
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation on setting contents>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of set items.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
(V2765)
Test Operation
Setting item
0
Various settings
1
C/H unified address
2
Low noise/demand address
3
Not used
4
AIRNET address
5
Number of connected indoor units
*1
6
Number of connected BS units *2
7
Number of connected zone units
(Fixed to "0")
8
Number of outdoor units *3
9
Number of BS units *4
10
Number of BS units *4
11
Number of zone units
12
LED display
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
h
h
k
k
h
h
h
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
Data display
Lower 4 digits
Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
upper
Lower 4 digits:
lower
Number of terminal units *5
l h h k h k h
l h h k h k k
l h h k k h h
13
Number of terminal units *5
l h h k k h k
Lower 4 digits:
lower
14
Contents of malfunction (the
latest)
l h h k k k h
Malfunction
code table
15
Contents of malfunction
(1 cycle before)
l h h k k k k
16
(2 cycle before)
20
Contents of retry (the latest)
21
Contents of retry (1 cycle before)
22
Contents of retry (2 cycle before)
l
l
l
l
25
Number of multi connection
outdoor units
l h k k h h k
Contents of malfunction
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
h
h
h
k
h
h
k
h
Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
upper
Refer page
255.
Lower 6 digits
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
*1: Number of connected indoor units
Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*2: Number of connected BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*3: Number of outdoor units
Used to make setting of the number of outdoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
*4: Number of BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to DIII-NET that is
one of the communication lines.
*5: Number of terminal units
Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
(Only available for VRV indoor units)
220
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
Setting item 0 Display contents of “Number of units for various settings”
EMG operation /
backup operation
setting
ON
Defrost select setting
Short
OFF
Medium
Long
Te setting
L
M
H ~
Tc setting
L
M
H
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
k
★ Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary
number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
l hlhllh
16 4 1
32 8 2
lhh
In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to
16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
hlhl
64 16
No.12 128 32
lhh
hllh
No.13
8
4
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as
an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
★ See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
221
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
3.2.4 Cool / Heat Mode Switching
Set Cool/Heat Separately for Each BS Unit by Cool/Heat Selector.
Set remote controller change over switch (SS1, SS2) as following:
• When using COOL/HEAT selector, turn this switch to the BS side.
1
NOTE: This setting must be completed
before turning power supply ON.
1
2
2
SS1
SS2
When using cool/heat selector, connect to the terminal A, B and C on the EC of the electric
parts box.
EXAMPLE OF TRANSMISSION LINE CONNECTION
• Example of connecting transmission wiring.
Connect the transmission wirings as shown in the Fig. 1.
In case of the indoor unit connect as the cool-only unit, it wire
he terminal F1 F2 of the last BS unit.
OUT/D.BS
F1
F2
IN/D
F1
F2
OUT/D.BS
Final BS unit
F1 F2
F1 F2
1st unit
Final unit
To the indoor unit where
the selection of heating
and cooling is available.
Use 2-core wires.
(There is no polarity.)
TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT
F1 F2 F1 F2
F2
OUT/D.BS
A
B
F1
C
IN/D
BS unit A
F1 F2
F1 F2
F2
F1
F2
OUT/D.BS
A
B
C
BS unit B
COOL/HEAT
selector
F1 F2
F2
IN/D
F1
F2
OUT/D.BS
A
B
C
Final BS unit
COOL/HEAT
selector
Fig. 1
Test Operation
F1
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
IN/D
F1
Use 3-core wires.
(Keep in mind the polarity.)
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
F2
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
F1
Cool/heat selector remote
control wiring
Branch wiring
Outside unit
Cooling only
F1 F2
F1 F2
COOL/HEAT
selector
F1 F2
Indoor unit for cooling
222
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.5 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation
Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external
control adaptor (optional), you can lower operating noise.
Setting
Content
Level 1
Level 2
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 5 or lower.
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 4 or lower.
Level 3
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 3 or lower.
A. When the low noise operation is carried out by external contact (with the use of the
external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
1. Connect the external adaptor for the outdoor unit, and then connect the external input wiring
to the low-noise operation input terminal on the terminal block (X1M). (Refer to the figure
shown below.)
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
low noise/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., Level 1", "Level 2",
or "Level 3") for set item No. 25 (Setting of external low noise level).
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for the set item No. 29
(Setting of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the low
noise operation command will be ignored to put the system into normal operation mode.)
B. When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external
control adaptor for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Level 1", "Level 2", or "Level 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the terminals
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit as shown below.
F1
F2
N
P
X1M
1 2 3 C Low
Demand noise
To other external control adaptor
for outdoor unit
Outside
wiring
indicated by
dotted line.
Host computer monitor panel or demand controller
223
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
Image of operation in the case of A
If capacity precedence is set in
“Capacity precedence setting”,
the fan speed will be increased
according to the load of air
conditioning when load is heavier.
Operation sound
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound
of level 1
Operation sound
of level 2
Operation sound
of level 3
Operation sound during
low noise mode is
instructed can be set
with “External low noise
level setting”.
(Factory setting is “Mode
2”.)
Low noise mode instructing
Approx. 55 db (target)
(The power consumption may
be increased by about 10%.)
Approx. 50 db (target)
(The power consumption may
be increased by about 20%.)
Approx. 45 db (target)
(The power consumption may
be increased by about 30%.)
Operation sound level set with “External low noise setting”
(V3078)
Note 1: Above values are reference only (measured in silent room)
Note 2: Above values are for 1 module only.
Image of operation in the case of B
Operation sound
If capacity precedence is set in “Capacity
precedence setting”, the fan speed will
be increased according to the load of air
Time set with “Night-time low noise start setting” conditioning when load is heavier.
Time set with “Night-time low noise end setting”
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound
of level 1
Operation sound during
night-time low noise mode
is instructed can be set
with “Night-time low noise
level setting”.
(Factory setting is “OFF”.)
Night time
Operation sound
of level 2
Operation sound
of level 3
Operation sound level set with
“Night-time low noise setting”
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
PM 0:00
Set with “Night-time low noise start setting”.
(Factory setting is “PM 10:00”.)
AM 6:00
AM 7:00
AM 8:00
Set with “Night-time low noise end setting”.
(Factory setting is “AM 8:00”.)
(V3079)
Image of operation in the case of A and B
Operation sound
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound
of level 1
Operation sound
of level 2
Operation sound
of level 3
If capacity precedence is set in “Capacity
precedence setting”, the fan speed will be
increased according to the load of air
Time set with “Night-time low noise end setting”
Time set with “Night-time low noise start setting” conditioning when load is heavier.
Operation sound during low noise
mode is instructed can be set with
“External low noise level setting”.
* Night time
(Factory setting is “Mode 2”.)
Operation sound during nighttime low noise mode is instructed
* Low noise mode
can be set with “Night-time low
* Operation sound instructing
noise level setting”.
level set with
(Factory setting is “OFF”.)
“Night-time low * Operation sound set with
Low noise mode instructing
When external low noise
noise setting” “External low noise setting”
Operation sound set with
instruction is received during
“External low noise setting”
the operation with night-time
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
PM 0:00
AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00 low noise mode,
Mole 2 precedes Level 1 and
Set with “Night-time low noise start setting”.
Set with “Night-time low noise end setting”. Level 3 precedes Level 2.
(Factory setting is “PM 10:00”.)
(Factory setting is “AM 8:00”.)
(V3080)
Test Operation
224
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
Setting of Demand Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control
adaptor (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Description of setting
Setting
item
Condition
Level 1
Demand 1
Level 2
Level 3
Demand 2
–
Demand 3
–
Setting procedure
Description
External control
adaptor
Outdoor unit PCB
Operate with power
of approx. 60% or
less of the rating.
Operate with power
of approx. 70% or
less of the rating.
Set the setting item No. 32 to
"Demand 1" and the setting item
No. 30 to "Level 1".
Short-circuit
between "1" and Set the setting item No. 32 to
"C" of the
"Demand 1" and the setting item
terminal block
No. 30 to "Level 2".
(TeS1).
Operate with power
Set the setting item No. 32 to
of approx. 80% or
"Demand1" and the setting item
less of the rating.
No. 30 to "Level 3".
Operate with power Short-circuit
of approx. 40% or
between "2" and Set the setting item No. 32 to
"Demand 2".
less of the rating.
"C".
Operate with forced Short-circuit
between "3" and
thermostat OFF
"C"
–
A. When the demand operation is carried out by external contact (with the use of the
external control adaptor for outdoor unit).
1. Connect the external adaptor of the outdoor unit, and then connect the external input wiring
to the low-noise operation input terminal on the terminal block (X1M). (Refer to the figure
shown below.)
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
low noise/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1
level) and then set the setting condition to targeted mode.
B. When the Normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of alternate demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the terminals
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit as shown below.
F1
F2
N
P
X1M
1 2 3 C Low
Demand noise
To other external control adaptor
for outdoor unit
Outside
wiring
indicated by
dotted line.
Host computer monitor panel or demand controller
225
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
Image of operation in the case of A
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
Demand level 1 instructing Demand level 2 instructing Demand level 3 instructing
Power consumption set by
"Demand 1 level setting".
40 % of rated power consumption
Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
The power
consumption during
the demand level 1
instructing can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting".
("70 % of rated
power consumption"
has been set at
factory.)
(V3081)
Image of operation in the case of B
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
When the "Normal
demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
factory.) , the power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
(V3082)
Image of operation in the case of A and B
The power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
40 % of rated power consumption
Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
★Demand level 2 instructing ★Demand level 3 instructing
★During continuous demand operation,
when the external demand instruction is
received repeatedly, the instruction with
higher demand level has the precedence.
(V3083)
Test Operation
226
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
c In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 1 is entered and
H1P lights off.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
c In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting
mode 2 is entered and H1P lights.
d Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
e Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown below) you want.
f Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to c.
g Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
227
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
{: ON
d
c
Setting
No.
Setting
contents
External
low noise
setting /
Demand
setting
22
Night-time
low noise
setting
25
{
z
z
z
z
Setting No. indication
z
z
{
{
Setting of
external low
noise level
{
Setting
contents
Night-time
low noise
operation
start setting
{
Night-time
low noise
operation
end setting
{
z
z
z
z
{
{
{
z
{
{
{
z
z
{
z
z
z
{
27
29
30
32
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
YES
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
Mode 1
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
Mode 2
Mode 3
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
l
z
l
Mode 1
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
Mode 2
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
z
{
{
{
{
z
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
z
z
z
z
l
PM 10:00
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
{
PM 0:00
{
z
z
z
l
z
z
AM 6:00
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
l
z
AM 8:00
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
l
z
z
Low noise
precedence
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
Capacity
precedence
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
60 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
70 % of
rated power
consumption
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
80 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
l
z
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
l
ON
{
z
z
z
z
l
z
PM 8:00
AM 7:00
Capacity
precedence
setting
{
Demand
setting 1
{
Normal
demand
setting
{
Setting mode indication section
Test Operation
z
z
z
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
z
{
z
Setting No. indication section
{
z
z
Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
NO
(Factory
setting)
Mode 3
26
l: Blink
e
Setting No. indication
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12
z: OFF
Set contents indication section
228
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.6 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode
When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective electronic
expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units.
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
c In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode, set “Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode” to
ON. The respective electronic expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened.
(H2P turns to display “TEST OPERATION” (blinks), “TEST OPERATION” and “UNDER
CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote controller, and the all indoor /
outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to the
refrigerant recovery unit for more detail.)
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
229
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
3.2.7 Setting of Vacuuming Mode
In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and
outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
c With Setting Mode 2 while the unit stops, set “Refrigerant recovery / Vacuuming mode” to
ON. The expansion valves of indoor and outdoor units fully open and some of solenoid
valves open.
(H2P blinks to indicate the test operation, and the remote controller displays "Test
Operation" and "Under centralized control", thus prohibiting operation.)
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation.
d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.8 Check Operation Detail
CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
(Press the MODE button BS1 once and set to SETTING MODE 1 (H1P: OFF))
LED display (H1P~H7P) (k: ON h: OFF l: BLINK)
Unit stopping
hhkhhhh
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1
hlhhhhk
Pressure equalizing
10 sec to 10 minutes
Step 2
hlhhhkh
Cooling start control
20 sec to 2 minutes
Step 3
Step4~8
Step 9
Stop valve close check
Judgement function
• Stop valve close check
• Wrong wiring check
• Correct Refrigerant charge check
• Piping length check
hlhhhkk
Stop valve check
hlhhkhh
Stop valve check
hlhhkhk
Wrong wiring check
hlhhkkh
Piping length check
hlhkhhk
Pump-down residual operation
5 minutes
Step 10
hlhkhkh
Standby for restarting
5 minutes
Completion
Test Operation
230
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.9 Emergency Operation
If any of the compressors goes wrong, disable the relevant compressor or the relevant outdoor
unit from operating, and then conduct emergency operation only with operational compressors
or outdoor units.
There are two ways of conducting the Emergency operation : with remote controller reset and
by setting outdoor unit PCB.
Operating method Emergency operation with
remote controller reset
Applicable model
(Auto backup operation)
Emergency operation with
outdoor unit PCB setting
(Manual backup operation)
REYQ8 to 16PY1
–
Backup operation by the
compressor
REYQ18 to 48PY1
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
Backup operation by the
outdoor unit
Emergency operation with remote controller reset
On the multi outdoor unit system, if any of the outdoor unit line causes a malfunction (in this
case, the system will stop and the relevant malfunction code will be displayed on the indoor
remote controller), disable only the relevant outdoor unit from operating for a 8 hours using
the indoor remote controller, and then conduct emergency operation with operational
outdoor units.
[Emergency operation method]
• Reset the remote controller (i.e., press the RUN/STOP button on the remote controller for 4
seconds or more) when the outdoor unit stops because of malfunction state.
[Details of operation]
• Automatically disable the defective outdoor unit from operating, and then operate other
outdoor units.
• The following section shows malfunction codes on which this emergency operation is
possible.
*1: When malfunction codes E7 and H7 are shown, the
E3, E4, E5, E7 (*1)
possibility of emergency operation is decided as
F3
follows.
H7 (*1), H9
While in heating or cooling-heating concurrent
operation
J2, J3, J5, J6, J7, J9, JA, JC
• One out of three connected outdoor units
L1, L4, L5, L8, L9, LC
malfunctions. → Emergency operation is
U2, UJ
possible.
• Two out of three connected outdoor units
malfunction. → Emergency operation is not
possible.
• One out of two connected outdoor units
malfunctions. → Emergency operation is not
possible.
Emergency operation by setting outdoor unit PCB
In malfunction stop state of the outdoor unit due to defective compressor, by setting the
relevant compressor or relevant outdoor unit to "Disabling operation setting", the emergency
operation is conducted with operational compressors or outdoor units.
<REYQ8 to 16PY1>
k Disabling the compressor 1 (on the right side) from operating:
Set No. 38 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-compressor-1 operation".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
kkhhkkh
k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h l h
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
231
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
k Disabling the compressor 2 (on the left side) from operating:
Set No. 39 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-compressor-2 operation".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
kkhhkkk
k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h l h
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
<REYQ18 to 48PY1>
Make disable-operation setting by each outdoor unit.
Make the following setting on the outdoor unit 1. (If this setting is made on an outdoor unit other
than the outdoor unit 2, the setting will become invalid.)
* It is possible to tell the outdoor units 1, 2, and 3 according the LED displays shown below.
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
H1P-----------H7P H8P
Outdoor unit 1: h h k h h h h k
Outdoor unit 2: h h h h h h h l
Outdoor unit 3: h h h h h h h h (Factory setting)
k Disabling the outdoor unit 1 to operate:
Set No. 38 of setting mode 2 to "Disable outdoor unit 1 operation".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
kkhhkkh
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h l h
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
khhhhhh
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
hhkhhhh
k Disabling the outdoor unit 2 from operating:
Set No. 39 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-outdoor-unit-2 operation".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
kkhhkkk
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h l h
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
k Disabling the outdoor unit 3 from operating:
Set No. 40 of setting mode 2 to "Disable-outdoor-unit-1 operation".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 40
times.
kkhkhhh
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h l h
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
Test Operation
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
232
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
[Cancel of Emergency Operation]
To cancel the emergency operation, conduct the following setting. (Return to Factory setting.)
<REYQ8 to 16PY1>
k Cancel disabling the compressor 1 (on the right side) from operating:
Set No. 38 "Disable-compressor-1 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
kkhhkkh
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
khhhhlh
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
khhhhhh
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
hhkhhhh
k Cancel disabling the compressor 2 (on the left side) from operating:
Set No. 39 "Disable-compressor-2 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
kkhhkkk
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
khhhhlh
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
khhhhhh
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
hhkhhhh
<REYQ18 to 48PY1>
Cancel the disable-operation setting by each outdoor unit.
Make the following setting on the outdoor unit 1. (If this setting is made on an outdoor unit other
than the outdoor unit 2, the setting will become invalid.)
*It is possible to tell the outdoor units 1, 2, and 3 according the LED displays shown below.
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
H1P-----------H7P H8P
Outdoor unit 1: h h k h h h h k
Outdoor unit 2: h h h h h h h l
Outdoor unit 3: h h h h h h h h (Factory setting)
k Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 1 from operating:
Set No. 38 "Disable outdoor unit 1 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press and hold the PAGE button (BS1)
for 5 sec. or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 38
times.
kkhhkkh
khhhhlh
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
233
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Field Setting
k Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 2 from operating:
Set No. 39 "Disable-outdoor-unit-2 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 39
times.
kkhhkkk
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
khhhhlh
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
k Cancel disabling the outdoor unit 3 from operating:
Set No. 40 "Disable-outdoor-unit-3 operation" of setting mode 2 to "OFF".
LED display (k: ON, h: OFF, l: Blink)
(Step)
H1P-----------H7P
(1) Press the PAGE button (BS1) for 5
seconds or more.
khhhhhh
(2) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) 40
times.
kkhkhhh
(3) Press the CHECK button (BS3) once.
khhhhlh
(4) Press the OPERATE button (BS2) once. k h h h h h l (Factory setting)
(5) Press the CHECK button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the PAGE button (BS1) once.
Test Operation
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
234
Field Setting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2.10 Prevention of Micro Heating in Non-operating Unit
In heating operation, this setting is made to prevent room temperature from rising due to micro
heating capacity generated in the unit with its heating thermostat OFF or in the unit with its
heating operation stopped.
•
By switching the BS units to cooling when the system turns OFF the heating thermostat or
stops heating operation, micro heating is prevented.
• By enabling the micro heating prevention setting of the outdoor unit, prevention of micro
heating of all BS units connected to the outdoor unit is enabled. (Default setting of BS unit)
• Setting by BS unit is enabled by changing the micro heating prevention setting of every BS
unit. (In this case, enable the outdoor unit setting.)
3.2.11 Reduction of Cooling/Heating Selection Time of BS Units
Make this setting to reduce selection time between cooling and heating of the BS units, with
careful attention paid to the following points.
•
This setting is only enabled in case the refrigerant piping length between every BS unit
connected to the outdoor unit and the indoor unit is not more than 10 m. (Refer to the figure
shown below: (a)≤10 m and (b)+(c)≤10 m and …)
• In case the refrigerant piping length between the BS units and the indoor units is long,
refrigerant passing sounds may become louder when the BS unit selects operation mode
between cooling and heating.
• This setting reduces the operation mode selection time in all the BS units within the same
refrigerant circuit.
a
Outdoor unit
BS unit
Indoor unit
b
BS unit
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
c
235
Test Operation
SiBE37-701_B
Part 6
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................239
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................242
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................242
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................243
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................244
Inspection Mode ...................................................................................247
Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................248
Test Run Mode.....................................................................................251
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................251
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................259
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
Troubleshooting
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device............................259
“A1” Indoor Unit: PCB Defect ................................................................260
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) ......261
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload...............................263
“A6” Indoor Unit : Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor........................265
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S).....................269
“A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage...................................................271
“A9” Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction / Dust Clogging ..............272
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Coil.........274
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................276
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ..........277
“C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission
(Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB) ............................................278
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................280
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........281
“C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination
(Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB) ............................................282
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air.........283
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Room Temperature
Thermistor in Remote Controller ..........................................................284
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PCB Defect .............................................................285
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................286
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor..........................288
“E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock.............................290
“E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock..............292
“E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ...................293
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E~Y5E)........................................296
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................298
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged.........................................300
“F9” Outdoor Unit : Malfunction of
BS Unit Electronic Expansion Valve.....................................................301
“H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal ......................303
236
SiBE37-701_B
3.27 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air ...........................................................................................305
3.28 “J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction ....................................306
3.29 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor
(R31T, R32T, R33T).............................................................................307
3.30 “J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor for
Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)....................................................308
3.31 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or R10T) for
Suction Pipe .........................................................................................309
3.32 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or R12T) for
Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger ..............................................................310
3.33 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T, R9T or R14T) .............................................................................311
3.34 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T) ......................................................................................312
3.35 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T) ..................................313
3.36 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor......................314
3.37 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................316
3.38 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter PCB ....................................318
3.39 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................320
3.40 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of
Inverter Compressor.............................................................................323
3.41 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of
Inverter Compressor.............................................................................325
3.42 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure ......................327
3.43 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PCB .....................................................................330
3.44 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection...............................333
3.45 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor ....................................................................335
3.46 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing Main
PCB or Faulty Combination of PCB .....................................................337
3.47 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Shortage Alert ......................................339
3.48 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase ........................................................341
3.49 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure...........................................................................342
3.50 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation is not Executed............................345
3.51 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................346
3.52 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.......................................................349
3.53 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across Outdoor Units) .........350
3.54 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Main and
Sub Remote Controllers .......................................................................356
3.55 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................357
3.56 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller.....................................................358
3.57 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller...............................364
3.58 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit ....................................................................365
237
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
3.59 “UF” System is not Set yet.....................................................................368
3.60 “UH” Malfunction of System,
Refrigerant System Address Undefined ...............................................369
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller) .......................371
4.1 “M1” PCB Defect ...................................................................................371
4.2 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control .......................................................372
4.3 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................373
4.4 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting .........................................375
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller) .............................376
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................376
5.2 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................378
5.3 Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................381
Troubleshooting
238
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
1
Supposed Cause
The system does not start operation at all.
Blowout of fuse(s)
Cutout of breaker(s)
Countermeasure
Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
• If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure
2
The system starts operation but makes an
immediate stop.
3
The system does not cool or heat air well.
After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Enclosed outdoor unit(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature
Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Airflow rate set to "LOW"
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s)
Shut it tightly.
4
Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a
room
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
The model must be selected to
match the air conditioning load.
The system does The system stops and
not operate.
immediately restarts operation.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST
button immediately resets the
system.
5
The system
makes
intermittent
stops.
6
COOL-HEAT
selection is
disabled.
239
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received
If the OPERATION lamp on the
remote controller turns ON, the
system will be normal. These
symptoms indicate that the
system is controlled so as not to
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
centralized controller. Blinking
CONTROL", which blinks for a display indicates that the system
period of several seconds
cannot be operated using the
when the OPERATION button remote controller.
is depressed.
Normal operation. The system will
automatically start operation after
a lapse of five minutes.
The system stops immediately
after turning ON the power
supply.
The remote controller displays
malfunction codes "U4" and
"U5", and the system stops but
restarts after a lapse of several
minutes.
The system is in preparation
mode of micro-computer
operation.
The system stops due to an
interruption in communication
between units caused by
electrical noises coming from
equipment other than air
conditioners.
Wait for a period of approximately
one minute.
The remote controller displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL".
The remote controller displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL", and the COOLHEAT selection remote
controller is provided.
This remote controller has no
Use a remote controller with
option to select cooling operation. option to select cooling operation.
COOL-HEAT selection is made
using the COOL-HEAT selection
remote controller.
Operate the system using the
COOL/HEAT centralized remote
controller.
Remove causes of electrical
noises.
If these causes are removed, the
system will automatically restart
operation.
Use the COOL-HEAT selection
remote controller to select cool or
heat.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
7
The system
This symptom occurs
conducts fan
immediately after turning ON
operation but not the power supply.
cooling or
heating
operation.
The system is in preparation
mode of operation.
8
The airflow rate
is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
Even pressing the AIRFLOW
RATE SET button makes no
changes in the airflow rate.
9
The airflow
direction is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
The airflow direction is not
corresponding to that
displayed on the remote
controller.
The flap does not swing.
In heating operation, when the
Normal operation.
room temperature reaches the set
degree, the outdoor unit will stop
while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating operation,
the system will be brought to fan
LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
Automatic control
Normal operation.
10 A white mist
comes out from
the system.
11 The system
produces
sounds.
<Indoor unit>
In cooling operation, the
ambient humidity is high.
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after cooling
operation stopping, the
outdoor air temperature and
humidity are low.
Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
due to heavy stain of the inside of
the indoor unit
Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the
indoor unit results to be vapor
from the unit.
Normal operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
After the completion of
defrosting operation, the
system is switched to heating
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after turning ON
the power supply, indoor unit
produces "ringing" sounds.
Defrosted moisture turns to be
vapor and comes out from the
units.
Normal operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are
continuously produced while in
cooling or defrosting operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are produced
immediately after the startup or
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
gas (refrigerant) flowing
respectively through the indoor
and outdoor units.
These sounds are produced
Normal operation.
when the gas (refrigerant) stops
or changes flowing.
<Indoor unit>
Faint sounds are continuously
produced while in cooling
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
"Creaking" sounds are
produced while in heating
operation or after stopping the
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
the drain discharge device in
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Sounds like "trickling" or the
like are produced from indoor
units in the stopped state.
On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
are produced when other indoor
units in operation. The reason is
that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
changes the operating frequency.
<Outdoor unit>
Pitch of operating sounds
changes.
Troubleshooting
Wait for a period of approximately
10 minutes.
These are operating sounds of
Normal operation.
the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after a
the indoor unit.
lapse of approximately one
minute.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
resin parts expanding and
contracting with temperature
changes.
240
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
SiBE37-701_B
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the
Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
from the system. system when it restarts after
inside of indoor unit, is blown out
the stop for an extended period from the system.
of time.
13 Odors come out In operation
from the system.
14 Outdoor unit fan
does not rotate.
In operation
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON
appears on the
the power supply
remote
controller.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation
compressor or
the outdoor unit
fan does not
stop.
Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit
adsorbed to the inside of indoor should be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
The reason is that fan revolutions Normal operation.
are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
The reason is that the system is
checking to be sure the remote
controller is normal.
It stops in order to prevent oil or
refrigerant from dwelling.
Normal operation.
This code is displayed for a period
of approximately one minute at
maximum.
Normal operation.
It stops after a lapse of
approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation
hot.
18 Hot air comes
out from the
system even
though it stops.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity Normal operation.
stops.
of refrigerant is fed to indoor units
in the stopped state when other
indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry
not cool air well.
operation serves not to reduce
the room temperature where
possible.
241
Change the system to cooling
operation.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.1
The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
On power-up, the message "Connection under check. Please wait for a moment" will be
displayed on the remote controller screen. Then that message will disappear and the basic
screen will be displayed. To access a mode from the basic screen, refer to the figure below.
When any of the operation buttons is pressed, the backlight will come on and remains lit for
about 30 seconds. Be sure to press a button while the backlight is on (this does not apply to the
On/Off button.)
<Main Menu>
Main Menu screen
<Basic Screen>
• Operation mode changeover
• Fan speed control
• Menu display
• Confirmation of each setting
• On
• Off
• Cancel
• Operation lamp
Press
Menu/Enter
button once.
Press Cancel button
for 4 seconds or more.
• Set temp. mode changeover
• Airflow direction
• Quick Cool/Heat On/Off
• Ventilation
• Timer setting
• Service Contact/Model Info
• Convenient functions
• Setting status list
• Clock setting
• Language changeover
Press Cancel
button once.
Basic screen
Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel button
for 4 seconds or more.
Field Setting screen
<Field Setting Menu>
• Test operation ON/OFF
• Register Service Contract
• Field setting list
• Group No. setting
• Indoor unit AIRNET No. set
• Outdoor unit AIRNET No. set
• Error record
• Indoor status display
• Outdoor status display
• Fan forced operation ON
• Main/Sub changeover
• Filter element sign OFF
Troubleshooting
Service Menu screen
<Service Menu>
• Model name display
• Operating hours display
• Indoor status display
• Outdoor status display
• Forced defrost
• Error display selection
• Unit No. transfer
• Sensor/address data display
242
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.2
SiBE37-701_B
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller
Explanation
The following will be displayed on the screen when a malfunction (or a warning) occurs during
operation.
Check the malfunction code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Checking a malfunction or warning
Operation Status
Abnormal
shutdown
Warning
243
Display
The system stops operating.
The operation lamp (green)
starts to blink. The message
"Malfunction: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
The system continues its
operation.
The operation lamp (green)
remains on. The message
"Warning: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
2.3
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller
In the Case of
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
section flashes.
The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”
The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
*1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates
that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
„ The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
“Backward” button
*2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
Troubleshooting
244
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
„ The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
245
“Backward” button
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Normal status
Enters inspection mode from normal
status when the INSPECTION/
TEST button is pressed
1 Press INSPECTION/TEST button
If no button is
pressed for 1 minute,
equipment returns to
normal status.
3
Press
MODE
selector
button.
When MODE selector
button is pressed or no
button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment returns
to normal status.
If no button is pressed for
1 minute, equipment
returns to normal status.
5 Press MODE selector button.
Troubleshooting
246
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.4
SiBE37-701_B
Inspection Mode
Operating the INSPECTION/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to
check the malfunction codes, indoor unit model codes, and outdoor unit model codes while in
inspection mode.
0
L 0
Unit
Malfunction code
Inspection
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Push the button.
Unit
0
Malfunction code L 0
Inspection
Inspection mode
0 7 1... Capacity code
F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
J... Progression code
Example of capacity code display
Example model
Display
028
071
FXCQ25
FXFQ63
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Indoor unit system code
Display
1
2
F
H
0 7 1
F C J
Indoor unit model code display
Product classification
System classification
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
VRV system
Outdoor air processing unit
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
VRV system
New ceiling suspended cassette
Indoor unit type code
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Display
A
C
E
F
H
J
P
U
L
6
3
–––
A A 1
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Test operation
Test operation mode
247
Push the button.
Model
Wall mounted
FXAQ
2-way blow
FXCQ
Corner
FXKQ
Roundflow
FXFQ
Ceiling suspended
FXHQ
Concealed ceiling
FXSQ
Floor standing
FXLQ
Concealed ceiling
FXMQ
Concealed floor standing type
FXNQ
600×600 4-way blow
FXZQ
Slim concealed ceiling
FXDQ
Outdoor model code
Display
Inspection/test
operation
Type
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
9
A
A
A
1
3
2
5
A
C
Type
VRV System Inverter K Series
Model
RSXYP
R-407C VRV PLUS Series
RXYP
VRV Heat Recovery Series
RSEYP
High COP type R-407C L Series
RSXYP-L
VRV II
RXYQ-M
VRV II M/C
Heat Pump Series
A A E
VRV III
A 9 E
VRV III Heat Recovery Series
Cooling Only Series
RXYQ-MA
RXYQ-P
RXQ-P
REYQ-P
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
2.5
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Remote Controller Service Mode
Operating the CHECK/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to obtain
"service data" and change "service setting" while in service mode.
How to Enter the
Service Mode
Basic screen
Field setting mode
Press and hold Cancel button for 4 seconds or more.
Service Mode
Operation
Method
Service mode
Press and hold Cancel button for 4 seconds or more
1. Select the mode No.
Select the desired item from the Service menu, and then press Menu/Enter button.
2. Select the Item 2.
Select the desired Unit No. using the / (Up/Down) buttons. The corresponding data will be
displayed.
For details, refer to the table in next page.
Troubleshooting
248
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Service Menu
Item 2
1. Model Name Display 1. Unit No.
Remarks
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit
3. Outdoor unit
2. Operating Hours
Display
1. Unit No.
2. Indoor unit operating
time
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
All of these are displayed in hours.
3. Indoor fan operation
4. Indoor unit energized
time
5. Outdoor operating
time
6. Outdoor fan 1
operation
7. Outdoor fan 2
operation
8. Outdoor comp. 1
operation
9. Outdoor comp. 2
operation
3. Indoor Status Display 1. Unit No.
1/2
2. FAN
3. FLAP
Fan speed (rpm)
Degree that electronic expansion valve is open
(pls)
6. MP
7. 52H
Drain pump ON/OFF
Electric heater ON/OFF
8. Hu
9. Anti-freezing
Humidifier ON/OFF
Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
Suction air thermistor
Heat exchanger
thermistor
Suction air thermistor
Heat exchanger liquid
pipe thermistor
4. Th3
—
5. Th4
Discharge air
thermistor
Heat exchanger gas
pipe thermistor
Discharge air
thermistor
6. Th5
7. Th6
—
—
—
—
1. Unit No.
2. FAN Tap 1
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
Fan tap
3. COMP
4. EV1
Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)
Degree that electronic expansion valve is open
(pls)
5. SV1
Solenoid valve ON/OFF
SkyAir
8. Th3
249
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
SkyAir
VRV
2. Th1
3. Th2
6. Th1
7. Th2
5. Forced Defrost
(SkyAir only)
Tap, speed (rpm)
Swing, fixed
4. Speed
5. EV
3. Indoor Status Display 1. Unit No.
2/2
4. Outdoor Status
Display
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
Outdoor air thermistor
Heat exchanger
thermistor
VRV
—
—
1. Forced defrost ON
Discharge pipe
—
thermistor
Enables the forced defrost operation.
2. Forced defrost OFF
Disables the forced defrost operation.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Service Menu
6. Error Display
Selection
7. Unit No. Transfer
8. Sensor Address
Display
Troubleshooting
Item 2
Remarks
1. Warning display ON
Displays a warning on the screen if an error
occurs.
2. Warning display OFF No warning is displayed.
3. Error display ON
Displays the error on the screen.
4. Error display OFF
1. Current Unit No.
Displays neither errors nor warnings.
A unit No. can be transferred to another.
2. Transfer Unit No.
{ Unit No.: 0 - 15
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
{ Code
00:
01:
02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07:
08:
09:
{ Data
Remote controller thermistor (°C)
Suction air thermistor (°C)
Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (°C)
Heat exchanger gas thermistor (°C)
Indoor unit address No.
Outdoor unit address No.
BS unit address No.
Zone control address No.
Cooling/Heating batch address No.
Demand/low-noise address No.
The corresponding data will be displayed, based
on the Unit No. and Code selected.
250
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
2.6
SiBE37-701_B
Test Run Mode
Operating the INSPECTION/TEST button on the remote controller will make it possible to put
the system into test run mode.
(1) Test run mode setting
The test run mode setting can be made by conducting the following operation.
Normal
operation
mode
Test run
mode
Press the INSPECTION/TEST
button 4 times.
Press the ON/OFF button after the completion of test run mode setting, and a test run starts.
(The remote controller will display "TEST RUN" on it.)
2.7
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function
The following will be displayed on the screen when a malfunction (or a warning) occurs during
operation.
Check the malfunction code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
251
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
(1) Checking a malfunction or warning
Operation Status
Display
Abnormal
shutdown
The system stops operating.
The operation lamp (green)
starts to blink. The message
"Malfunction: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
Warning
The system continues its
operation.
The operation lamp (green)
remains on. The message
"Warning: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
(2) Taking corrective action
· Press the Menu/Enter button to check the malfunction code.
· Take the corrective action specific to the model.
Troubleshooting
Malfunction
code
Applicable
model names
252
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
k: ON
Malfunction Operation
code
lamp
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit
253
h: OFF
Malfunction contents
l: Blink
Page
Referred
A0
A1
l
l
Error of external protection device
PCB defect
259
260
A3
A6
l
l
Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L)
Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
261
263
Malfunction of indoor unit fan motor
Overload/Overcurrent/Lock of indoor unit fan motor
265
266
A7
A8
k
l
Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
Abnormal power supply voltage
269
271
A9
l
Electronic expansion valve malfunction / Dust clogging
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve coil
272
274
AF
AH
k
k
Drain level above limit
Malfunction of air filter maintenance
276
—
AJ
C1
l
l
Malfunction of capacity determination device
Failure of transmission (Between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB)
277
278
C4
C5
l
l
Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchanger
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes
280
281
C6
C9
l
l
Failure of combination (Between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB)
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for suction air
282
283
CJ
E1
k
l
Malfunction of room temperature thermistor in remote controller
PCB defect
284
285
E3
E4
l
l
Actuation of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure sensor
286
288
E5
E6
l
l
Inverter compressor motor lock
STD compressor motor overcurrent/lock
290
292
E7
E9
l
l
Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve coil (Y1E ~ Y5E)
293
296
F3
F6
l
l
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Refrigerant overcharged
298
300
F9
H7
l
l
Malfunction of BS unit electronic expansion valve
Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal
301
303
H9
J2
l
l
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air
Current sensor malfunction
305
306
J3
J4
l
l
Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R31T, R32T, R33T)
Malfunction of temperature sensor for heat exchanger gas (R2T or R11T)
307
308
J5
J6
l
l
Malfunction of thermistor (R8T or R10T) for suction pipe
Malfunction of thermistor (R4T or R12T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger
309
310
J7
J8
l
l
Malfunction of liquid pipe thermistor 1 (R6T, R9T or R14T)
Malfunction of liquid pipe thermistor 2 (R7T or R15T)
311
312
J9
l
Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R5T or
R13T)
313
JA
JC
l
l
Malfunction of high pressure sensor
Malfunction of low pressure sensor
314
316
L1
L4
l
l
Malfunction of inverter PCB
Malfunction of inverter radiation fin temperature rise
318
320
L5
L8
l
l
Momentary overcurrent of inverter compressor
Momentary overcurrent of inverter compressor
323
325
L9
l
Inverter compressor starting failure
327
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
k: ON
h: OFF
Malfunction Operation
Malfunction contents
code
lamp
Outdoor Unit
LA
l
Malfunction of power unit
System
Centralized
Remote
Controller
and
Schedule
Timer
Heat
Reclaim
Ventilation
l: Blink
Page
Referred
—
LC
l
Malfunction of transmission between inverter and control PCB
330
P1
P4
l
l
Inverter over-ripple protection
Malfunction of inverter radiation fin temperature rise sensor
333
335
PJ
U0
l
k
Faulty field setting after replacing main PCB or faulty combination of PCB
Refrigerant shortage alert
337
339
U1
U2
l
l
Reverse phase, open phase
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
341
342
U3
U3
l
k
Check operation is not executed
Check operation is not completed.
345
345
U4
U5
l
l
Malfunction of transmission between indoor units and outdoor units
Malfunction of transmission between indoor units
346
349
U5
U7
h
l
Malfunction of transmission between remote controller and indoor unit
Transmission failure (Across outdoor units)
349
350
U8
U9
l
l
Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controllers
Malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units in the same
system
356
357
UA
l
358
UC
k
Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, indoor units and remote
controller
Address duplication of centralized controller
364
UE
UF
l
l
Malfunction of transmission between centralized controller and indoor unit
System is not set yet
365
368
UH
M1
l
k or h
Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined
PCB defect
369
371
M8
k or h
372
375
—
MA
k or h
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized
control
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
MC
64
k or h
k
Address duplication, improper setting
Indoor unit’s air thermistor error
65
6A
k
k
Outside air thermistor error
Damper system alarm
—
—
6A
6F
l
k
Damper system + thermistor error
Malfunction of simple remote controller
—
—
6H
94
k
l
Malfunction of door switch or connector
Internal transmission error
—
—
373
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Troubleshooting
254
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit
PCB
<Monitor mode>
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
Malfunctions
Description of malfunction
Description of malfunction (PGF)
PCB malfunction
PCB malfunction
Faulty PCB
HPS activated
Pe malfunction
INV compressor lock detected
STD1 compressor lock detected
STD2 compressor lock detected
Abnormal discharge pressure
Abnormal suction pressure
Compressor lock
OC activation
* Refer to Page 220 for Monitor mode.
Overload, overcurrent and abnormal
lock of outdoor unit fan motor
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once
to display "First digit" of malfunction
code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
1DC fan motor lock detected
Fan 1 IPM faulty protection detected
Instantaneous overcurrent of 2DC fan motor
* Refer to Page 220 for Monitor mode.
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Instantaneous overcurrent of 1DC fan motor
Malfunction
code
Remote
controller
E1
Detail
description
on next
page.
2DC fan motor lock detected
Fan 2 IPM faulty protection detected
Electronic expansion valve
EVM (main)
malfunction
EVJ (refrigerant charging)
EVT (subcool heat exchanger)
Positioning signal malfunction of
1DC fan motor positioning signal
outdoor unit fan motor
malfunction
2DC fan motor positioning signal
malfunction
Abnormal outdoor temperature
Ta sensor malfunction (short-circuited
or open)
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature Td malfunction
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant overcharged
BS unit electronic expansion valve
BS EVH disconnected (Y4E)
malfunction
BS EVL disconnected (Y5E)
BS EVHS disconnected (Y2E)
BS EVLS disconnected (Y3E)
BS EVSC disconnected (Y1E)
Current sensor malfunction
CT1 sensor malfunction (STD
compressor 1)
CT2 sensor malfunction (STD
compressor 2)
CT sensor malfunction (system)
Discharge pipe temperature sensor
Tdi sensor malfunction (R31T)
malfunction
Tds1 sensor malfunction (shortcircuited) (R32T)
Tds2 sensor malfunction (shortcircuited) (R33T)
Heat exchanger gas temperature
Tg sensor malfunction (R2T, R11T)
sensor malfunction
Suction pipe temperature sensor
TsA sensor malfunction (shortmalfunction
circuited) (R8T, R10T)
Heat exchanger temperature sensor
Tb sensor malfunction (R4T, R12T)
malfunction
Liquid pipe temperature sensor
Tsc sensor malfunction (R6T, R14T)
malfunction
TL sensor malfunction (R9T)
Heat exchanger liquid pipe
Tf sensor malfunction (R7T, R15T)
temperature sensor malfunction
Subcool heat exchanger temperature Tsh sensor malfunction (R5T, R13T)
sensor malfunction
Discharge pressure sensor malfunction Pc sensor malfunction (S1NPH)
Suction pressure sensor malfunction Pe sensor malfunction (S1NPL)
INV PCB malfunction
Faulty IPM
Current sensor failure confirmation 1
Current sensor failure confirmation 2
IGBT malfunction
Overheat of INV radiation fin temperature
Rise in INV radiation fin temperature
DC output overcurrent
Instantaneous overcurrent of INV
IGBT malfunction
Electronic thermal
Electronic thermal 1
Electronic thermal 2
Loss of synchronization
Speed degradation after startup
Thunder detected
Stall prevention (time limit)
Stall prevention (increased current)
Stall prevention (startup failure)
Abnormal starting waveform
Loss of synchronization
INV transmission malfunction
INV transmission data malfunction
INV transmission malfunction
E9
H7
H9
F3
F6
F9
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
JA
JC
L1
L4
L5
L8
L9
LC
k : ON
l : Blink
h : OFF
255
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
k: ON
h: OFF
l:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 (Check 1) Confirmation of malfunction 2 (Check 2) Confirmation of malfunction 3 (Check 3) Confirmation of malfunction 4 (Check 4)
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E1
l
h h l l l
h h h l l
h h h h l
h h l l
E6
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
h
l
h
h
l
l
l
h
l
h
E7
l
h
l
l
l
E3
E4
E5
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
l
h
l
l
h
l
l
h
h
l
h
J3
l
h
h
l
l
J4
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
h
h
l
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
E9
H7
l
h
l
h
h
H9
F3
l
h
l
h
l
F6
F9
J2
l
h
l
l
h
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
JA
JC
L1
l
h
l
l
l
L4
L5
L8
L9
LC
Display of contents
of malfunction (first
digit)
Display of contents
of malfunction
(second digit)
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Display 1 of
malfunction in
detail
*1: Faulty system
h h
h l
l h
l l
Troubleshooting
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Individual system
→ Right-hand system
→ Left-hand system
—
→
→ All systems
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
l
∗1
∗1
∗1
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
∗1
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in
detail
Multi system
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
System
256
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
<Monitor mode>
Malfunctions
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
Description of malfunction
Open phase and unbalanced power
supply
INV radiation fin temperature sensor
malfunction
Faulty combination of INV and fan
driver
Out of gas
Reversed phase
* Refer to Page 220 for Monitor mode.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
Abnormal power supply voltage
* Refer to Page 220 for Monitor mode.
Test run not carried out yet
Faulty transmission between indoor
and outdoor units
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Faulty transmission between outdoor
units
Push the RETURN (BS3) button once
to display "First digit" of malfunction
code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Detail
description
on next
page.
Faulty transmission with other
systems
Faulty field setting
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
Faulty system line
Faulty transmission with accessory
equipment
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Unmatched wiring/piping, no system
settings
Malfunction
code
Description of malfunction (PGF)
Remote
controller
Unbalanced INV power supply voltage
P1
INV fin thermistor malfunction
P4
Faulty combination of INV
PJ
Out-of-gas alarm
Reversed phase malfunction
Reversed phase malfunction (ON)
Insufficient INV voltage
INV open phase (single phase)
Abnormal charge of capacitor of INV
main circuit
Test run not carried out yet
IN-OUT transmission malfunction
System malfunction
Malfunction caused when mounting
the external control adaptor
Alarm given when mounting the
external control adaptor
Malfunction caused between the
master and the slave 1
Malfunction caused between the
master and the slave 2
Multi REYQ models connected
Faulty address setting of slaves 1 and 2
4 or more outdoor units connected in
the same system
Erroneous address of slaves 1 and 2
Other system or other unit in the same
system
Excess indoor units connected
Erroneous refrigerant used for indoor
unit
Faulty combination of outdoor units
Faulty independent installation
Faulty connection of former BS unit
Faulty connection between outdoor
and BS unit
Faulty connection between BS units
Wrong number of indoor units
connected to BS unit
Wrong wiring (auto address error)
Multi level converter malfunction
Multi level converter alarm
Multi level converter data malfunction
Multi level converter transmission
malfunction
Unmatched wiring/piping
U0
U1
U2
U3
U4
U7
U9
UA
UH
UJ
UF
k : ON
l : Blink
h : OFF
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
* Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
257
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
k: ON
h: OFF
l:Blink
Malfunction Confirmation of malfunction 1 (Check 1) Confirmation of malfunction 2 (Check 2) Confirmation of malfunction 3 (Check 3) Confirmation of malfunction 4 (Check 4)
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1
l l h l h h h l
h h h l l
h h h h l
h h
l
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
U1
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
U2
l
h
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
U3
U4
l
l
h
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
U7
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
l
h
l
l
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
P4
PJ
U0
l
l
h
l
h
h
l
U9
l
l
h
h
l
UA
l
l
h
l
h
UH
l
l
l
l
h
l
l
h
l
l
UJ
UF
l
h
l
Display of contents
of malfunction (first
digit)
l
l
l
l
Display of contents
of malfunction
(second digit)
Display 1 of
malfunction in
detail
*1: Faulty system
h h
h l
l h
l l
Troubleshooting
Individual system
→ Right-hand system
→ Left-hand system
—
→
→ All systems
∗1
l
l
∗1
∗1
l
l
Display 2 of
malfunction in
detail
Multi system
Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
System
258
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote
Controller
3.1
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
Remote
Controller
Display
A0
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set to
"external ON/OFF terminal".
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of external protection device
„ Improper field set
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
External protection
device is connected to
terminals T1 and T2 of
the indoor unit terminal
block.
YES
Actuation of external protection
device.
NO
Check the setting state of the
ON/OFF input from outside by
remote controller.
ON/OFF input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has
been set to external
protection device
input (second code
No. 03) by remote
controller.
NO
259
YES
Change the second code No. to
"01" or "02".
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
3.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“A1” Indoor Unit: PCB Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
A1
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
„ External factor (Noise, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Does the
system return
to normal?
NO
Troubleshooting
YES
The indoor unit PCB is
normal.
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
260
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.3
SiBE37-701_B
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control
System (S1L)
Remote
Controller
Display
A3
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXZQ, FXFQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXDQ, FXMQ, FXHQ (Option), FXMQ200, 250M (Option),
FXAQ (Option)
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
By float switch OFF detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
261
220~240V power supply is not provided
Defect of float switch or short circuit connector
Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Defect of indoor unit PCB
Loose connection of connector
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float switch is
connected to X8A or
X15A of the indoor
unit PCB.
YES
The float switch
contact is forming a
short circuit
(continuity check with
X8A or X15A
disconnected)
NO
A short circuit
connector is
connected to X8A or
X15A.
NO
YES
YES
Becomes normal
when X8A or
X15A of the indoor
unit PCB is short
circuited
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
The drain pump is
connected to X25A or
terminals Y1 and Y2 of
the indoor unit PCB.
The float switch
functions normally.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PCB.
Loose connection of
connector.
NO
Water builds up
in the drain pan.
Connect either a short circuit
connector or float switch and
turn on again.
NO
Replace the float switch.
Modify the float switch's
connection and turn on again.
Connect the drain pump and
turn on again.
YES
The drain pump works
when the power supply
is reset for the indoor
unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for
clogging or upward slope, etc.
NO
The voltage of
terminals Y1 and Y2
or X25A is 220~240V
(within 5 minutes of
resetting the power
supply).
YES
Troubleshooting
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.
262
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.4
SiBE37-701_B
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXAQ20~63PV1, FXFQ20~125P8VE
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormal fan revolutions are detected by a signal output from the fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the fan revolutions do not increase
Supposed
Causes
„ Broken wires in, short circuit of, or disconnection of connectors from the fan motor harness
„ Faulty fan motor
„
„
„
„
„
„
263
(Broken wires or faulty insulation)
Abnormal signal output from the fan motor (Faulty circuit)
Faulty PCB
Instantaneous disturbance in the power supply voltage
Fan motor lock
(Due to motor or external causes)
The fan does not rotate due to foreign matters blocking the fan.
Disconnection of the connector between the high-power PCB (A1P) and the low-power PCB
(A2P).
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn OFF the power
supply, and then wait for a
period of 10 minutes.
Are there any
foreign matters
around the fan?
YES
Remove the foreign matters.
NO
Is the connector (X20A)
for the fan motor properly
connected to the indoor
unit PCB? (*1)
NO
Properly connect the connector.
YES
By disconnecting the
connector (X20A) for the
fan motor from the
indoor unit PCB, the fan
can be lightly rotated by
hand.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
Disconnect the connector
from the fan motor, and then
make measurement of
resistance between pins.(*2)
Is the resistance between
the pins not less than the
judgement criteria?
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
*1. If any junction connector is provided between the
connector (X20A) on the indoor unit PCB and the fan
motor, also check whether or not the junction
connector is properly connected.
*2. All resistance measuring points and judgement criteria
1 White
FXAQ
20~63PV1
2 Orange
Troubleshooting
FG
FXFQ
20~125P8VE
1 2 3 4 5
— — FG Vsp Vcc
Vsp
3 Brown
Vcc
4 Blue
GND
5
—
6
—
7 Red
Vdc
Vdc
1
GND
2
—
3
Judgment Criteria
Measuring point
Criteria
FG-GND Not less than 1MΩ
Vsp-GND Not less than 100kΩ
Vcc-GND Not less than 100Ω
Vdc-GND Not less than 100kΩ
264
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
“A6” Indoor Unit : Malfunction of Indoor Unit Fan Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXHQ32~100MAVE, FXDQ20~32PB, 40~63NBVE
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected if there is no revolutions detection signal output from the fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no revolutions can be detected even at the maximum output voltage to the fan
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty indoor fan motor
„ Broken wires
„ Faulty contact
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are the X4A and
X27A connectors
securely connected?
NO
Properly connect the connectors.
(At this time, check for any faulty
connector contact or broken
wires.)
YES
Is the power of approx.
12VDC supplied between
the Pins1 and 3 when the
X27A is disconnected and
the power supply turns
ON?
YES
Check the indoor unit fan motor
and the wiring circuits of the
motor.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
265
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Remote
Controller
Display
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
A6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ50~140P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection from the current flow on the fan PCB.
Detection from the RPM of the fan motor in operation.
Detection from the position signal of the fan motor.
Detection from the current flow on the fan PCB when the fan motor starting operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„
„
„
„
An overcurrent flows.
The RPM is less than a certain level for 6 seconds.
A position error in the fan rotor continues for 5 seconds or more.
An overcurrent flows.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
The clogging of a foreign matter.
The disconnection of the fan motor connectors (X1A and X2A).
The disconnection of the connectors between the indoor PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P).
A failure in fan PCB (A2P).
A failure in the fan motor.
Troubleshooting
266
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn off the power and wait for
10 minutes.
There is a foreign
matter around the
fan.
YES
Remove the foreign matter.
NO
The fan motor
connectors (X1A and
X2A) of the fan PCB
(A2P) are disconnected.
YES
Connect correctly.
NO
The connectors
between the indoor
PCB (A1P) and the fan
PCB (A2P) are
disconnected.
YES
Connect correctly.
NO
The fuse (F3U, white)
on the fan PCB (A2P)
has no continuity.
NO
Replace the fan PCB (A2P).
YES
The fan can be moved
lightly by hand after the
fan motor connector of the
fan PCB (A2P) is
removed.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
The resistance between
the power wire terminals
of the fan motor and motor
frame (metal part) is 1 MΩ
or below.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Remove the power wire
connector from the fan motor
and measure the resistance
between U and V, V and W, and
W and U phases (*1).
A
267
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
A
The resistors among U, V,
and W are unbalanced or
short-circuited.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Remove the signal connector
from the fan motor and check
the resistance (*2).
Between VCC and GND
terminals, and between GND
and HW, HV, or HU terminals
are short-circuited.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Turn on the power.
The HAP lamp of the
indoor PCB (A1P) blinks
and the HAP lamp of the
fan PCB (A2P) is off.
YES
Replace the fan PCB
(A2P).
NO
Replace the fan motor.
*1. Measurement of power wire connector.
Remove the X1A connector from the fan PCB (A2P) and measure
the resistance between the U and V, V and W, and W and U
phases of the motor connector (with five conductors) and check
that each phase are balanced (within a permissible dispersion
range of ±20%).
*2. Measurement of signal wire connector.
Remove the X2A connector and measure the resistance between
GND and VCC, HW, HV, or HU terminals of the motor connector
(with five conductors).
Connector power wire use (X1A)
5 Red
U
4
3 White
V
2
1 Black
Troubleshooting
W
Connector signal wire use (X2A)
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
Hw
2 Blue
HV
1 Yellow
HU
268
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.5
SiBE37-701_B
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)
Remote
Controller
Display
A7
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXHQ, FXKQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When ON/OFF of the micro-switch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing
flap motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
★ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
269
Defect of swing motor
Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of airflow direction adjusting flap-cam
Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit is a model
equipped with a swing
flap function
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
YES
The swing motor works
when the power supply
is turned off and then
back on.
YES
The connector is
connected to X9A of
the indoor unit PCB.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A
and turn on again.
YES
NO
The limit switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace the swing motor.
YES
The connecting cable
is short-circuited or
disconnected.
After turning the swing-flap
ON and then stopping with
the remote controller, the
voltage of X6A of the
indoor unit PCB is 220
VAC when turned on again
(within 30 seconds of
turning on again).
YES
Replace the limit switch
connecting cable.
NO
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
YES
The connecting cable
has no continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply
connecting cable.
NO
When the airflow
direction flap-cam
mechanism is
disconnected from the
swing motor, operation
is normal when turned
on again.
YES
Troubleshooting
NO
Replace the swing motor.
Take the cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn on
again.
270
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.6
SiBE37-701_B
“A8” Abnormal Power Supply Voltage
Remote
Controller
Display
A8
Applicable
Models
FXMQ20~140P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction checking the input voltage of fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V and below, or 386V and above.
Supposed
Causes
The possible causes are:
Power-supply voltage malfunction.
Connection defect on signal line.
Wiring defect.
Instantaneous blackout, others.
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Check the condition of the
power source.
Check if power-supply
voltage is 220V - 240V
± 10%.
Check if there is power
open phase or faulty
wiring.
Check if power-supply
voltage unbalance is
within 6V.
There are problems on the
condition of power source
described above.
YES
Correct any fault.
NO
"A8"
Reoccurrence of
malfunction.
YES
Check and correct each wiring.
NO
It is possible to have external
factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous blackout.
271
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
3.7
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“A9” Electronic Expansion Valve Malfunction / Dust
Clogging
Remote
Controller
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
FXFQ25~125P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using micro-computer.
Check dust clogging condition of electronic expansion valve main body by using microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing micro-computer.
Either of the following conditions is seen/caused/ occurs while the unit stops operation.
z Temperature of suction air (R1T) – temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger (R2T)>8°C.
z Temperature of liquid pipe of heat exchanger (R2T) shows fixed degrees or below.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective drive of electronic expansion valve
„ Defective PCB of indoor unit
„ Defective relay cables
Troubleshooting
272
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
When power is supplied.
NO
Replace the electronic expansion
valve main body.
YES
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X7A of
indoor unit PCB.
NO
Shut the power supply off after
connection and then restart.
YES
Check (*1) of
electronic
expansion valve
coil indicates
normal.
NO
Replace the electronic expansion
coil.
YES
Relay cables short
circuit or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the relay cables.
NO
When restarting the operation after
shutting the power supply off does
not work, replace the indoor unit
PCB.
*1: How to check the electronic expansion valve coil
Remove the connector for electronic expansion valve (X7A) from PCB. Measure the resistance value
between pins and check the continuity to judge the condition.
1) White
White (1)
Red (5)
φ1
φ3
2) Yellow
M
3) Orange
Orange (3)
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue
(2)
(6) (4)
4) Blue
5) Red
6) Brown
The normal products will show the following conditions:
(1) No continuity between (1) and (2)
(2) Resistance value between (1) and (3) is approx. 300 Ω
(3) Resistance value between (1) and (5) is approx. 150 Ω
(4) Resistance value between (2) and (4) is approx. 300 Ω
(5) Resistance value between (2) and (6) is approx. 150 Ω
273
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion
Valve Coil
Remote
Controller
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
Indoor units except FXFQ models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check coil condition of electronic expansion valve by using micro-computer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Pin input for electronic expansion valve coil is abnormal when initializing micro-computer.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective drive of electronic expansion valve
„ Defective PCB of indoor unit
„ Defective relay cables
Troubleshooting
274
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X7A of
indoor unit PCB.
NO
Shut the power supply off after
connection and then restart.
YES
Check (*1) of
electronic
expansion valve
coil indicates
normal.
YES
NO
Relay cables short
circuit or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the electronic expansion
valve coil.
Replace the relay cables.
NO
When restarting the operation after
shutting the power supply off does
not work, replace the indoor unit
PCB.
*1: How to check the electronic expansion valve coil
Remove the connector for electronic expansion valve (X7A) from PCB. Measure the resistance value
between pins and check the continuity to judge the condition.
1) White
White (1)
Red (5)
φ1
φ3
2) Yellow
M
3) Orange
Orange (3)
4) Blue
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue
(2)
(6) (4)
5) Red
6) Brown
The normal products will show the following conditions:
(1) No continuity between (1) and (2)
(2) Resistance value between (1) and (3) is approx. 300 Ω
(3) Resistance value between (1) and (5) is approx. 150 Ω
(4) Resistance value between (2) and (4) is approx. 300 Ω
(5) Resistance value between (2) and (6) is approx. 150 Ω
275
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
3.8
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit
Remote
Controller
Display
AF
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXZQ, FXFQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
non-operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
★ Error code is displayed but the system operates continuously.
„ Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking
„ Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Field drain piping has a
defect such as upward
sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A humidifier unit
(optional accessory) is
installed on the indoor
unit.
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is
leaking.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PCB.
Troubleshooting
276
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.9
SiBE37-701_B
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination
Device
Remote
Controller
Display
AJ
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is
determined.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the capacity code is not saved to the PCB, and the capacity setting adaptor is not
connected.
When a capacity that does not exist for that unit is set.
Supposed
Causes
„ The capacity setting adaptor was not installed.
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The indoor unit PCB
was replaced with a
spare PCB.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
YES
The capacity setting
adaptor need to be
installed when replacing
the PCB.
YES
277
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Install a capacity setting adaptor.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.10 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission (Between
Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB)
Remote
Controller
Display
C1
Applicable
Models
FXMQ20~140P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check the condition of transmission between indoor PCB (A1P) and PCB for fan (A2P) using
computer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Connection defect of the connecter between indoor PCB (A1P) and PCB for fan (A2P).
Malfunction of indoor PCB (A1P).
Malfunction of PCB for fan (A2P).
External factor, such as instantaneous blackout.
278
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
NO
Is the connector between indoor PCB
(A1P) and PCB for fan (A2P) accurately
connected? (*1)
Connect the connector accurately.
YES
Confirm the condition of
transmission on indoor PCB
using local installation mode.
(*2)
Under above local
installation mode, installation
position is "01 ".
NO
Replace indoor PCB (A1P).
YES
Connect the connecter
X70A and turn on the power
again.
"C1" Malfunction
breaks out again.
YES
Replace PCB for fan (A2P).
NO
Connect it and operate (It is
possible to have a cause, such
as instantaneous blackout)
∗1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected.
∗2. Method to check transmission part of indoor PCB.
Turn off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor PCB (A1P).
Short-circuit X70A.
After turning on the power, check below numbers under local setting remote control.
(Confirmation: First code NO. at the condition of second code No. 21 on mode No. 41)
↓
Determination
01: Normal
Other than 01: Transmission defect on indoor PCB
★ After confirmation, turn off the power, take off the short-circuit and connect X70A back to
original condition.
279
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.11 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger
Remote
Controller
Display
C4
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PCB, and then
insert it again.
Is the thermistor
normal?
YES
Normal (The malfunction is caused
by faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from the
indoor unit PCB, and then make
resistance measurement of the
thermistor using a multiple
meter.
∗
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
280
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.12 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas
Pipes
Remote
Controller
Display
C5
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PCB, and then
insert it again.
Is the thermistor
normal?
YES
Normal (The malfunction is caused
by faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from the
indoor unit PCB, and then make
resistance measurement of the
thermistor using a multiple
meter.
∗
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T).
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
281
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.13 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination (Between Indoor
unit PCB and Fan PCB)
Remote
Controller
Display
C6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ20~140P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Conduct open line detection with PCB for fan (A2P) using indoor PCB (A1P).
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the communication data of PCB for fan (A2P) is determined as incorrect.
Supposed
Causes
The possible causes are:
„ Malfunction of PCB for fan (A2P).
„ Connection defect of capacity setting adaptor.
„ Setting mistake on site.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the type of PCB
for fan (A2P)
correct?
NO
Replace it with correct PCB for fan
(A2P).
YES
NO
Was indoor PCB
(A1P) replaced with
supplementary PCB?
YES
Was correct capacity setting
adaptor installed when replacing
it with supplementary PCB?
NO
Install correct capacity setting
adaptor.
YES
After establishing transmission
for indoor and outdoor,
diagnose the operation again.
Troubleshooting
282
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.14 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air
Remote
Controller
Display
C9
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is
running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for suction air
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PCB, and then
insert it again.
Is the thermistor
normal?
YES
Normal (The malfunction is caused
by faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from the
indoor unit PCB, and then make
resistance measurement of the
thermistor using a multiple
meter.
∗
5 kΩ to 90 kΩ
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
283
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.15 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Room Temperature
Thermistor in Remote Controller
CJ
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by room temperature thermistor in
remote controller. (Note:)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the room temperature thermistor in remote controller becomes disconnected or shorted
while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of remote controller thermistor
„ Defect of remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Clear the malfunction code
history. (While in inspection
mode, press and hold the “ON/
OFF” button for a period of 4
seconds or more.)
Is "CJ" displayed
on the remote
controller?
NO
Note:
YES
Replace the remote
controller.
External factor other than
equipment malfunction.
(for example, noise etc.)
∗1: How to delete “the record of malfunction codes”.
Press the “ON/OFF” button for 4 seconds and more while the malfunction code is displayed
in the inspection mode.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
284
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.16 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PCB Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
E1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected under the communication conditions in the hardware section between
the indoor unit and outdoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the communication conditions in the hardware section between the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit are not normal.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
„ Defective connection of inside/ outside relay wires
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power once and
turn on again.
Return to normal?
YES
NO
Check if inside /
outside relay wires of
outdoor main PCB is
disconnected.
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Connect the inside/ outside
relay wires correctly.
NO
Replace the outdoor main
PCB (A1P).
285
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.17 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
Remote
Controller
Display
E3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the high pressure switch activation count reaches the number specific
to the operation mode.
(Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0MPa
Reset pressure:
2.85MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Defect of high pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
Instantaneous power failure
Faulty high pressure sensor
286
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for the points shown below.
(1) Is the stop valve open?
(2) Is the high pressure switch connector properly
connected to the main PCB?
(3) Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the three
points above OK?
NO
Rectify defective points, if any.
YES
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure
service port.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote
controller, and then restart the operation.
Does the stop due
to malfunction (E3)
recur?
YES
Is the high pressure switch
operating value normal (i.e.,
4.0MPa)?
NO
Are the
characteristics of the
high pressure sensor
normal? (See *1.)
NO
Replace the high pressure switch.
YES
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the “high pressure” value and the
actual measurement value by pressure sensor (Refer to *1) by using the
service checker.
Check if the “high
pressure” value and the
actual measurement value
by pressure sensor are
the same.
NO
Replace the main PCB (A1P).
YES
· The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PCB is also normal.
· The high pressure has really become high.
Referring to information on P.385, remove the causes by
CHECK 5 which the high pressure has become high.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.452.)
*2: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for high
pressure sensor (Red)
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
Micro-controller
A/D input
(1)
High
pressure
sensor
White
Make measurement of DC
voltage between these wires.
287
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.18 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
E4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under compressor operation.
Operating pressure: 0.07MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa)
Defect of low pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Stop valve is not opened.
Clogged filter
288
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the stop
valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
(1) Mount a pressure gauge on the low pressure
service port.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote
controller, and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of
the low pressure
sensor normal?
(See *1.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the “low pressure”
value and the actual measurement value by pressure
sensor (Refer to *1) by using the service checker.
Check if the “low
pressure” value and
the actual
measurement value
by pressure sensor
are the same.
NO
Replace the main PCB (A1P).
YES
· The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure
detected with the PCB is also normal.
· The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 6 Referring to information on P.386, remove the
causes by which the low pressure has become low.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.452.)
*2: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
Micro-controller
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
Low
pressure
sensor
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires.
289
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.19 “E5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Motor Lock
Remote
Controller
Display
E5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Inverter PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phasecurrent waveform.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in
forced startup mode.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Inverter compressor lock
High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Faulty inverter PCB
Stop valve is left in closed.
290
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if the
stop valve is
open.
NO
Local factor
Open the stop valve.
YES
Power OFF
Check if the relay wires
to the compressor are
correct.
YES
NO
Check if the connection
of UVW phase order is
correct.
YES
NO
Check if the wiring is the
same as in the electric wiring
diagram.
NO
YES
The insulation resistance of
the compressor is low (not
more than 100kΩ).
Replace the connecting wires and
ensure right connection of the
connector.
Ensure correct connection.
W
U
V
Ensure correct connection.
Check if the wiring has
any error in mistake for
inverter compressor.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
The compressor coil
has disconnection of
wires.
NO
YES
Restart and check the
operation. Check if the
condition occurs again.
NO
YES
Power ON
Check if the start
mode is in the high
differential pressure
(not less than 0.5
MPa).
NO
YES
Conclude the work
There is a possibility of defect of
pressure equalizing.
Check the refrigerant circuit.
Defect of pressure equalizing
Check the refrigerant circuit.
Remove the connection between the
compressor and inverter. Set the power
transistor check mode ON using “Setting
mode 2” of the outdoor unit PCB.
Power OFF
Measure the inverter output voltage
(*2).
Note: Measurement should be
made while the frequency is stable.
Power ON
Check if the inverter
output voltage between 3
phases is within ± 5V.
NO
Replace the inverter PCB.
YES
Replace the inverter compressor.
*1: Pressure difference between high pressure and low pressure before starting.
*2: The quality of power transistors/ diode modules can be judged by executing Check 4 (P.384).
291
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.20 “E6” Outdoor Unit: STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/
Lock
E6
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detects the overcurrent with current sensor (CT).
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the detected current value exceeds the below mentioned value for
2 seconds.
„ 400 V unit : 15.0 A
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
Closed stop value
Obstacles at the air outlet
Improper power voltage
Faulty magnetic switch
Faulty compressor
Faulty current sensor (A6P, A7P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the stop valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Obstacle exists
around the air outlet.
YES
Remove the obstacle.
NO
Is the power supply
voltage normal?
NO
Correct the power supply
voltage.
YES
Is the magnetic
switch (K2M, K3M)
normal? (∗1)
NO
Replace the magnetic
switch.
YES
Check the wiring from power supply ~ current sensor (A6P, A8P) ~
MgS (K2M, K3M) ~ compressor
Is above wiring
correct?
NO
Correct wiring.
YES
Is current sensor
correct? ∗1
YES
NO
Replace the corresponding
current sensor
(A6P or A8P).
Replace the compressor.
Note:
Troubleshooting
∗1 One of the possible factors may be chattering due to rough MgS contact.
∗2 Abnormal case
„ The current sensor value is 0 during STD compressor operation.
„ The current sensor value is more than 15.0A during STD compressor stop.
292
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.21 “E7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan
Motor
Remote
Controller
Display
E7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect a malfunction based on the current value in the INVERTER PCB (as for motor 2, current
value in the fan PCB).
Detect a malfunction for the fan motor circuit based on the number of rotation detected by hole
IC during the fan motor operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Overcurrent is detected for INVERTER PCB (A2P) or fan INVERTER PCB (A5P)
(System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)
„ In the condition of fan motor rotation, the number of rotation is below the fixed number for
more than 6 seconds. (System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)
Supposed
Causes
293
„
„
„
„
Failure of fan motor
Defect or connection error of the connectors/ harness between the fan motor and PCB
The fan can not rotate due to any foreign substances entangled.
Clear condition: Continue normal operation for 5 minutes
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check in the monitor mode
12HP ~18HP class models have 2 fans.
Check electric motor (electric motor 1 or 2) corresponding
to malfunction code “E7” in the monitor mode of outdoor
unit PCB. (Refer to P.255~P.256 for how to check)
Cut the power supply OFF and wait for 10 minutes.
YES
Check if any foreign
substances around
the fan.
Remove the foreign substances.
NO
Check the connection status of the connectors
{ Fan motor 1: relay connector or X1A, X2A of compressor
inverter PCB.
{ Fan motor 2: relay connector or X1A, X2A of fan inverter
PCB.
Check if any
connector is
disconnected.
YES
Insert the connector.
NO
Check the color of relay connectors
{ Fan motor 1: Both power supply wire and signal wire are all
white.
{ Fan motor 2: Both power supply wire and signal wire are
red in the PCB side and white in the motor side.
Relay
connectors have
any connection
error.
NO
YES
Correct the connection of the relay
connectors.
A
12HP
8HP
R10
X51A
X4A
18HP
X2A
X4A
X2A
RDE
WHT
BLK
X1A
MS
3~
M1F
Troubleshooting
Z5C
5
5
X4A
X3A
MS
3~
Z9C
X2A
M1F
RED
X3A
WHT
RED
5
X2A
X1A
5
X1A
R10
V1R
X2A
X1A
RDE
WHT
BLK
Z5C
X51A
F1U
V1R
V1R
X1A
X5A
F1U R10
5
RED
X4A
RDE
WHT
BLK
F1U
~
~
5HP
MS
3~
WHT
5
M2F
294
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
A
No continuity of
fuse (F1U) on
the fan inverter
PCB.
YES
Replace the fan inverter
PCB.
NO
Unable to rotate the fan
manually with ease when
removing the connector of
the fan motor.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Resistance value between
the power supply wire
terminal of fan motor and the
motor frame (metal) is 1MΩ
and below.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Check 1 (Referring to the information on P.382)
Check fan motor connector (power supply wire)
The resistance value
between UVW phases of
fan motor is out of balance,
or short circuit between
UVW phases.
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
NO
Check 2 (Referring to the information on P.382)
Check fan motor connector (signal wire)
The signal wire short
circuits between Vcc
and GND and
between UVW and
GND.
NO
YES
Replace the corresponding
fan motor.
Put the power supply ON to check the
following LED lamps.
1) HAP lamp on the compressor PCB (A2P)
2) HAP lamp on the fan inverter PCB(A5P)
HAP lamp for the A5P
does not blink on the
condition that HAP lamp
for A2P is blinking.
YES
Replace the fan inverter
PCB.
NO
Replace the fan motor 2.
295
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.22 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Electronic Expansion
Valve Coil (Y1E~Y5E)
Remote
Controller
Display
E9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check disconnection of connector
Check continuity of electronic expansion valve
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
No current is detected in the common (COM [+]) when power supply is ON.
Supposed
Causes
„ Disconnection of connectors for electronic expansion valve (Y1E)
„ Defect of electronic expansion valve coil
„ Defect of outdoor unit main PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
296
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn power supply off, and
turn power supply on again.
Return to normal?
YES
NO
External factor other than
malfunction (for example, noise
etc.).
Check the electronic expansion valve corresponding to the malfunction code “E9” in the monitor
mode.
(Refer to P.255~P.256 for how to check.)
{ When Confirmation of malfunction 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for main use (Y1E, Y3E for Single, Y1E for Multi)
{ When Confirmation of malfunction 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for refrigerant charge (Y4E for Single, Y2E for Multi)
{ When Confirmation of malfunction 4 shows as follows:
→ Electronic expansion valve for subcooling (Y2E, Y5E for Single, Y3E for Multi)
”
{ Explanation of “
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
The connector of
outdoor unit PCB
(A1P) for electronic
expansion valve is
connected.
NO
Ensure correct connection.
YES
The coil resistance of
electronic expansion
valve is normal.
(Refer to ∗1)
YES
NO
Replace the connecting cable.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
(V3067)
∗ Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins, and then make sure the resistance
falls in the range of 40 to 50Ω.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
(Yellow) 3
(Black) 4
5
Measuring points Judgement criteria
1-6
2-6
40~50Ω
3-6
4-6
COM[+] (Gray) 6
(V3067)
297
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.23 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe
Temperature
Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
temperature sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level (135 °C and above)
When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly (120 °C and above for 10 successive
minutes)
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty outdoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
298
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connect the service checker.
Press reset and start operation
again.
Check if discharge
pipe thermistor
property is normal.
(∗1)
NO
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the
temperature of discharge pipe by using service
checker with actual measurement value of discharge
pipe thermistor (Refer to ∗1).
Check if temperature of
discharge pipe by using
service checker is the same
with actual measurement
value of discharge pipe
thermistor.
NO
Replace the main PCB
(A1P).
· Discharge pipe thermistor is normal and the
temperature detection of the main PCB is also normal.
· Actually the temperature of discharge pipe is high.
Check 3 Remove the factor of overheat operation
referring to P.383.
∗1: Compare the resistance value of discharge pipe thermistor and the value based on the surface
thermometer.
(Refer to P.450 for the temperature of thermistor and the resistance property)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
299
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.24 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged
Remote
Controller
Display
F6
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the outdoor air temperature, heat
exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the outdoor air temperature, heat
exchanging deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check run, exceeds the
standard.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Refrigerant overcharge
Disconnection of outdoor air thermistor
Disconnection of the heat exchanging deicer thermistor
Disconnection of the liquid pipe thermistor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the mounting condition of
the temperature sensors of the
outdoor air thermistor, heat
exchanging deicer thermistor and
liquid pipe thermistor in the piping.
Are the above
thermistor installed
on pipes correctly?
NO
Install the thermistor correctly.
YES
Remove the outdoor air thermistor,
heat exchanging deicer thermistor
and the liquid pipe thermistor from
the outdoor PCB and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the characteristic
of the above
thermistor normal?
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor.
Rectify the overcharge of
refrigerant.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
300
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.25 “F9” Outdoor Unit : Malfunction of BS Unit Electronic
Expansion Valve
Remote
Controller
Display
F9
Applicable
Models
BS unit
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected by whether or not all coils of the electronic expansion valve have
continuity.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the power supply turns ON, there is no currents pass through the common (COM[+]).
Supposed
Causes
„ Connector disconnected from the electronic expansion valve
„ Faulty coil of the electronic expansion valve coil
„ Faulty PCB of the BS unit
301
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn OFF the power supply
once and then ON again.
Does the power
supply normally
come back ON?
YES
Probe any external causes
other than failures (e.g.
noises).
NO
While in monitor mode, identify an electronic expansion valve
subject to the Malfunction Code "F9". (For checking procedure,
refer to information on P.255~P.256.)
{ When Confirmation of malfunction 4 is set as shown below:
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y4E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y5E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y2E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y3E)
→ Electronic expansion valve (Y1E)
Is the connector for the
electronic expansion valve
of the PCB concerned
properly connected?
NO
Properly and securely
connect the connector.
YES
Is the resistance of the
electronic expansion
valve coil normal?
(See *1)
NO
YES
Replace the electronic
expansion valve coil
concerned.
Replace the BS unit PCB.
*1: Procedure for checking the electronic expansion valve for
the drive unit coil.
Disconnect the electronic expansion valve connector (X7A)
from the PCB, and then make measurement of resistance
and check for continuity between the connector pins to make
judgement.
(1) White
White (1)
[COM]
Red (5)
φ1
φ3
(2) Yellow
M
(3) Orange
Orange (3)
(4) Blue
φ2
φ4
Yellow Brown Blue
(2) (6) (4)
[COM]
(5) Red
(6) Brown
The normal states are as follows:
(1) No continuity between Pins (1) and (2)
(2) Approx. 300Ω resistance between Pins (1) and (3)
(3) Approx. 150Ω resistance between Pins (1) and (5)
(4) Approx. 300Ω resistance between Pins (2) and (4)
(5) Approx. 150Ω resistance between Pins (2) and (6)
Troubleshooting
302
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.26 “H7” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Outdoor Fan Motor Signal
Remote
Controller
Display
H7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of abnormal signal from fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
In case of detection of abnormal signal at starting fan motor.
Supposed
Causes
„ Abnormal fan motor signal (circuit malfunction)
„ Broken, short circuited or disconnection connector of fan motor connection cable
„ Fan Inverter PCB malfunction (A2P)
303
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the fan motor corresponding to the malfunction code
“H7” in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P.255~P.256 for how to check.)
When Confirmation of malfunction 3 shows as follows:
→ Fan motor 1 (M1F)
When Confirmation of malfunction 3 shows as follows:
→ Fan motor 2 (M2F)
Identify outdoor unit based on Confirmation of malfunction 4.
Explanation for “
”
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
Cut the power supply off.
Check if signal wire
connector for the
corresponding fan motor
is normal.
NO
Ensure correct connection.
YES
Check the connector
of the fan motor (∗1).
Check if the resistance of the fan
motor lead wire between Vcc and
UVW and between GND and UVW
are balanced.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
YES
∗1.Check the procedure for fan motor connector
(1) Power OFF the fan motor.
(2) Remove the connector (X2A or X4A) on the PCB to measure
the following resistance value.
Judgement criteria: resistance value between each phase is
within ±20%
Replace the inverter PCB.
zFor fan motor 1: replace the
inverter PCB (A2P)
zFor fan motor 2: replace the fan
inverter PCB (A5P)
Connector
for signal wires (X2A or X4A)
X2A
Troubleshooting
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
W
2 Blue
V
1 Yellow
U
Measure the
resistance
between VccUVW and
GND-UVW.
304
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.27 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air
Remote
Controller
Display
H9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the outdoor air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective thermistor connection
„ Defect of outdoor air thermistor (R1T)
„ Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Connector is
connected to X18A
of outdoor PCB
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R1T) from
the outdoor unit PCB.
(1.8kΩ to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T)
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
305
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.28 “J2” Outdoor Unit: Current Sensor Malfunction
Remote
Controller
Display
J2
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the current value detected by current sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the current value detected by current sensor becomes 5A or lower, or 40A or more during
standard compressor operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty current sensor (A6P, A8P)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PCB
„ Defective compressor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the current sensor corresponding to the malfunction
code “J2” in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P.255~P.256 for how to check.)
{ Confirmation of malfunction 4 shows as follows:
→ Current sensor for constant rate compressor 1
{ Confirmation of malfunction 4 shows as follows:
→ Current sensor for constant rate compressor 2
”
{ Explanation for “
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
Is the connector for
current sensor
connected to X25A,
X26A on outdoor unit
PCB (A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector, and
operate unit again.
YES
Are the current sensors
inversely connected to
two STD compressors?
YES
Correct the connections between
the current sensors and the STD
compressors.
NO
Applicable
compressor coil
wire is broken.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Is the current sensor
mounted on the T-phase
(A6P) and R-phase
(A8P) wire?
YES
Troubleshooting
NO
Mount the current sensor
correctly, and operate the unit
again.
Replace the current sensor or
outdoor unit PCB.
306
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.29 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe
Thermistor (R31T, R32T, R33T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R31T, R32T, R33T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which discharge
thermistor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Connector is
connected to X29A
of outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor R31, 32T or
R33T from the outdoor
unit PCB. (2.5kΩ to
1.3kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R31, 32T
or R33T)
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
The alarm indicator is displayed when the fan is being used also.
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
307
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.30 “J4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Temperature Sensor
for Heat Exchanger Gas (R2T or R11T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction based on the temperature detected by each thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
In operation, when a thermistor is disconnected or short circuits.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defective connection of thermistor
„ Defective thermistor
„ Defective outdoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Connector is
connected to X30A
of outdoor PCB
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R2T or
R11T) from the
outdoor unit PCB.
(1.8kΩ to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T or
R11T)
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
308
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.31 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R8T or
R10T) for Suction Pipe
Remote
Controller
Display
J5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the suction pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the suction pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R8T or R10T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A2P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which discharge
thermistor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Connector is
connected to X11A
of outdoor unit PCB.
(A2P)
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after disconnecting the thermistor
(R8T or R10T) from the
outdoor unit PCB. (1.8kΩ
to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor R8T or
R10T.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A2P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
309
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.32 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T or
R12T) for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger
Remote
Controller
Display
J6
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchanger thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R4T or R12T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger
„ Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Connector is
connected to X30A
of outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn on
again.
YES
Resistance is normal
when measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor R4T or
R12T from the indoor
unit PCB. (1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor R4T or
R12T.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
310
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.33 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 1
(R6T, R9T or R14T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J7
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the liquid pipe thermistor is short circuited or open circuited.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty liquid pipe thermistor 1 (R6T), (R9T) or (R14T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PCB
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Is the connector
for liquid pipe
thermistor
connected to
X30A on outdoor
unit PCB
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate the unit again.
YES
Is the resistance
measured after removing
the thermistor (R6T)
(R9T) or (R14T) from
outdoor unit PCB normal?
(1.8kΩ to 800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R6T)
(R9T) or (R14T).
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
311
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.34 “J8” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Liquid Pipe Thermistor 2
(R7T or R15T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J8
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the liquid pipe thermistor is short circuited or open circuited.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty liquid pipe thermistor 2 (R7T or R15T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PCB
„ Defect of thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Is the connector
for liquid pipe
thermistor
connected to
X30A on outdoor
unit PCB
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate the unit again.
YES
Is the resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R7T or R15T) from
outdoor unit PCB
normal? (1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R7T or
R15T).
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
312
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.35 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Subcooling Heat
Exchanger Gas Pipe Thermistor (R5T or R13T)
Remote
Controller
Display
J9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger
gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open circuited.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R5T or R13T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which thermistor is
abnormal using outdoor unit
"monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
Is the connector for
subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe
thermistor connected to
X30A on outdoor unit
PCB (A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector and
operate the unit again.
YES
Is the resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R5T or R13T) from
outdoor unit PCB
normal? (1.8kΩ to
800kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R5T or
R13T).
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
313
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.36 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
JA
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
(Not less than 4.22MPa, or 0.01MPa and below)
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Defect of high pressure sensor system
Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PCB.
Defective connection of high pressure sensor
314
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which high pressure
sensor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
1. Set the high pressure gauge
upright.
2. Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are the characteristics of the
high pressure sensor normal?
(Make a comparison between
the voltage characteristics (∗2)
and the gauge pressure.)
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
If the PCB pressure detection
normal? (Make a comparison
between the checker pressure
data and the voltage
characteristics (∗2).)
NO
Replace the main PCB.
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of
the high pressure
sensor normal?
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Replace the main PCB.
∗1: Pressure sensor subject to malfunction code
Malfunction code Pressure sensor subject to malfunction code Electric symbol
JA
High pressure sensor
S1NPH
∗2: Voltage measurement point
Outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
+5V
GND
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
(1)
Micro-computer
A/D input
White
High pressure sensor
X32A
∗2 Measure DC voltage here.
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P452.
315
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.37 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
JC
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
(Not less than 1.77MPa, or -0.01MPa and below)
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Defect of low pressure sensor system
Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
Defect of outdoor unit PCB.
Defective connection of low pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Confirm which high pressure
sensor is abnormal using
outdoor unit "monitor mode".
(Refer to P.255~P.256)
1. Set the low pressure gauge
upright.
2. Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are the characteristics of the low
pressure sensor normal? (Make
a comparison between the
voltage characteristics (∗1) and
the gauge pressure.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
If the PCB pressure
detection normal? (Make a
comparison between the
checker pressure data and
the voltage characteristics
(∗1).)
NO
Replace the main PCB.
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of
the low pressure
sensor normal?
YES
Troubleshooting
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
Replace the main PCB.
316
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
∗1: Voltage measurement point
Outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
+5V
GND
Micro-computer
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
(1)
Low pressure sensor
X31A
∗2 Measure DC voltage here.
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P452.
317
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.38 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter PCB
Remote
Controller
Display
L1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected based on the current value during waveform output before starting
compressor.
Malfunction is detected based on the value from current sensor during synchronous operation
when starting the unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Overcurrent (OCP) flows during waveform output.
Malfunction of current sensor during synchronous operation.
IPM failure.
Supposed
Causes
„ Inverter PCB (A2P)
z IPM failure
z Current sensor failure
z Drive circuit failure
Troubleshooting
318
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Turn OFF the power supply
once, and then check the
compressor lead wires.
Do the lead wires have
any disconnection, broken
wire, short circuit, or
ground fault?
YES
Replace the lead wires.
NO
Turn ON the power supply
again.
Does the power
supply normally come
back ON?
YES
It is supposed that the malfunction
results from external causes other
than failures (e.g. exogenous
noises or thunder).
NO
Is the individual
system applied to the
outdoor unit?
YES
NO
Individual system
Multi system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PCB 1) or lefthand (control PCB 3).
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power
transistor is
normal.
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
NO
YES
Check if insulation
resistance of the
compressor is 100kΩ
and above.
NO
Replace the compressor and
compressor inverter PCB (A2P) at
the same time.
YES
Replace the inverter PCB (A2P).
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power
transistor of the
fan driver is
normal.
NO
Replace the compressor inverter
PCB (A2P) and fan inverter PCB
(A5P).
YES
Replace the inverter PCB (A2P).
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P384.
*1. List of Inverter PCBs
Model
REYQ 8, 10,12P
REYQ 14, 16P
REMQ 8, 10, 12P
REMQ 14, 16P
319
Name
Compressor inverter PCB
Fan inverter PCB
Compressor inverter PCB
Fan inverter PCB
Compressor inverter PCB
Fan inverter PCB
Compressor inverter PCB
Fan inverter PCB
Electric symbol
A5P
A6P, A7P
A4P, A7P
A6P, A9P
A4P
A5P
A4P
A5P, A7P
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.39 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise
Remote
Controller
Display
L4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 87°C.
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of radiation fin thermal (Actuates above 87°C)
„ Defect of inverter PCB
„ Defect of radiation fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
320
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
YES
Is the individual
system applied to the
outdoor unit?
Individual system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PCB 1) or lefthand (control PCB 3).
NO
Multi system
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
The radiation fin of the inverter
PCB concerned exceeded a
temperature of 87°C.
YES
NO
Faulty radiation fin from the power
unit
• Blocked suction air port
• Stained radiation fin
• High outdoor temperature
Turn OFF the power supply,
and then make measurement
of resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the thermistor
resistance normal?
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Connect and disconnect
the connector (X111A) for
the fin thermistor, and
then properly connect it.
Does the malfunction
recur when the power
supply turns ON to start
the compressor?
YES
Replace the compressor inverter
PCB.
NO
Continue the operation.
z It is supposed that the radiation
fin temperature became high due
to some field factors. In this
connection, check the following
points:
• Stained radiation fin
• Airflow obstructed with dirt or
foreign matters
• Damage to fan propellers
• Too high outdoor air
temperature
321
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
XIIIA: EH CONNECTOR WHITE
Inverter PCB for compressor
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
322
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.40 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor
Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an excessive current flows in the power transistor.
(Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.)
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)
„ Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
„ Defect of inverter PCB
323
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Compressor inspection
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if the
stop valve is
open.
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Check if the
compressor
lead wires are
normal.
NO
Replace compressor lead
wires.
YES
Check if the
wiring and
connection to the
compressor are
normal.
NO
Correct the wiring and
connection.
YES
Power OFF
Insulation
resistance of the
compressor is
100 kΩ or below.
YES
Replace the inverter
compressor.
NO
Compressor coils
are disconnected.
YES
Replace the inverter
compressor.
NO
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power transistor
is normal.
NO
Replace the inverter
PCB (A2P).
YES
Failure occurs again
after restarting the
unit.
YES
NO
Continue operation.
Momentary power
failure is possible.
Replace the inverter
compressor.
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P384.
Troubleshooting
324
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.41 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Momentary Overcurrent of Inverter
Compressor
Remote
Controller
Display
L8
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected. (Inverter secondary current 16.1A)
(1) 19.0A and over continues for 5 seconds.
(2) 16.1A and over continues for 260 seconds.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
325
Compressor overload
Compressor coil disconnected
Defect of inverter PCB
Faulty compressor
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Output current check
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check if the
stop valve is
open.
YES
NO
Check if the
compressor
lead wires are
normal.
NO
Open the stop valve.
Replace the compressor
lead wires.
YES
Check if the
wiring and
connection to the
compressor are
normal.
NO
Correct the wiring and
connection.
YES
Power OFF
Insulation
resistance of the
compressor is
100kΩ or below.
YES
Replace the inverter
compressor.
NO
YES
Compressor coils
are disconnected.
Replace the inverter
compressor.
NO
Check 4 ∗
Check if the power transistor
is normal.
YES
NO
Replace the inverter
PCB (A2P).
Connect the compressor lead
wires then restart the operation.
Malfunction code
“L8” is displayed
again.
YES
NO
Check if the pressure difference
between high pressure and low
pressure before restarting is
0.2MPa or below.
NO
Continue the operation.
Defective pressure
equalizing in the
refrigerant circuit.
YES
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P384.
Troubleshooting
Inspection of the
compressor.
326
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.42 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Starting Failure
Remote
Controller
Display
L9
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the failure based on the signal waveform of the compressor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Starting the compressor does not complete.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
327
Failure to open the stop valve
Defective compressor
Wiring connection error to the compressor
Large pressure difference before starting the compressor
Defective inverter PCB
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
YES
Is the individual
system applied to the
outdoor unit?
NO
Individual system
Multi system
While in monitor mode, check
whether the system is righthand (control PCB 1) or lefthand (control PCB 3).
While in monitor mode,
check the outdoor unit
concerned.
Check if it is the first
time to start after
installation.
NO
Go on to the next page.
(Starting failure due to aged operation.)
YES
Check if a right
amount of refrigerant
is charged.
NO
Charge a right amount of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the stop
valve is open.
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Refrigerant is sleeping.
(The unit is out of
power supply for more
than 6 hours.)
YES
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
NO
Check if the insulation
resistance of the compressor
is more than 100kΩ.
NO
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the
compressor lead
wires are
disconnected.
YES
Fix the compressor lead wire.
NO
Correct the wiring then supply the
power to restart.
Troubleshooting
328
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Continued from the previous page.
(Start failure due to aged operation.)
Refrigerant is
sleeping. (The unit is
out of power supply
for more than 6
hours.)
NO
Cancel the sleeping state of
refrigerant.
YES
Check if the
insulation resistance
of the compressor is
100kΩ or over.
NO
Replace the inverter compressor.
YES
Broken inside the
compressor
YES
Replace the inverter compressor.
NO
Check 4 ∗
Check if the
power transistor
is normal.
NO
Replace the compressor inverter
PCB.
YES
Recheck the compressor/
refrigerant circuit.
∗ Check 4 : Referring to the information on P384.
329
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.43 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PCB
Remote
Controller
Display
LC
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check the communication state between inverter PCB and control PCB by micro-computer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of connection between the inverter PCB and outdoor main PCB
Defect of outdoor main PCB (transmission section)
Defect of inverter PCB
Defect of noise filter
Faulty fan inverter
Incorrect type of inverter PCB
Faulty inverter compressor
Faulty fan motor
External factor (noise etc.)
330
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Was the PCB (A1P)
replaced with a spare
PCB?
YES
NO
Does the model setting
of the spare PCB match
the system?
NO
Make correct model setting.
(For setting procedure, refer to
information on P186.)
YES
Are the connectors of
the inverter PCB, main
PCB, and sub PCB all
securely connected?
NO
Properly connect the connectors.
YES
Is the type of the
inverter PCB
correct?(*1)
NO
Replace it with a correct
PCB.
YES
The INV
compressor has
insulation resistance
of not more than
100kΩ.
YES
Replace the compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan motor has
insulation resistance
of not more than
1MΩ.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
NO
A
*1. List of Inverter PCBs
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
REMQ8PY1
REMQ10PY1
REMQ12PY1
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
331
Comp1
Comp2
FAN1
FAN2
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
A
The fuse F400U of the A3P has
been molten down.
YES
Replace the noise
filter of the A3P.
NO
Disconnect the sensor connector
(X2A or X4A) from the fan motor,
and then turn ON the power supply.
Is any malfunction
code other than "LC"
displayed?
YES
Take countermeasures
following the displayed
malfunction code.
NO
The micro-computer
normal monitor (green) of
the main PCB (A1P) is
blinking.
NO
Not the LC malfunction.
Check the malfunction
code again.
YES
The micro-computer
normal monitor (green) of
the main PCB (A4P) is
blinking.
NO
Replace the inverter
PCB (A4P).
* If the replaced PCB has significant
damage, the compressor is probably
get faulty. In this case, carry out
inspections on the compressor
again.
YES
The LC malfunction
recurs.
YES
Replace the main PCB
(A1P).
NO
Continue operation.
(It is supposed that the
malfunction results
from causes such as
instantaneous power
failure.)
F400U
Troubleshooting
332
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.44 “P1” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Over-Ripple Protection
Remote
Controller
Display
P1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Imbalance in supply voltage is detected in PCB.
Imbalance in the power supply voltage causes increased ripple of voltage of the main circuit
capacitor in the inverter. Consequently, the increased ripple is detected.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status.
★ Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P1" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
When the amplitude of the ripple exceeding a certain value is detected for consecutive 4
minutes.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
333
Open phase
Voltage imbalance between phases
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Defect of inverter PCB
Defect of K2 relay in inverter PCB
Improper main circuit wiring
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Imbalance in
supplied voltage is
in excess of 14 V
(Y1). ∗1
YES
Open phase?
NO
NO
Is the voltage
imbalance applied
to the inverter in
excess of 14 V
(Y1)? ∗2
NO
YES
<When voltage monitoring is possible:>
Using a device capable of
constant recording of power
supply voltage record power
supply voltage between 3
phases (L1 ~ L2, L2 ~ L3,
L3 ~ L1) for about one
continuous week.
No abnormalities are
observed in the power
supply, but the imbalance
in voltage recurs.
YES
Open phase
Normalize field cause.
Fix power supply voltage
imbalance.
Part or wiring defect
After turning the power supply
OFF, check and repair the
main circuit wiring or parts.
(1) Loose or disconnected
wiring between power
supply and inverter
(2) K2 contact disposition,
fusion or contact is poor.
(3) Loose or disconnected
noise filter
∗1. Measure voltage at the X1M power supply
terminal block.
∗2. Measure voltage at connector X10A (RED,
WHITE and BLACK wire pins) of the diode
module inside the inverter while the compressor
is running.
Power supply voltage imbalance.
Even if the power supply voltage is not
unbalanced when measuring it, there are
many cases where it gets unbalanced during
nighttime (around 6:00PM to 10:00PM).
measure
Replace the inverter PCB.
Explanation for users ∗In accordance with "notification of inspection results" accompanying spare parts.
Be sure to explain to the user that
Give the user a copy of "notification of inspection results" and leave there is a "power supply imbalance"
it up to him to improve the imbalance.
for which DAIKIN is not responsible.
(V2816)
Troubleshooting
334
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.45 “P4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiation Fin
Temperature Rise Sensor
Remote
Controller
Display
P4
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status.
★ Malfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Defect of radiator radiation fin temperature sensor
Defect of inverter PCB
Faulty inverter compressor
Faulty fan motor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Measure resistance value of
the radiation fin thermistor. *
* Disconnect the connector (X111A) from the fin
thermistor, and then check the thermistor.
Is the thermistor
resistance value
normal?
YES
The INV
compressor's
insulation resistance
is not more than
100kΩ.
NO
YES
Replace the inverter
PCB.
Replace the
compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan motor's
insulation resistance
is not more than
1MΩ.
NO
YES
Does the malfunction
recur when the power
supply turns ON?
YES
NO
335
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the inverter
PCB.
Continue the operation.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
XIIIA: EH CONNECTOR WHITE
Inverter PCB for compressor
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P450.
Troubleshooting
336
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.46 “PJ” Outdoor Unit: Faulty Field Setting after Replacing
Main PCB or Faulty Combination of PCB
Remote
Controller
Display
PJ
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
This malfunction is detected according to communications with the inverter.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Make judgment according to communication data on whether or not the type of the inverter PCB
is correct.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty (or no) field setting after replacing main PCB
„ Mismatching of type of PCB
337
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
NO
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Was the PCB
(A1P) replaced
with a spare PCB?
YES
Is the model
setting of the
spare PCB
correct?
NO
YES
Is the type of the
compressor inverter
PCB correct? (*1)
NO
Make correct setting of
DIP switch.
(For setting procedure,
refer to information on
page 182.)
Replace it with the
correct compressor
inverter PCB.
YES
Is the type of the fan
inverter PCB
correct? (*2)
NO
Replace it with the
correct fan inverter
PCB.
YES
Does the
Preparation
indication lamp on
the main PCB turn
OFF?
NO
Rectify the connection
wiring.
YES
Replace the outdoor
unit PCB.
• With individual
systems, replace the
control PCB 1 (A1P)
or the control PCB 3
(A3P).
• With multi systems,
replace the main
PCB (A1P).
*1. List of Inverter PCBs
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
REMQ8PY1
REMQ10PY1
REMQ12PY1
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
Troubleshooting
Comp1
Comp2
FAN1
FAN2
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1 PC0509-1 PC0511-1 PC0511-1
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-1
—
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
PC0509-1
—
PC0511-3 PC0511-4
338
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.47 “U0” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Shortage Alert
Remote
Controller
Display
U0
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect refrigerant shortage based on the temperature difference between low pressure or
suction pipe
and heat exchanger.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
[In cooling mode]
Low pressure becomes 0.1MPa or below.
[In heating mode]
The degree of superheat of suction gas becomes 20 degrees and over.
SH= Ts1 –Te
Ts1: Suction pipe temperature detected by thermistor
Te : Saturated temperature corresponding to low pressure
★Malfunction is not determined. The unit continues the operation.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
339
Refrigerant shortage or refrigerant clogging (piping error)
Defective thermistor (R4T, R7T, R12T, R15T)
Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
In cooling mode
(1) Set up a pressure gauge at the service port on the low
pressure side.
(2) Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Check if the low
pressure is
0.1MPa or below.
(∗1)
NO
Check if the
property of low
pressure sensor is
normal. (∗2)
YES
NO
Replace the low pressure
sensor.
YES
Replace the main PCB
(A1P).
Remove the factor of
decreasing low pressure by
referring to Check 6 .
∗1
∗1: Check the low pressure value by using pressure gauge in operation.
∗2: Compare the actual measurement value by pressure sensor with the
value by the pressure gauge.
(To gain actual measurement value by pressure sensor, measure the
voltage at the connector [between (2)-(3)] and then convert the value
into pressure referring to P452.)
In heating mode
Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Check if the temperature
difference between the suction
pipe and the heat exchanger is
20 °C and over.
NO
Check if the property of suction
pipe thermistor (A7T) and heat
exchanger thermistor (R4T) are
normal. (*3)
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Replace the main PCB.
• With individual systems,
replace the control PCB 1
(A1P) or the control PCB 3
(A3P).
• With multi systems, replace
the main PCB (A1P).
Remove the factor of
superheating by referring to
Check 3 .
∗2
∗3: Compare the thermistor resistance value with the value on the surface
thermometer.
∗ 1 Check 6 : Referring to the information on P386.
∗ 2 Check 3 : Referring to the information on P383.
Troubleshooting
340
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.48 “U1” Reverse Phase, Open Phase
Remote
Controller
Display
U1
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The phase of each phase are detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or
reverse phase are judged.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a significant phase difference is made between phases.
Supposed
Causes
„ Power supply reverse phase
„ Power supply open phase
„ Defect of outdoor PCB (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
There is an open phase
at the power supply
terminal section (X1M) of
the outdoor unit.
YES
Fix the open phase. Requires
inspection of field power supply
section.
NO
Operation is
normal if one place
of power supply
line phase is
replaced.
NO
341
YES
Reverse phase
Counter measure of the problem is
completed by phase replacement.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P).
• With individual systems, replace
the control PCB 1 (A1P) or the
control PCB 3 (A3P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PCB (A1P).
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.49 “U2” Outdoor Unit: Power Supply Insufficient or
Instantaneous Failure
Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the voltage aforementioned is not less than 780V or not more than 320V, or when the
current-limiting voltage does not reach 200V or more or exceeds 740V.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Power supply insufficient
Instantaneous power failure
Open phase
Defect of inverter PCB
Defect of outdoor control PCB
Defect of main circuit wiring
Faulty compressor
Faulty fan motor
Faulty connection of signal cable
342
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for power
supply voltage.
Voltage between
phases: 380 to
415V.
YES
Power ON
Unbalanced power supply?
(Not more than 2%: Phase
voltage of not more than
approx. 5V)
Power OFF
NO
NO
YES
Disconnect the cable from the
compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
insulation resistance.
NO
YES
The insulation resistance is
low (i.e., not more than
100kΩ.)
NO
Disconnect the cable from the
fan, and then check the fan
motor for the insulation
resistance.
NO
The insulation resistance
is low (i.e., not more than
1MΩ.)
NO
Onsite causes.
Make proper wire connections
without open phase, erroneous
connections, or erroneous order of
phases.
Onsite causes
Correct the unbalanced loads to
eliminate the unbalanced state.
Unbalanced voltage will cause
extremely unbalanced current, thus
impairing the service life of or
resulting in the malfunction of the
equipment.
Replace the compressor.
YES
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the fan driver.
Check the inverter power
transistor.
Has the power transistor
got faulty?
YES
NO
Check the fan driver power
transistor.
Has the power transistor
got faulty?
NO
YES
Replace the inverter PCB.
✩ Observe the conditions of the
PCB.
In the case of a serious failure, a
compressor failure may cause
the failure of the PCB. Even if
the PCB is replaced, it may
cause failure again.
To avoid that, recheck the
compressor for ground and for
any broken wires. Furthermore,
even after the completion of
PCB replacement, check the
compressor.
Replace the fan driver PCB.
✩ Observe the conditions of the
PCB.
A
343
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
A
Power OFF
<Multi>
Check for connector connections: Remove and
insert the connectors shown below.
Furthermore, check the connectors for terminal
conditions and continuity.
• X1M power receiving terminal ⇔ X400A A3P
• A3P X401A ⇔ X10A A4P
• A1P X28A ⇔ X6A A4P
• A4P X61A ⇔ X402A A3P
• A4P X1A
⇔ X403A A3P
• A4P P1, P2 ⇔ Reactor terminal L1R
• A4P P3, N3 ⇔ P1, N1 A5P
• A5P P2, N2 ⇔ P1, N1 A7P
Has the inverter
PCB caused
damage?
YES
Single : A5P, A8P
Multi : A4P
Replace the inverter PCB.
∗ If the PCB replaced is badly
damaged, the compressor is
likely to get faulty. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
NO
Has the fan driver
caused damage?
<Single>
Check for connector connections: Remove and
insert the connectors shown below.
Furthermore, check the connectors for terminal
conditions and continuity.
• X1M power receiving terminal ⇔ X400A A4P
• A4P or A7P X401A ⇔ X10A A5P or A8P
• A1P or A3P X28A ⇔ X6A A5P or A8P
• A5P or A8P X61A ⇔ X402A A4P or A7P
• A5P or A8P X1A
⇔ X403A A4P or A7P
• A5P or A8P P1, P2 ⇔ Reactor terminal L1R
• A5P or A8P P3, N3 ⇔ P1, N1 A6P
• A6P P2, N2 ⇔ P1, N1 A7P
YES
NO
Single : A6P, A7P or A9P
Multi : A5P/A7P
Replace the fan driver PCB.
∗ If the PCB replaced is badly
damaged, the fan motor is likely
to get faulty. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
Turn ON the power supply.
Stop (standby) before
the fan rotates.
YES
NO
Power ON
Stop (standby) when
the compressor
starts up.
YES
NO
The "U2"
malfunction recurs.
YES
Recheck for the power supply. If
there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A4P, A7P or
A3P noise filter PCB.
If the malfunction recurs, replace
the inverter PCB.
Recheck for the power supply. If
there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A5P, A8P or
A4P inverter PCB.
∗ If the PCB replaced is badly
damaged, compressor is likely to
get faulty. To make sure, recheck
the compressor.
Check the harness, and then
replace it if necessary.
NO
End of measures:
✩ The malfunction may temporarily
result from on-site causes.
Causes: Instantaneous power
failure (open phase), noises, or
else.
Troubleshooting
344
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.50 “U3” Outdoor Unit: Check Operation is not Executed
Remote
Controller
Display
U3
Applicable
Models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check operation is executed or not executed
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Check operation is not executed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the check
operation performed
on outdoor unit
PCB?
YES
NO
Press and hold BS4 on the
outdoor master PCB for 5
seconds or more, or turn ON the
local setting mode 2-3 to conduct
a check operation.
Performs the check operation
again and completes the check
operation.
When a leakage detection
function is needed, normal
operation of charging refrigerant
must be completed. And then,
start once again and complete a
check operation.
345
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.51 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
and Outdoor Units
Remote
Controller
Display
U4
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check if the transmission between indoor unit and outdoor unit is correctly executed using
micro-computer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
or wrong wiring
Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address does not match
Defect of indoor unit PCB
Defect of outdoor unit PCB
346
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the detailed malfunction
status in the monitor mode.
(Refer to P.257~P.258 for
how to check.)
In Confirmation of
malfunction 4, LED lamp
indicates as follows:
Go on to the next page.
LED lamp display
NO
YES
Check if indoor unit PCB or outdoor
unit PCB has been replaced. Or
check if indoor/ outdoor, outdoor/
outdoor connecting wires are
normal.
YES
Press the rewiring button on the
main PCB of the master outdoor
unit. Keep pressing for 5 seconds
or more. (Operation does not start
for a maximum 12 minutes.)
NO
Check if all the indoor
remote controllers within the
same refrigerant circuit
display “U4”.
NO
YES
Check if the indoor/
outdoor, outdoor/
outdoor connecting wires
are normal.
YES
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Correct the connecting wires.
Reset the power supply here.
Check if the normal condition
monitor for the micro-computer
(HAP) on the outdoor unit PCB
blinks.
NO
NO
YES
Lights do not go
out for 12 minutes
or more.
The fuse on the
outdoor unit
PCB is blown.
NO
Correct the voltage (200V).
YES
Replace the fuse.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.
YES
Press the rewiring button on the
main PCB of the outdoor unit.
Keep pressing for 5 seconds or
more.
NO
Check if the indoor/
outdoor, outdoor/ outdoor
connecting wires are
normal.
NO
YES
YES
Check if the LED in
preparation mode (H2P)
on the outdoor unit PCB
blink.
Check if the voltage
between RS terminals on
the outdoor unit PCB is
200V.
NO
Correct the connecting wires.
YES
Check if the operation is normal
with 1 circuit after outdoor/
outdoor connecting wires are
removed.
YES
347
NO
Replace the main PCB of outdoor
unit.
Fix DIII-Net expander adaptor.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Continued from the previous page
In Confirmation of malfunction 4,
LED lamp indicates as follows:
Start operation of all the indoor
units.
Check if all the units
indicate “U9”.
NO
Continue operation.
YES
Check if more than 2
minutes passed since
“U9” was indicated.
NO
Make a diagnosis again based on
the indication in 2 minutes and
over.
YES
The indoor units PCB indicating
“U9” are normal.
Check the indoor units in the other
circuits to diagnose failure
according to the corresponding
malfunction codes.
Troubleshooting
348
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.52 “U5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Remote Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
U5
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using micro-computer is signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of indoor unit remote controller transmission
Connection of two main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Defect of indoor unit PCB
Defect of remote controller PCB
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controllers control.
YES
NO
All indoor PCB
micro-computer
monitors blink.
NO
YES
Operation returns to
normal when the power is
turned off momentarily.
YES
Replace the remote controller
Normal
SS1 of both remote
controllers is set to
"MAIN."
NO
YES
YES
NO
Set one remote controller to
"SUB"; turn the power supply
off once and then back on.
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
Normal
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Normal
NO
349
YES
Normal
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.53 “U7” Outdoor Unit: Transmission Failure (Across
Outdoor Units)
Remote
Controller
Display
U7
Applicable
Models
All outdoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between outdoor units.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Connection error in connecting wires between outdoor unit and external control adaptor for
outdoor unit
„ Connection error in connecting wires across outdoor units
„ Setting error in switching cooling/ heating
„ Integrated address setting error for cooling/ heating
(function unit, external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
„ Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P or A3P)
„ Defective external control adaptor for outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
350
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the LED lamps for
“Confirmation of malfunction
3” corresponding to the
malfunction code “U7” and for
Confirmation of malfunction 4
in the monitor mode. (Refer
to P.257~P.258 for how to
check)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 1
(Faulty transmission caused
when the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is mounted)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 2
(Transmission alarm given when
the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit is mounted)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 3
(Abnormal transmission between
the master unit and the slave
unit 1)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 4
(Abnormal transmission
between the master unit and the
slave unit 2)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 5
(Multi-connection REYQ units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 6
(Erroneous manual address
settings of the slave units 1 and 2)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 7
(Connection of four or more
outdoor units to the same circuit)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Go on to the Diagnosis Flow 8
(Faulty auto address of the slave
units 1 and 2)
351
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 1
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check if any disconnection or
connection error is detected in
connecting wires with external
control adaptor for outdoor
unit.
YES
Correct the connecting wiring
with the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit.
NO
Check if the normal
condition monitor LED
for the outdoor unit
PCB blinks.
NO
YES
Check if power is
supplied to the
outdoor units.
NO
Supply power to the outdoor
unit.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB.
Check if the normal
condition monitor LED for
the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit blinks.
YES
NO
Check if the power supply wire
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is connected to
5V supply line.
NO
Connect the power supply wire
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit to 5V supply
line.
YES
Replace the PCB of the external
control adaptor for outdoor unit.
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB.
Troubleshooting
352
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Cool/Heat selection
is unified.
NO
C/H SELECT of the external
control adaptor for outdoor unit
is set to “IND”.
YES
Setting of C/H SELECT
of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit
is “MASTER”.
YES
The integrated addresses for
cooling/heating within the
outdoor/outdoor transmission are
duplicated. Set the address
again.
NO
Setting of C/H SELECT
of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit
is “SLAVE”.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
YES
Check if the normal
condition monitor
LED for the outdoor
unit main PCB
blinks.
NO
YES
Check if the
outdoor unit is
powered on.
NO
Supply the power to the outdoor
unit.
YES
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
Check if the normal
condition monitor LED for
the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit blinks.
NO
YES
Set the C/H SELECT of the
external control adaptor for
outdoor unit to “IND”. Then
check if the failure occurs
again.
Check if the power supply wire
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit is connected to
5V supply line.
NO
Connect the power supply wire
for the external control adaptor
for outdoor unit to 5V supply
line.
YES
NO
Replace the PCB of the external
control adaptor for outdoor unit.
YES
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
353
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 3
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check the connection status of
connecting wires of SLAVE 1 with
MASTER. Check if the wiring is
disconnected or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires and
then reset the power supply.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB of the SLAVE 1.
Diagnosis Flow 4
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check the connection status of
connecting wires of SLAVE 2 with
MASTER. Check if the wiring is
disconnected or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires and
then reset the power supply.
NO
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB of the SLAVE 2.
Diagnosis Flow 5
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check if the outdoor
unit REYQ8~16PY1 is
connected to multisystem.
YES
Remove the connecting wires and
then reset the power supply.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
Troubleshooting
354
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 6
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Are manual address settings (of the
slave units 1 and 2) correct in order to
connect the AIRNET?
NO
YES
Check the connection status of one of
the connecting wires of outdoor multi.
Check if the wiring is broken or
disconnected.
YES
Correct the manual address
settings.
(For detail, refer to information in
the "AIRNET Installation Manual".)
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
Diagnosis Flow 7
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
In the connection status of
the outdoor multi, check if
more than 4 outdoor units
are connected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of
the outdoor multi and then reset
the power supply.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
Diagnosis Flow 8
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check the connection status of the
connecting wires of outdoor multi.
Check if the wiring has any connection
error or broken, or is about to be
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connecting wires of the
outdoor multi and then reset the
power supply.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
355
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.54 “U8” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Main and Sub Remote Controllers
Remote
Controller
Display
U8
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using micro-computer if signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controller
„ Connection between sub remote controllers
„ Defect of remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controllers control.
NO
YES
SS1 of both remote
controllers is set to
"SUB."
YES
SS1 of remote
controller PCBs is
set to "MAIN."
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
power supply off once and
then back on.
YES
NO
Turn the power off and
then back on. If a
malfunction occurs,
replace the remote
controller PCB.
Set one remote controller
to "MAIN"; the power
supply off once and then
back on.
Troubleshooting
356
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.55 “U9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Indoor and Outdoor Units in the Same System
Remote
Controller
Display
U9
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction signal for the other indoor units within the circuit by outdoor unit PCB.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the malfunction decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PCB of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn on all indoor units.
All the units are
indicating “U9”.
NO
Continue operation.
YES
"U9" has been
displayed for 2
minutes or more.
YES
357
NO
Re-diagnose by display after
passage of 2 minutes or more.
The outdoor unit PCB indicated by
the malfunction code U9 is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Malfunction Code
Flowchart.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.56 “UA” Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,
Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Remote
Controller
Display
UA
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
The number of indoor units is out of the allowable range.
Incorrect signals are transmitted among the indoor unit, BS unit, and outdoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is
detected.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Excess of connected indoor units
Defect of outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor PCB was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PCB.
358
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the LED lamps for
“Confirmation of malfunction 3”
corresponding to the
malfunction code “UA” and for
Confirmation of malfunction 4 in
the monitor mode. (Refer to
P.257~P.258 for how to check.)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 1
(Excessive number of indoor units
connected)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 2
(Connection of erroneous models
of indoor units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 3
(Faulty combination of outdoor
units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 4
(Faulty wiring in units dedicated to
multi connections)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 5
(Connection of erroneous models
of BS units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 6
(Faulty wiring between outdoor
units and BS units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 7
(Faulty wiring between BS units)
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
To Diagnosis Flow 8
(Faulty wiring between indoor units
and BS units)
359
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 1
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
The number of indoor
units connected to the
same refrigerant circuit
system should not be
more than 64 units.
YES
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
• With individual systems, replace
the control PCB 1 (A1P) or the
control PCB 3 (A3P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PCB (A1P).
The number of indoor units
exceeds the standard. Check the
connection to correct.
Diagnosis Flow 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check if the refrigerant
type of the outdoor unit
corresponds to that of the
indoor unit.
NO
YES
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
• With individual systems, replace
the control PCB 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PCB (A1P).
Match the refrigerant types of the
outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
Troubleshooting
360
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 3
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Check if the
outdoor unit PCB
is replaced with
PCB for spare
parts.
NO
YES
Check if the unit
is not connected
to outdoor units
of different
models.
NO
Replace the main PCB of the
outdoor unit.
YES
Check the model of the outdoor
unit.
Is a correct spare
PCB procured?
NO
Replace it with the correct spare
PCB.
YES
Check if the spare
PCB setting is
correct.
NO
Correct the setting to reset the
power.
YES
Replace the spare PCB.
Diagnosis Flow 4
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Is a single unit of
model REMQ
installed?
YES
Procure the correct model of unit.
(The REMQ model is dedicated to
multi connections.)
NO
The connection wiring
of multi outdoor units is
broken or
disconnected.
YES
Correct the connection wirings.
NO
Replace the main PCB (A1P).
361
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 5
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Is the model BSVQ-P
connected?
NO
Connect the model BSVQ-P.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB as
shown below.
• With individual systems, replace
the control PCB 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PCB (A1P).
Diagnosis Flow 6
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Is the wiring
between the outdoor
unit and the BS unit
correct?
NO
Correct the wiring.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB as
shown below.
• With individual systems, replace
the control PCB 1 (A1P).
• With multi systems, replace the
main PCB (A1P).
Troubleshooting
362
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Diagnosis Flow 7
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Is the wiring between
the BS units correct?
NO
Correct the connection wiring.
YES
Replace the BS unit PCB
concerned.
Diagnosis Flow 8
Confirmation of malfunction 3 Confirmation of malfunction 4
Is the connection
wiring between the
indoor unit and the BS
unit correct?
NO
Correct the connection wiring.
YES
Replace the indoor unit or BS unit
PCB.
363
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.57 “UC” Address Duplication of Centralized Controller
Remote
Controller
Display
UC
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Centralized controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The centralized address is
duplicated.
Troubleshooting
Make setting change so that
the centralized address will not
be duplicated.
364
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.58 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Controller and Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Centralized controller
Schedule timer
intelligent Touch Controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized controller is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor
unit
„ Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
(or disconnection of connector for independent / combined use changeover switch.)
„ Failure of PCB for centralized remote controller
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
365
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the indoor unit for
which “UE” is displayed. Is
the transmission
malfunction (UE) caused
on all indoor units?
YES
Continued to A
(on the following page)
NO
Is the power supply of the
indoor unit on which the “UE”
occurred, turned ON?
NO
Make sure there are no
hazardous situations, and
then turn ON the power
supply.
YES
Has the setting of
centralized control group
No. been made with the
indoor unit on which the
“UE” occurred?
NO
YES
Make correct setting of the
centralized control group No.
NO
For VRV systems, can the setting
of centralized control group No.
be made in one and the same
refrigerant system?
YES
YES
Was the centralized
control group No. for
indoor unit changed?
Can the setting of
centralized control group
No be made?
NO
NO
Check outdoor units to which
the refrigerant system is
connected.
Check whether or not there
are no problems with the
transmission wiring length,
types of cables and wires,
number of units connected,
and others. If no problems,
replace the indoor unit PCB.
YES
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized controller.
For the intelligent Touch
controller, register the air
conditioner again while in
DIII-NET test run menu.
Troubleshooting
366
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
A
Check the
transmission
wiring between
centralized
controller for any
broken wire. (∗1)
Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
Normal
Has the master unit
central setting connector
been connected?
NO
Correct the connection of the
connector.
YES
Disconnect the transmission wiring
of the master unit centralized
controller, and then check the
voltage between the transmission
terminals (F1 and F2) of the
master unit transmission
equipment using a multiple meter.
Is the voltage
between the terminals
F1 (+) and F2 (-) in
the range of 15.2 to
17.6 VDC?
YES
NO
Replace the central
equipment.
Centralized controller: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
∗1 For details, refer to information in the “Procedure for checking broken wires” section. (Refer to P387)
367
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
3.59 “UF” System is not Set yet
UF
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through
checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
„ Failure to execute check operation
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
„ Stop valve is left in closed
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are the stop valves
opened?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the check
operation carried
out?
NO
YES
Is indoor - outdoor and
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Is indoor-outdoor and
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
NO
NO
After fixing the incorrect
wiring, push and hold the
RESET button on the master
outdoor unit PCB for 5
seconds.
* The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may
not have been carried out
successfully.
Note:
Troubleshooting
Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off
for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the
fan mode for at least an hour.
368
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
SiBE37-701_B
3.60 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined
Remote
Controller
Display
UH
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
REYQ8P~48P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect an indoor unit with no address setting.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
„ Defect of indoor unit PCB
„ Defect of outdoor unit main PCB (A1P or A3P)
369
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is electricity being
introduce for the first
time after installation
or after an indoor or
outdoor unit PCB has
been replaced?
YES
Does a malfunction
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the
time when electricity is
introduced to indoor and
outdoor units?
NO
Normal
NO
Is indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor
unit transmission
wiring normal?
NO
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PCB for 5 seconds.
Does a malfunction
occur?
NO
After fixing the incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Normal
YES
Disconnect the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring to
create the onesystem status, and
then check whether or
not the system is
normal.
YES
Mount the DIII-NET expander
adaptor.
NO
Does a “UH”
malfunction occur for
all indoor units in the
system?
YES
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Replace the outdoor unit PCB
(A1P or A3P).
∗1: Check the correct wiring “indoor-outdoor” and “outdoor-outdoor” by Installation Instruction.
∗2: What is Auto Address?
This is the address automatically assigned to indoor units and outdoor units after initial power supply upon
installation, or after executing rewiring (Keep pressing the RESET button for more than 4 seconds).
Troubleshooting
370
Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
4. Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote
Controller)
4.1
“M1” PCB Defect
Remote
Controller
Display
M1
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect an abnormality in the DIII-NET polarity circuit.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When + polarity and - polarity are detected at the same time.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of centralized remote controller PCB
„ Defect of intelligent Touch Controller PCB
„ Defect of Schedule timer PCB
Troubleshooting
Replace the centralized remote controller.
Caution
intelligent Touch Controller
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn ON the power supply of
the centralized controller with
"M1" displayed once again.
Is the M1 displayed
again?
With "M1" displayed
Without "M1" displayed
Replace the central
equipment.
Centralized controller: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
371
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
4.2
Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller)
“M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote
Controller
Display
M8
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote controller
Schedule timer
intelligent Touch Controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data. (The system will be
automatically reset.)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no master controller is present at the time of the startup of slave controller.
When the centralized controller, which was connected once, shows no response.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
„ Defect of PCB of optional controllers for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Were any changes made to the number of
units of centralized controller? (The central
equipment was connected once, and then
disconnected, or additional centralized
controller was installed.)
YES
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized controller.
NO
Have power supplies to
every centralized controller
been turned ON?
NO
Turn ON the power supply of
the centralized controller.
YES
Is the display of LCD
OK?
NO
Nothing is displayed on the
LCD by operating intelligent
Touch Controller. (*1)
Has the Reset switch
(located inside of equipment)
SS1 been set to the Normal
side?
YES
Normal
Replace the intelligent Touch
Controller.
NO
YES
Check
Check 7 ∗2
Check if the unit indicating
“A8” has no broken of
wiring.
YES
Abnormal
NO
Set the Reset switch (located
inside of equipment)
SS1 been set to the Normal
side.
Replace the centralized
controller.
Correct the wiring.
Some centralized controller
gets faulty. Conduct ON/OFF
operations on every
centralized controller, and then
replace the centralized
controller that cannot control
the indoor unit.
∗1: Display screen control using intelligent Touch Controller:
When the screen displays nothing by touching the screen, adjust the contrast volume.
∗2: Check
Check 77 : Referring to the information on P387.
Troubleshooting
372
Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller)
4.3
SiBE37-701_B
“MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control
Remote
Controller
Display
MA
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote controller
Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the schedule timer is set to individual use mode, other central component is present.
When multiple master controller are present.
When the remote control adaptor is present.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
„ More than one master controller is connected
„ Defect of PCB of optional controller for centralized control
373
intelligent touch controller
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the remote control
adaptor (KRP2A series)
been connected?
Not available for combined
use with the remote control
adaptor. Dismount the remote
control adaptor, and then
reset power supplies of every
centralized controller.
YES
NO
Has the schedule timer
been connected?
YES
Has the Interface for
BACnet been
connected?
NO
YES
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the Interface for BACnet.
Dismount either of them, and
then reset power supplies of
every centralized controller.
NO
Has the interface for
LonWorks been
connected?
YES
NO
Has the parallel interface
been connected?
YES
NO
Has the
Independent/
Combined use
connector (CN1/X1A)
of the schedule timer
been connected?
YES
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the interface LonWorks.
Dismount either of them, and
then reset power supplies of
every centralized controller.
Not available for combined
use of the schedule timer and
the parallel interface.
Dismount either of them, and
then reset power supplies of
every centralized controller.
Dismount the Independent/
Combined use connector
(CN1/X1A) of the schedule
timer, and then reset power
supplies of every centralized
controller.
NO
Are there two or more units of
centralized controller with master unit
setting connectors (CN1/X1A)
connected?
YES
The List of Setting of Master
Unit Central Setting Connector
Check
Check 88 ∗1
NO
Reset the power
supplies of every
centralized controller.
The "MA" malfunction code is
displayed again.
The "MA" error code has
been cleared.
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
Centralized controller: Normal
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
Integrate every centralized
controller to which the master
unit central connector is
connected, and then reset
power supplies of every
centralized controller.
Disconnect the master unit
central setting connector and
connect this connector to
different centralized controller,
and then reset power supplies
of every centralized controller.
Centralized controller, to
which the master unit central
setting connector is
connected at the time when
the malfunction code is
cleared, is faulty. Replace this
equipment.
∗1 Check 8 : Referring to the information on P.388.
Troubleshooting
374
Troubleshooting (OP: Centralized Remote Controller)
4.4
SiBE37-701_B
“MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting
Remote
Controller
Display
MC
Applicable
Models
Centralized remote controller
Schedule timer
intelligent Touch Controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ Two or more units of centralized remote controllers and intelligent Touch Controllers are
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized controller
connected, and all of them are set to master unit central setting or slave unit central setting.
„ Two units of schedule timers are connected.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Did the
malfunction occur
while in the first
test run using the
intelligent Touch
Controller?
NO
YES
NO
Be sure to
refer to the
Master/
Slave
setting
table.
Check 9 Correct the setting of the
combination of master and
∗1
slave units, and then reset
the power supplies of every
centralized controller.
YES
YES
Is the Master/Slave
setting of the centralized
controller correct?
Is the Master/ Slave
setting of the centralized
controller correct?
Was the centralized
controller connected once,
and then disconnected, or
was additional centralized
controller installed?
YES
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized controller.
NO
NO
Turn ON the power supply of
the centralized controller with
"MC" displayed once again.
If the intelligent Touch
Controller is used, correct the
setting of the combination of
master and slave units again
while in DIII-NET test run
mode, referring to the
Master/Slave setting table.
(Refer to P380.)
With "MC"
displayed
Is the "MC"
displayed again?
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized controller.
Replace the centralized
controller.
Without "MC"
displayed
Centralized controller: Normal
It is supposed that the
malfunction results from
external factors (e.g. noises)
from other equipment.
∗1 Check 9 : Referring to the information on P389.
375
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5. Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5.1
Operation Lamp Blinks
Remote
Controller
Display
Operation lamp blinks
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission between optional central controller and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF controller PCB
Defect of indoor unit PCB
Malfunction of air conditioner
376
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is a malfunction code
displayed on the remote
controller?
YES
Diagnose the cause with the
air conditioner's failure
diagnosis manual.
NO
Has a once
connected indoor
unit been removed
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
NO
Is the power supply
for the indoor unit
displaying a
malfunction turned
on?
NO
Turn the power supply of the
indoor unit on.
YES
Is transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is transmission with
all indoor units
malfunctioning?
YES
Is the group No.
of malfunctioning
indoor units set?
NO
Set the group No.
correctly.
YES
NO
Replace the central PCB.
Is the transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected
or wired incorrectly?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is the master
controller's connector
for setting master
controller
disconnected.
NO
377
YES
Connect the connector
correctly.
Replace the central PCB.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
5.2
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats
Single Blink)
“under centralized control” (Repeats single blink)
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Centralized remote controller, Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the centralized controller, which was connected once, shows no response.
The control ranges are overlapped.
When multiple master central controller are present.
When the schedule timer is set to individual use mode, other central controller is present.
When the wiring adaptor for electrical appendices is present.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Address duplication of optional controllers for centralized control
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
Connection of more than one master controller
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PCB of optional controllers for centralized control
378
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Has a once connected
optional controller for
centralized control been
disconnected or its
address changed?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is the power supply
turned on for all
optional controllers
for centralized
control?
NO
Turn on power supply for
all optional controllers for
centralized control.
YES
Is the reset switch of
all optional controllers
for centralized control
set to "normal"?
NO
Set the reset switch to
"normal."
YES
Is the transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is a centralized remote
controller or schedule
timer connected?
YES
NO
Are two or more unified
ON / OFF controllers
connected?
Is the centralized remote
controller or schedule
timer displaying a
malfunction?
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for
centralized remote controller
or schedule timer.
NO
YES
Is the setting of the
unified ON / OFF
controller's switch for
setting each address
duplicated?
NO
YES
NO
Correct the setting of the
unified ON / OFF controller's
switch for setting each
address and reset the power
supply of the unified ON /
OFF controller.
A
379
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
A
Is the wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices
connected?
YES
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adaptor for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adaptor for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
NO
Is a schedule timer
connected?
YES
NO
Is a parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is the schedule
timer's individual/
combined connector
connected?
NO
Are there two or more
optional controllers for
centralized control
connected with the
connector for setting
master controller?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply
for all optional controllers
for centralized control
simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
Troubleshooting
YES
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the power
supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Arrange so that the connector
for setting master controller is
connected to one controller for
centralized control and reset
the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master controller from
the master controller, connect
to another optional controller
for centralized control and
simultaneously reset all
optional controllers for
centralized control again. The
controller connected by the
connector for setting master
controller when the
malfunction is cleared is
defective and must be
replaced.
380
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
5.3
SiBE37-701_B
Display “Under Centralized Control” Blinks (Repeats
Double Blink)
Remote
Controller
Display
“under centralized control” (Repeats double blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect the malfunction according to DIII-NET transmission data.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When no central control addresses are set to indoor units.
When no indoor units are connected within the control range.
Supposed
Causes
„ Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
„ Improper control range setting switch
„ Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the central control
address (group No.)
set for the indoor
unit?
NO
YES
Is the control range
setting switch set
correctly?
NO
YES
Is the transmission
wiring disconnected
or wired incorrectly?
NO
381
YES
Set by remote controller the
central control address for all
indoor units connected to the
central control line.
Set the control range setting
switch correctly and
simultaneously reset the power
supply for all optional controllers
for centralized control.
Fix the wiring correctly.
Replace the unified ON/OFF
controller.
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
[CHECK 1]
[CHECK 2]
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
Check on connector of fan motor (Power supply cable)
(1) Turn off the power supply.
Measure the resistance between phases of U,V,W at the motor side connectors (three-core
wire) to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector
or relay connector is disconnected.
Red
U
White
V
Black
W
Measure the resistance
values between phases
U,V,W.
(1) Turn off the power supply.
(2) Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U,V,W, and GND and each phase
at the motor side connectors (five-core wire) to check that the values are balanced within the
range of ± 20 %, while connector or relay connector is disconnected.
Furthermore, to use a multiple meter for measurement, connect the probe of negative pole
to Vcc and that of positive pole to GND.
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
W
2 Blue
V
1 Yellow
U
Measure the resistance
values between Vcc
and U,V,W, and GND
and U,V,W.
382
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[CHECK 3] Check the Factors of Overheat Operation
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Hot gas circuit clogging
Faulty hot
gas bypass
control
(∗1)
Defective solenoid
valve coil
Defective solenoid
valve body
← Check if coil resistance and insulation
are normal.
Defective control PCB
Faulty
discharge
pipe
temperature
control
[In cooling mode only]
Faulty
subcooling
electronic
expansion valve
control (EV2)
Subcooling
electronic
expansion
valve failure
Control
failure
(∗2)
Temperature
increase of
discharge
pipe
[In cooling mode]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
is excessively
throttled. (∗3)
Four way valve is in the
middle position.
Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
Indoor unit
electronic expansion
valve failure
Defective valve coil
Defective thermistor for
indoor unit gas pipe
Faulty control
Defective thermistor for
indoor unit liquid pipe
Defective control PCB
Faulty control
383
← Check if coil resistance and insulation are
normal.
Defective valve body
Defective valve coil
← Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermistor resistance property is
normal.
← Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermistor resistance property is
normal.
← Check if coil resistance and insulation are
normal.
Defective valve body
Defective low pressure
sensor
Defective thermistor for
suction pipe
← Check if the voltage property is normal.
Defective control PCB
← Check if the pressure value given by the
service checker corresponding to actual
measurement value by the sensor.
← Refer to [Check 7]
Refrigerant gas
shortage
∗1:
∗2:
∗3:
∗4:
∗5:
← Check if the piping temperature connected
to the four way valve is normal.
Superheat due to
defective compressor
Outdoor unit
electronic expansion
valve failure
Large resistance
of piping
normal.
← Check if the pressure value given by the
service checker corresponding to actual
measurement value by the sensor.
Superheat due to
shaft damage
Faulty
superheated
degree
control.
[In heading
mode] If the
outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
is excessively
throttled. (∗4)
insulation are normal.
Defective valve
body
Defective low
← Check if the voltage property is
pressure sensor
normal.
Defective subcooling
Check if the connector is connected properly.
←
heat exchanger outlet
Check if the thermistor resistance property is
thermistor
Defective control
PCB
Faulty of four
way valve
operation
Compressor
overheat
Defective valve coil ← Check if coil resistance and
← Check if the connector is connected properly.
Check if the thermistor resistance property is normal.
Irregular piping length
← Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bend/collapse
← Conduct visual checks.
(Including moisture choke)
← Remove the moisture by vacuum break. (Refer to [Check 8])
Stop valve is closed.
← Check if the stop valve is open.
Refer to “Low pressure protection control” for hot gas bypass control.
Refer to subcooling electronic expansion valve control.
“Superheating temperature control” in cooling mode is conducted by indoor unit electronic expansion valve.
Superheating temperature control in heating mode is conducted by outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM).
Judgement criteria of superheat operation:
(1) Suction gas superheating temperature: 10 degrees and over. (2) Discharge gas superheating temperature: 45 degrees
and over, except for immediately after starting and drooping control, etc..
(Use the above stated values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be normal despite the values
within the above scope.)
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 4] Power Transistor Check
Perform the following procedures prior to check.
(1) Power Off.
(2) Remove all the wiring connected to the PCB where power transistors are mounted on.
* Preparing a tester in the analog system is recommended.
A tester in the digital system with diode check function will
be usable.
[Preparation]
· Tester
[Point of Measurement and Judgement Criteria]
· Measure the resistance value using a tester at each point of measurement below, 10 minutes later after power OFF.
To use analog tester:
Measurement in the resistance value mode in the range of
multiplying 1kΩ.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Point of Measurement
+
–
P2
P2
P2
U
V
W
N3
N3
N3
U
V
W
U
V
W
P2
P2
P2
U
V
W
N3
N3
N3
Judgement
Criteria
To use digital tester:
Measurement is executed in the diode check mode. (
Remarks
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2 ~ 15kΩ
Due to condenser
15kΩ and
charge and so on,
above
resistance
(including ∞) measurement may
require some time.
2 ~ 15kΩ
Point of Measurement
+
–
P2
P2
P2
U
V
W
N3
N3
N3
U
V
W
U
V
W
P2
P2
P2
U
V
W
N3
N3
N3
Judgement
Criteria
)
Remarks
Due to condenser charge and
1.2V and over so on, resistance measurement
may require some time.
0.3 ~ 0.7V
Due to condenser charge and
1.2V and over so on, resistance measurement
may require some time.
[PCB and Circuit Diagram]
J1
J2
J3
P1
DM
P3
P1
N3 U
W
V
P2 P3
IGBT
X10A K2
L1
L2
L3
J1
J2
J3
N3
U
V
W
X11A
Troubleshooting
384
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[CHECK 5] Check for causes of rise in high pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Local
pressure
rise
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve is throttled:
(See *1.)
Rise in high
pressure
High pipe
resistance
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
A temperature difference in excess of 10°C between the
inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
Faulty
control
Faulty high
pressure
control
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Stop valve closed
← Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Bent or crashed pipe
← Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign
particles
← Is there any temperature difference caused
Faulty valve coil
before and after the filter or branch pipe.
← Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor ← Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
← Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Faulty valve coil
← Are the coil resistance and insulation
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor ← Are the electrical characteristics normal?
[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic
expansion valve is excessively
throttled:
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
High suction
air
temperature
of the
condenser
Faulty
control
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
Faulty control PCB
← Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
← Is the pressure value checked with the
Service Checker corresponding to the
measurement of the pressure sensor?
High suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
Short circuit
← Is the suction air temperature not more
High outdoor air temperature
← Is the outdoor temperature not more than 43°C?
High suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
Short circuit
← Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C?
High outdoor air temperature
← Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C?
than 43°C?
← Is the connector properly connected?
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
Degradation in
condensing
capacity
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit
← Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16°CWB?
Faulty outdoor air temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
← Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Dirty condenser
← Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
Mixing of non-condensable gas
← Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Excessive refrigerant charging
Improper model selection [In heating]
Faulty fan
motor
← Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Faulty control
PCB (Including
capacity
setting)
← If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
Dirty filter
← Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
← Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
Are the motor coil resistance and
insulation normal?
setting properly made?
← Refer to P300.
← Is the indoor unit too small compared to
the large-sized outdoor unit?
*1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM) is fully open.
*2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”.
SDK04009
385
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 6] Check for causes of drop in low pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
[In cooling]
(See *1.)
Faulty low
pressure
control
Abnormally low
low-pressure (Low
evaporating
temperature)
[In both cooling
and heating]
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve is
excessively
throttled: (See *3.)
Faulty low pressure sensor ← Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty
compressor
capacity
control
Faulty control PCB
Faulty low
pressure
protection control
Faulty indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
Faulty hot gas solenoid valve
← Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PCB
← Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Faulty valve coil
← Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty
control
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Faulty gas pipe
thermistor of indoor unit
← Check for the thermistor resistance and
Faulty liquid pipe thermistor
of indoor unit
← Check for the thermistor resistance and
Faulty valve coil
Faulty
control
connection.
← Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
← Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty low pressure sensor
← Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
← Check for the thermistor resistance and
Faulty control PCB
Low suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
connection.
Short circuit
← Is the suction air temperature not less than 14°C
Low outdoor air temperature
← Is the indoor temperature not more than 14°C
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
← Is the connector properly connected?
Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit
← Is the outdoor temperature more than -20°C
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
← Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High pipe
resistance
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
connection.
Faulty valve body
Faulty outdoor air temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
Less
circulation
quantity of
refrigerant
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty valve body
Faulty control PCB
Low suction
air
temperature
of the
evaporator
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty low pressure sensor ← Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty electronic
expansion valve
control
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
excessively
throttled:
(See *4.)
[In cooling]
← Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
Abnormal piping length
← Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe
← Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign particles
← Is there any temperature difference caused
Stop valve closed
← Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
before and after the filter or branch pipe?
Inadequate refrigerant quantity
← Refer to P339.
Moisture choke
← Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty evaporator
← Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Faulty fan motor
← Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PCB
(Including capacity setting)
← If a spare PCB is mounted, is the
Dirty filter
← Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
← Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
capacity setting properly made?
*1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control”.
*2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control.
*3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”.
*4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM) is used for “superheated degree control of
outdoor unit heat exchanger”.
Troubleshooting
SDK04009
386
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[CHECK 7] Broken Wire Check of the Connecting Wires
1. Procedure for checking outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires
On the system shown below, turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit
between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit A" that is
farthest from the centralized remote controller, and then conduct continuity checks between
the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the centralized remote controller using
a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said terminal blocks, the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the outdooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit A" short-circuited, conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controller.
If there is no continuity as well, conduct continuity checks between the outdoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit E", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the
"Outdoor Unit D", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C", …
in the order described, thus identifying the place with continuity.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
2. Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for
checking the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the "Outdoor Unit C" for broken
wires)
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit C, and then conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wirings F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the
"Outdoor Unit C" using a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said transmission
wirings, the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C" short-circuited, identify the place with
continuity in the transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor
Unit c", and transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
A
(1) Short-circuit
between the
outdoor-outdoor
unit terminal
parts.
B
(2) Check the transmission
wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Indoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
a
b
c
(2) Short-circuit between
the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts.
d
Outdoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
C
D
E
(1) Check the transmission
wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no broken
wires in it.
Unified ON/OFF controller
387
Centralized remote controller
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[CHECK 8] Master Unit Central Connector Setting Table
The master unit central setting connector (CN1/X1A) is mounted at the factory.
• To independently use a single unit of the intelligent Touch Controller or a single unit of the
centralized remote controller, do not dismount the master unit central setting connector (i.e.,
use the connector with the factory setting unchanged).
• To independently use the schedule timer, insert an independent-use setting connector.
No independent-use setting connector has been mounted at the factory. Insert the
connector, which is attached to the casing of the main unit, in the PCB (CN1/X1A).
(Independent-use connector=Master unit central setting connector)
• To use two or more centralized controller in combination, make settings according to the
table shown below.
Centralized controller connection pattern
Pattern intelligent Centralized Unified Schedule
Touch
remote
ON/OFF
timer
Controller controller controller
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
1 to 2
units
1 unit
× (*1)
× (*1)
1 unit
× (*1)
1 to 8
units
1 to 2
units
× (*1)
(5)
(6)
(7)
1 to 4
units
1 to 16
units
(8)
1 unit
1 unit
(9)
(10)
(11)
1 to 16
units
1 unit
1 unit
Setting of master unit central setting connector (*2)
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Centralized Unified ON/
remote
OFF
controller
controller
Schedule
timer
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others:
"Not
provided"
Provided
Not
provided
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others:
"Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others:
"Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Not
provided
Not
provided
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others:
"Not
provided"
Not
provided
Provided
(*1) The intelligent Touch Controller and the schedule timer are not available for combined use.
(*2) The intelligent Touch Controller, centralized remote controller, and the unified ON/OFF controller have been set to "Provided with the
master unit central setting connector" at the factory. The schedule timer has been set to "Not provided with the master unit central
setting connector" at the factory, which is attached to the casing of the main unit.
Troubleshooting
388
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[CHECK 9] Master-Slave Unit Setting Table
Combination of intelligent Touch Controller and Centralized Remote Controller
Slave
Master
#1
#2
∗
#3
#1
Pattern
#4
#2
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
CRC
CRC
#3
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
Master
CRC
Master
—
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
CRC
#4
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
Master
CRC
Slave
CRC
Slave
—
CRC
Slave
—
—
—
—
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Slave
—
—
Master
—
—
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Slave
—
—
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
—
—
CRC
Slave
—
—
CRC
Master
—
—
—
—
—
—
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
—
—
—
—
—
—
CRC: Centralized remote controller <DCS302CA61>
intelligent Touch Controller: < DCS601C51 >
∗The patterns marked with “∗” have nothing to do with those described in the list of Setting of master unit central setting connector.
389
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 10] Check for causes of wet operation.
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, identify faulty points.
Faulty crankcase heater
Refrigerant accumulation
Frequent ON/OFF of compressor
← Refer to information in the [Check 6]
Overcharge of refrigerant
section.
[Cooling]
Indoor unit
electronic
expansion
valve opens too
much. (*1)
Faulty valve coil
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Faulty valve body
Faulty control
Faulty control
of superheated
degree
[Heating]
Outdoor unit
electronic
expansion
valve opens too
much. (*2)
Faulty indoor unit
gas pipe thermistor
← Is the connector correctly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance
characteristics normal?
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
← Is the connector correctly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance
characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
Faulty valve body
← Does the valve coil have normal
resistance and insulation?
(Refer to information in the [Check 11]
section.)
Faulty power pressure sensor
← Are the voltage characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
← Is the connector correctly connected?
Does the thermistor have normal
resistance characteristics?
← Is the pressure reading of the service
checker corresponding to the actual
measurement of the sensor?
Faulty valve coil
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Wet operation
← Does the valve coil have normal
resistance and insulation?
(Refer to information in the [Check 11]
section.)
Faulty control
Faulty control PCB
← Does the heat exchanger get clogged?
Dirty evaporator
Faulty fan motor
Degraded
evaporation
capacity
Reduced
fan output
Faulty control PCB
(including faulty
capacity setting)
Reduced
air quantity
Increased
resistance
in air
passage
← Can the fan motor be rotated by
hand?
Does the fan motor coil have
normal resistance and
insulation?
Dirty filter
← Does the air filter get clogged?
Obstacles
← Are there any obstacles in the air
passage?
*1: "Superheated degree control" in cooling operation is exercised with the indoor unit electronic expansion valve.
*2: "Superheated degree control" in heating operation is exercised with the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve
(EV1).
*3: Guideline of superheated degree to judge as wet operation
(1)Suction gas superheated degree: Not more than 3°C; (2)Discharge gas superheated degree: Not more than
15°C, except immediately after compressor starts up or is running under drooping control.
(Use the values shown above as a guideline. Even if the superheated degree falls in the range, the compressor
may be normal depending on other conditions.)
Troubleshooting
390
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[Check 11] Check for overcharge of refrigerant.
In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the overcharge of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgement, refer to information provided below.
Diagnosis of overcharge of refrigerant
1. High pressure rises. Consequently, overload control is exercised to cause scant cooling
capacity.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas lowers (or the wet operation is performed).
Consequently, the compressor becomes lower in discharge pipe temperature despite of
pressure loads.
3. The supercooled degree of condensate rises. Consequently, in heating operation, the
temperature of outlet air passing through the supercooled section becomes lower.
Cooling
High pressure
drooping control
High pressure
gradually rises with
increase in frequency.
High pressure
Low pressure
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
Supercooled degree
becomes higher.
(Liquid connection
pipe temperature
lowers.)
(Low pressure is
maintained at a
constant level.)
Low pressure rises
due to reduced
compressor output.
Frequency
To maintain low pressure,
frequency increases under
the capacity control.
Heating
High pressure
The outdoor unit electronic expansion
valve is closed due to the overload control.
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
(High pressure is maintained
at a constant level.)
High pressure drops or rises
immediately after the overload
control is complete.
Low pressure
Low pressure rises
due to reduced
frequency.
Low pressure drops due to
closed outdoor unit
electronic expansion valve.
Hot gas bypass is activated
for low pressure protection,
i.e., hunting at low pressure.
Frequency
To maintain high pressure,
frequency reduces under the
capacity control.
(Degree of overcharge)
Proper quantity
391
Higher degree of overcharge
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 12] Check for shortage of refrigerant.
In case of VRV Systems, the only way to judge as the shortage of refrigerant is with operating
conditions due to the relationship to pressure control and electronic expansion valve control.
As information for making a judgement, refer to information provided below.
Diagnosis of shortage of refrigerant
1. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the compressor discharge gas
temperature becomes higher.
2. The superheated degree of suction gas rises. Consequently, the electronic expansion valve
turns open.
3. Low pressure drops to cause the unit not to demonstrate cooling capacity (heating capacity).
Cooling
The opening degree of the indoor unit
electronic expansion valve becomes larger.
Either of the electronic expansion
valves becomes fully open.
Fan control is activated for high
pressure protection under
cooling control at low outdoor
temperature, i.e., the fan is
hunting at high pressure.
Frequency comes to the minimum level.
High pressure
(Low pressure is
maintained at a
constant level.)
Low pressure
High pressure drops with decrease
in compressor capacity.
Low pressure rises as the
opening degree of the indoor
unit electronic expansion
valve becomes larger.
Frequency slightly increases
under the capacity control.
If frequency comes to the
minimum level, low pressure
cannot be maintained.
Frequency
To maintain low
pressure,
frequency drops
due to the capacity
control.
Heating
The opening degree of the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve becomes larger.
The outdoor unit electronic expansion valve fully opens and frequency increases.
Discharge pipe or low pressure drooping control
High pressure
(High pressure is
maintained at a
constant level.)
Frequency comes to
the minimum level.
Low pressure
Frequency
To maintain low pressure,
frequency drops due to
the capacity control.
Frequency drops
due to the drooping
control.
(Degree of refrigerant shortage)
Proper quantity
Troubleshooting
Higher degree of shortage
392
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[Check 13] Vacuuming and dehydration procedure
Conduct vacuuming and dehydration in the piping system following the procedure for <Normal
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
Furthermore, if moisture may get mixed in the piping system, follow the procedure for <Special
vacuuming and dehydration> described below.
<Normal vacuuming and dehydration>
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Use a vacuum pump that enables vacuuming up to 100.7kPa (5 torr, -755 mmHg).
• Connect manifold gauges to the service ports of liquid pipe and gas pipe and run the
vacuum pump for a period of two or more hours to conduct evacuation to -100.7kPa or
less.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is
conducted for a period of two hours, moisture will have entered the system or refrigerant
leakage will have been caused. In this case, conduct evacuation for a period of another
one hour.
• If the degree of vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is
conducted for a period of three hours, conduct leak tests.
Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -100.7kPa or less for a period of one
hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise. (If
the reading rises, moisture may have remained in the system or refrigerant leakage may
have been caused.)
Refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary
quantity of refrigerant.
<Special vacuuming and dehydration> - In case moisture may get mixed in the piping*
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Follow the same procedure as that for 1) Normal vacuuming and dehydration described
above.
Vacuum break
• Pressurize with nitrogen gas up to 0.05MPa.
Vacuuming and dehydration
• Conduct vacuuming and dehydration for a period of one hour or more. If the degree of
vacuum does not reach -100.7kPa or less even though evacuation is conducted for a
period of two hours or more, repeat vacuum break - vacuuming and dehydration.
Leaving in vacuum state
• Leave the compressor at the degree of vacuum of -100.7kPa or less for a period of one
hour or more, and then check to be sure that the vacuum gauge reading does not rise.
Refrigerant charge
• Purge air from the manifold gauge connection hoses, and then charge a necessary
quantity of refrigerant.
∗
393
In case of construction during rainy reason, if dew condensation occurs in the piping due
to extended construction period, or rainwater or else may enter the piping during
construction work:
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
[Check 14] List of inverter-related malfunction codes
Protection device and others
Compressor current
Code
Name
Condition for determining malfunction
Major cause
L5
Instantaneous overcurrent of
inverter compressor
• Inverter output current exceeds 32.3A even
instantaneously.
• Liquid sealing
• Faulty compressor
• Faulty inverter PCB
L8
Overcurrent of inverter
compressor (Electronic thermal)
• Compressor overload running
An overcurrent of 19.0A or more continues for
a period of 5 consecutive seconds or that of
16.1A or more continues for a period of 260
consecutive seconds.
• The inverter loses synchronization.
•
•
•
•
L1
Faulty inverter PCB
• No output is given.
• Faulty heavy current part of
compressor
L9
Faulty startup of inverter
compressor
• The compressor motor fails to start up.
• Liquid sealing or faulty
compressor
• Excessive oil or refrigerant
• Faulty inverter PCB
E5
Inverter compressor lock
• The compressor is in the locked status (does
not rotate).
• Faulty compressor
L4
Radiator fin temperature rise
• The radiator fin temperature reaches 87°C or
more (while in operation).
• Malfunction of fan
• Running in overload for an
extended period of time
• Faulty inverter PCB
U2
Power supply voltage error
• The inverter power supply voltage is high or
low.
• Power supply error
• Faulty inverter PCB
P1
Imbalanced power supply
• Power supply voltages get significantly
imbalanced among three phases.
• Power supply error (imbalanced
voltages of 2% or more)
• Faulty inverter PCB
• Dead inverter PCB
LC
Transmission error (between
inverter PCB and control PCB)
• With the outdoor unit PCB, no
• Broken wire in communication
communications are carried out across control
line
PCB - inverter PCB - fan PCB.
• Faulty control PCB
• Faulty inverter PCB
• Faulty fan PCB
PJ
PCB mismatching
• Any PCB of specification different from that of • PCB of different specification
the product is connected.
mounted
P4
Faulty fin thermistor
• The fin thermistor gets short-circuited or open. • Faulty fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Backflow of compressor liquid
Sudden changes in loads
Disconnected compressor wiring
Faulty inverter PCB
394
Troubleshooting (OP: Unified ON/OFF Controller)
SiBE37-701_B
[Check 15] Concept of inverter-related malfunction codes
Transmission error
When transmissions between the
main PCB and the inverter PCB
are not normal
Instantaneous overcurrent of inverter compressor
(When inverter output current exceeds 32.3A even
instantaneously)
Overcurrent of inverter compressor
(1)An overcurrent of 19.0A or more continues
for a period of 5 consecutive seconds
(2)An overcurrent of 16.1A or more continues
for a period of 260 consecutive seconds.
Main (Control) PCB
LC
Inverter
PCB
L5
Heavy-current
part (Power
transmission etc.)
U2
L1
P1
Imbalanced power supply voltage
When imbalance in
voltages among three
phases comes to 2%
or more
Power supply voltage error
When the power supply
voltage falls out of the
range of 400VAC±10%
P4
L4
Compressor
Weak-current
part
Power supply
(3 phase, 400VAC)
L8
PJ
E5
PCB mismatching
When incorrect inverter
PCB is connected
Radiator fin temperature rise
When the radiator fin
temperature reached
93°C or more
Faulty fin thermistor
When the fin thermistor resistor detects
an open circuit (-30°C or less) or a short
circuit (120°C or more)
L9
Faulty startup of inverter compressor
(Compressor stops running
immediately after it starts up.)
Inverter compressor lock
(Compressor does not run at all.)
Malfunction codes related
to compressor current
Current
Faulty inverter
When the heavy current part of
inverter gets faulty (gives no output)
Instantaneous
overcurrent
L5
32.3A
Compressor overcurrent
(Electronic thermal 2)
L8
Compressor overcurrent
(Electronic thermal 1)
19.0A
16.1A
L8
5 consecutive sec.
260 consecutive sec.
Max. control
Time
395
Troubleshooting
SiBE37-701_B
Part 7
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................397
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................397
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................402
1.3 BS Unit .................................................................................................407
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................408
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................408
Field Wiring ..........................................................................................413
Indoor Unit............................................................................................416
BS Unit .................................................................................................429
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................431
3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................431
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................435
4. Option List ...........................................................................................440
4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................440
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................442
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................443
5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................443
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................444
6.
7.
8.
9.
Example of connection........................................................................446
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................450
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................452
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules ....................................................................................453
9.1 Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and
Diode Modules .....................................................................................453
Appendix
396
SUCTION GAS
PIPE
HIGH AND LOW
PRESSURE GAS
PIPE
SERVICE
PORT
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FOUR WAY
VALVE
FILTER
FILTER
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
COMPRESSOR
STD
HPS
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
CAPILLARY FILTER
TUBE
SV
CHECK VALVE SOLENOID
VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
(CHECK VALVE TYPE)
STRAINER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
LOW PRESSURE
SENSOR
S2NPL
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
FILTER CHECK VALVE
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
COMPRESSOR
INV
HPS
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
HIGH PRESSURE
SENSOR
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
CHECK VALVE
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
CAPILLARY FILTER
TUBE
S1NPH
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
SV
RIGHT
OIL
SEPARATOR
STOP VALVE (WITH SERVICE PORT φ7.9mm FLARE CONNECTION)
SV
397
SV
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
STRAINER
PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE (ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE TYPE)
3D058154B
FILTER
REFRIGERANT
REGULATOR
CHECK VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
HEAT
EXCHANGER
1.1
SV
LIQUID PIPE
LEFT
Piping Diagrams
SiBE37-701_B
1. Piping Diagrams
Outdoor Unit
REYQ8P / 10P / 12P
Appendix
SUCTION GAS
PIPE
HIGH AND LOW
PRESSURE GAS
PIPE
SERVICE
PORT
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FOUR WAY
VALVE
INV
FILTER
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
COMPRESSOR
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
HPS
CAPILLARY FILTER
TUBE
SV
FILTER
CHECK VALVE SOLENOID
VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
HEAT
EXCHANGER
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
(CHECK VALVE TYPE)
STRAINER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
LOW PRESSURE
SENSOR
S2NPL
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
FILTER CHECK VALVE
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
COMPRESSOR
INV
HPS
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
HIGH PRESSURE
SENSOR
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
CHECK VALVE
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
CAPILLARY FILTER
TUBE
S1NPH
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
SV
RIGHT
OIL
SEPARATOR
STOP VALVE (WITH SERVICE PORT φ7.9mm FLARE CONNECTION)
SV
SV
Appendix
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
STRAINER
PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE (ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE TYPE)
3D058153B
FILTER
REFRIGERANT
REGULATOR
CHECK VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
HEAT
EXCHANGER
SV
LIQUID PIPE
LEFT
SiBE37-701_B
Piping Diagrams
REYQ14P / 16P
398
SUCTION GAS
PIPE
HIGH AND LOW
PRESSURE GAS
PIPE
PRESSURE
EQUALIZER
PIPE
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
SERVICE
PORT
HIGH PRESSURE
SENSOR
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FOUR WAY VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
(CHECK VALVE TYPE)
STRAINER
S1NPH
FILTER
FILTER
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
LIQUID PIPE
SOLENOID
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
STRAINER
FILTER
FILTER
S2NPL
COMPRESSOR
INV
LOW PRESSURE
SENSOR
SOLENOID
VALVE
S1PH
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
CAPILLARY
TUBE
CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE
PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE (ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE TYPE)
REFRIGERANT
REGULATOR
SV
SV
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
SV
399
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
STOP VALVE (WITH SERVICE PORT φ7.9mm FLARE CONNECTION)
FILTER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
3D057743
Piping Diagrams
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ8P
Appendix
SUCTION GAS
PIPE
HEIGHT AND
LOW PRESSURE
GAS PIPE
PRESSURE
EQUALIZER
PIPE
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
SERVICE
PORT
HIGH PRESSURE
SENSOR
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FOUR WAY VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
(CHECK VALVE TYPE)
STRAINER
S1NPH
FILTER
FILTER
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
LIQUID PIPE
SOLENOID
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
STRAINER
FILTER
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
CHECK VALVE
S1PH
FILTER
S2NPL
LOW PRESSURE
SENSOR
CAPILLARY
TUBE
S2PH
FILTER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
FILTER
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
COMPRESSOR
STD1
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FOUR WAY VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
COMPRESSOR
CAPILLARY
INV
TUBE
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
CAPILLARY
TUBE
PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE (ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE TYPE)
REFRIGERANT
REGULATOR
SV
SV
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
Appendix
OIL
SEPARATOR
STOP VALVE (WITH SERVICE PORT φ7.9mm FLARE CONNECTION)
3D057742
SiBE37-701_B
Piping Diagrams
REMQ10P, 12P
400
SUCTION GAS
PIPE
HEIGHT AND
LOW PRESSURE
GAS PIPE
PRESSURE
EQUALIZER
PIPE
FILTER
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
SERVICE
PORT
HIGH PRESSURE
SENSOR
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
FOUR WAY VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
(CHECK VALVE TYPE)
STRAINER
S1NPH
FILTER
FILTER
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
SOLENOID
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
SV
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
CAPILLARY
TUBE
SOLENOID
VALVE
FILTER
REFRIGERANT
REGULATOR
FILTER
LOW PRESSURE
SENSOR
S2NPL
INV
COMPRESSOR
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
S1PH
STRAINER
PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE (ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE TYPE)
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
CAPILLARY
TUBE
FILTER
CAPILLARY
TUBE
S2PH
FILTER
STD1
COMPRESSOR
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
CAPILLARY
TUBE
S3PH
3D057741
FILTER
COMPRESSOR
STD2
HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH
FILTER
FILTER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
FILTER
FOUR WAY VALVE
FILTER
CHECK VALVE
FILTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
SV
CHECK VALVE
CAPILLARY
TUBE
CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
LIQUID PIPE
SV
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION
VALVE
OIL
SEPARATOR
401
OIL
SEPARATOR
STOP VALVE (WITH SERVICE PORT φ7.9mm FLARE CONNECTION)
Piping Diagrams
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ14P, 16P
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
1.2
Piping Diagrams
Indoor Unit
FXFQ-P
HEAT EXCHANGER
M
FAN
LIQUID PIPE CONNECTION PORT
FILTER
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION FILTER
VALVE
GAS PIPE CONNECTION PORT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
REFRIGERANT PIPE CONNECTION PORT DIAMETERS
MODEL
FXFQ20, 25, 32, 40, 50P
FXFQ63, 80, 100, 125P
GAS
φ12.70
φ15.90
LIQUID
φ6.35
φ9.52
3TW28835-1
Appendix
402
Piping Diagrams
SiBE37-701_B
FXZQ
Gas pipe connection port
Heat exchanger
(flare connection)
Th3
Th1
M
Fan
Th2
Liquid pipe connection port
(flare connection)
Filter
Electronic
expansion valve
Filter
Th1: Thermistor for suction air temp.
Th2: Thermistor for liquid line temp.
Th3: Thermistor for gas line temp.
4D040157
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
FXZQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M
403
Gas
φ12.7
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Piping Diagrams
FXCQ, FXDQ25/25-M, FXSQ
HEAT EXCHANGER
M
FAN
LIQUID PIPE CONNECTION PORT
FILTER
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION
VALVE
FILTER
GAS PIPE CONNECTION PORT
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
FXSQ20, 25, 32, 40, 50
Gas
φ12.70
Liquid
φ6.35
FXSQ63, 80, 100, 125
FXCQ20, 25, 32, 40, 50
φ15.90
φ12.70
φ9.52
φ6.35
FXCQ63, 80, 125
FXDQ20, 25
φ15.90
φ12.70
φ9.52
φ6.35
C:3TW25515-1
C:3TW21175-1C
C:3TW31185-1
Appendix
404
Piping Diagrams
SiBE37-701_B
FXKQ-MA, FXHQ-MA, FXLQ-MA, FXNQ-MA, FXMQ-MA
Gas piping connection port
Heat exchanger
Flare connection : φ15.9 or less
Attached piping : Above φ19.1
(4)
M
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
Filter
(1)
Electronic
expansion valve
Code
Filter
Name
Code
Main function
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
(1)
Electronic expansion valve
Y1E
(2)
Suction air temperature
thermistor
R1T
Used for thermostat control.
(3)
Liquid pipe thermistor
R2T
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
(4)
Gas pipe thermistor
R3T
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation.
(mm)
Capacity
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50MA
GAS
φ12.7
Liquid
φ6.4
63 / 80 / 100 / 115MA
200MA
φ15.9
φ19.1
φ9.5
φ9.5
250MA
φ22.2
φ9.5
4D034245D
405
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Piping Diagrams
FXDQ-NB, PB
Gas side
Liquid side
Electronic
expansion valve
Filter
Filter
Fan
Indoor heat exchanger
4D060927
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
(mm)
Liquid
Model
Gas
FXDQ20NB, PB / 25NB, PB / 32NB, PB /
40NB / 50NBVE
FXDQ63NBVE
φ12.7
φ6.4
φ15.9
φ9.5
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
Gas pipe
connection port
Heat exchanger
M
Fan
Liquid pipe
connection port
Filter
Filter
Electronic
expansion valve
4D034245D
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
(mm)
Appendix
Model
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50PVE
Gas
φ12.7
Liquid
φ6.4
FXMQ63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
φ15.9
φ9.5
406
Piping Diagrams
1.3
SiBE37-701_B
BS Unit
Liquid pipe
connection port
Liquid pipe
connection port
Electronic
expansion valve
(EVSC)
Capillary tube
Electronic
expansion valve
(EVHS)
Gas pipe
connection port
Electronic
expansion valve
(EVH)
Dual gas pipe
connection port
Electronic
expansion valve
(EVLS)
Suction gas pipe
connection port
Electronic
expansion valve
(EVL)
407
Appendix
A8P
X9A
(BACK)
A4P
A5P
t°
t°
t°
t°
X21A
X30A
t°
X5A
HAP
X18A
Q1 Q2
TO
MULTI
UNIT
X1M
OUTER SHELL
M1C
EL. COMPO.
BOX (1)
M2F M1F THIS DWG.
X401A
F400U
K3
Z1F
R50 R59
V1R
X10A
K2
X1A
X61A
X6A
X402A
X400A
Z2C
X403A
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
X51A
Z1C C1
N=2
RED
BLU
BLK
+
X5A
Z6C
X1A
M1F
MS
3~
X4A
5
5
RED
X1A
Z7C
X3A
RED
WHT
X2A X3A
X2A
V1R
5
5
M2F
MS
3~
X2A
V1R
WHT
X4A
RED
- X4A
F1U R10
+
BLK
X29A
X15A
(1)
t°
t°
Y1E
NOTE) 4
indoor
(F1)(F2) outdoor
(F1)(F2)
X3A X4A X5A X7A X8A HAP
NOTE) 3 Y4S Y5S Y6S NOTE) 3 Y7S
X9A
X16A
X15A X10A X11A X12A
X1AF1U
A2P
R8T R9T
M Y2E6
M
5
BLU
X18A
TO
TO
TO
IN/D OUT/D MULTI
UNIT UNIT UNIT
Q1
Q2
F1 F2 F1 F2
X30A
X1M
6 X8A
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5 HAP
X23A
X20AX37A BLU X21A
WHT
PS
Y3S
R2T R4T R5T R6T R7T R1T
t° t° t° t° t°
t°
E1HC
X11A
K7R
H1PH2P H3PH4P H5PH6P H7P H8P
(1)
X9A
X7A
Y1S Y2S
X3A R31T
t°
X4A
X2A
S1NPH S2NPL
X32A X31A
V1CP
X28A
N1
Q1RP
S1PH P<
F2U
X1A F1U
A1P
K11R
MALFUNCTION DETECTION---LIGHT UP
R13T THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. GAS 2)
Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
R12T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER 2) Y5E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING 2)
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) S2NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) Y5S SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS 1)
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y8S) R2T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS 1) V1R DIODE BRIDGE (A5P)
Y9S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-HEAT EXC. 2)
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) R8T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN 1) X9A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A2P)
MAGNETIC RELAY
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) L1R
K3
K4
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
REACTOR
R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN 2)
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y10S) (A3P) R9T THERMISTOR (LIQUID 1) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING 1)
3D056775E
X37A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A3P)
X7A OPERATION OUTPUT (A2P)
K2
X1A~X9A CONNECTOR
K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) (A3P) R7T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC.LIQUID 1)
MAGNETIC RELAY
K1
X2M TERMINAL STRIP (RELAY)
K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) R6T THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. LIQUID)
F400U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V)
X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P) (A3P)
F1U FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A6P) (A7P) K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y7S) R5T THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. GAS 1)
NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
Z1C~8C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A2P) K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y9S) (A3P) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER 1) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY) Z1F
F1U, F2U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P) (A3P) K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (FOR OPTION) (A2P) R32T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE) V2R POWER MODULE
E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER (A1P) (A3P) K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) R31T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) V1R POWER MODULE (A6P) (A7P) Y10S SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS 2)
C63, C66 CAPACITOR
BS1~5 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH K2R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) R95 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH) Y6S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
(MODE, SET, RETURN,
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) T1A CURRENT SENSOR
Y7S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
TEST, RESET)
C1
CAPACITOR
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A2P) R1T THERMISTOR (FIN) (A5P) V1CP SAFETY DEVICES INPUT (A1P) (A3P) Y8S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-PIPE)
R90
S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) Y4S SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A6P) (A7P) R15T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID 2) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) (A2P) R50, R59 RESISTOR
A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CURRENT SENSOR) K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (K2M) (A3P)
A6P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN)
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A5P)
Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P) (A3P) R14T THERMISTOR (LIQUID 2) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-HEAT EXC. 1)
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST------------FLICKERING PS
A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV) HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P, A2P, A3P) R10
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB 2)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB 1) H1P~8P PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR: ORANGE) M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) K2M MAGNETIC RELAY (M2C) M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) R11T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS 2) Y4E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CHARGE)
M1C
MS
3~
t°
Z4C
N=5 R1T
-
F1U R10
X3A +
X5A
X111A X1A
X11A
V2R
X5A
R90
X41A
Z3C
PS
+
K1
P1
X4A
WHT
R95
Z5C
BLK
N3
L1R
RED
WHT
P3 A6P
P2 C66 C63
A7P
+ +
P1 P2 N1 N2
P1
A5P
K4
LAYOUT OF M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F
t°
PS
U VW
BLK
WHT
BLK
t°
6
X9A
5
5
6
M Y5E M Y4E M
Y3E
BLU
WHT
BLU
Y10S
R11T R12T R13T R14T R15T R10T
E2HC
X15A
X12A
X29A (1)
X23A X22A
(1)
Y9S
R32T
Y8S
X9A
X8A
A4P
TERMINAL OF M1C, M2C
W
U
V
L1R EL. COMPO.
A6P BOX (2)
M2C
A7P
(FRONT)
X1A X3A A2P A1P
X1M
X2A X4A
X8A
X1M
EL. COMPO. BOX (1)
WHT
X4A
X3A
X2A
X5A
V1CP
K1R
A1 RED
NOTES)
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
2.
: FIELD WIRING
: TERMINAL STRIP
: CONNECTOR : TERMINAL
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE
INSTALLATION MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO "TO IN/D UNIT F1 • F2" OR "TO
OUT/D UNIT F1 • F2", REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
5. HOW TO USE BS1 ~ 5, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION"
LABEL ON EL. COMPO. BOX (1) COVER.
6. WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT CIRCUIT THE
PROTECTION DEVICE (S1, 2PH).
7.
SYMBOLS INDICATE COLORS OF EACH PARTS AS SHOWN BELOW.
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR COMPONENT.
IS IDENTIFICATION COLOR FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE.
8. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE.
X6A
X7A
X2M K2M X5A
A3P
X1M
EL. COMPO. BOX (2)
M
3~
M2C
Q1RP
S2PH P<
A2
X37A
X26A
F2U
U V W
NOTE) 3
BLK
K2M
X1AT1A
A8P
Z8C
N=5
1 3 5
K2M
2 4 6
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
RED X1A F1U
BLU
K4R
1 2
K5R
X2M
A3P
K8R
X7A
K11R
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
X6A
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
K3R
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
K5R
K1R
L1 WHT
L2 BLK
L3 BLU
N
K2R
L1
L2
L3
N
K3R
Appendix
K5R
2.1
K6R
POWER SUPPLY
3N ~ 380-415V 50Hz
X1M
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Outdoor Unit
REYQ8P / 10P / 12PY1B
408
X1M
RED
L1
L2 WHT
L3 BLK
N BLU
Z7C
A3P
N=2 RED X1A F1U
X6A
X7A
X2M L1L2L3 N
Z2C
Z1C C1
N=2
RED
BLU
BLK
F2U
Q1RP
X1A F1U
X9A
K3R
A1P
X7A
K7R
X11A
K11R
X15A
K6R
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
K11R
K7R
K5R
K4R
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
RED
PS
A3P
A2P
A1P
A3P
(BACK)
RED
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A6P) (A9P)
S2NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) Y5S
CAPACITOR
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y8S)
R2T
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS 1) V1R DIODE BRIDGE (A5P) (A8P) Y8S
THERMISTOR (FIN) (A5P) (A8P) V1CP SAFETY DEVICES INPUT (A1P) (A3P) Y7S
RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) (A5P) (A8P)
S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) Y4S
R15T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID 2) Y3S
Y2S
Y1S
(MODE, SET, RETURN, TEST, RESET) K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) (A2P) R1T
R95
K2R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S)
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A5P) (A8P)
R14T THERMISTOR (LIQUID 2)
R13T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOL HEAT EXC. GAS 2)
THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH) Y6S
R90
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S)
HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P, A2P, A3P) R50, R59 RESISTOR (A5P) (A8P)
MALFUNCTION DETECTION---LIGHT UP R10
R11T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS 2) Y4E
K1R
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P, A5P, A8P) R12T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER 2) Y5E
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST----------------FLICKERING Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P) (A3P)
PS
SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-PIPE)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS 1)
SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-HEAT EXC. 1)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING 2)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CHARGE)
K3R
FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A2P) K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y7S) (A2P) R5T
FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A6P) (A9P) K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) (A1P) R6T
F1U
F1U
RED
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB 2) A6P, A9P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) K3
Y2E
MAGNETIC RELAY (A4P) (A7P) M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) R10T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2) Y3E
THERMISTOR (LIQUID 1)
THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1) Y1E
POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A2P)
OPERATION OUTPUT (A2P)
3D056774D
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN 2) X37A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A3P)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING 1) X9A
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN 1) X7A
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID 1) X1A~X9A CONNECTOR
NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER) (A4P) (A7P)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P) (A3P) Z1F
THERMISTOR (SUBCOOL HEAT EXC. LIQUID) X2M TERMINAL STRIP (RELAY)
THERMISTOR (SUBCOOL HEAT EXC. GAS 1)
C63, C66 CAPACITOR (A5P) (A8P) K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) (A1P) R31T THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE) V1R POWER MODULE (A6P) (A9P) Y9S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE-HEAT EXC. 2)
HEATER (A1P)
E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (FOR OPTION) (A2P) R32T THERMISTOR (M2C DISCHARGE) V2R POWER MODULE (A5P) (A8P) Y10S SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS 2)
(A3P)
F1U, F2U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P) (A3P) K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y9S) (A3P) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER 1) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY) Z1C~12C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
C1
BLK
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C-A4P) (M2C-A7P) M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
H1P~8P PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR : ORANGE)
K4
K2R
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P) R1T
BS1~5 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
TERMINAL OF M1C, M2C
W
U
V
RED
WHT
F400U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) (A4P) (A7P) K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) (A3P) R7T
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A4P,
A7P
PRINTED
CIRCUIT
BOARD
(NOISE
FILTER)
K1
MAGNETIC RELAY (A5P) (A8P) K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y10S) (A3P) R8T
(MAIN)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB 1) A5P, A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV) K2
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C-A5P) (M2C-A8P) L1R, L2R REACTOR
R9T
(BACK)
A4P
A5P
A6P
A7P
A8P
A9P
X8A
(FRONT)
L1R
X1M
X1M
A2P A1P
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
X1A
X2A
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
WHT
BLK
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
M2F
M2C
EL. COMPO. BOX (1)
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
(FRONT)
L2R
X1M
X2M X7A X6A X5A
X9A
X3A
X4A
EL. COMPO. BOX (2)
NOTES)
S1PH P<
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED
BLU
PS
Z8C
A4P
E1HC
X2A
ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
Q1RP
BLK
Y3S
Y1S Y2S
X400A
2.
: FIELD WIRING.
F2U
A7P
Z1F
R31T
R2T R4T R5T R6T R7T R1T
X8A X9A X11A X15A
C1
X3A
: TERMINAL STRIP
P<
X400A
S2PH
t°
t°
: CONNECTOR
t° t° t° t° t°
F400U
Z1F
X2A Y8S Y9S E2HC Y10S
K3
X402A
X4A
: TERMINAL
K4
(1) X29A
(1)
X30A
X18A
X401A X403A
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
F400U
V1CP
K4
X402A
K3
R11T R12T R13T R14T R15T R10T
X3A R32T
3. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL
H1P H2PH3P H4PH5PH6PH7P H8P X1M
A5P
X401A X403A
ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE
t°
t° t° t° t° t° t°
TO
TO
TO
X10A
X1A
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4BS5
HAP
INSTALLATION MANUAL OF THE
OUT/D MULTI
A8P
IN/D
X61A
X4A
K2
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
X23A
(1) X29A
(1)
OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
X18A
X28AX32A X31A
X30A
X10A
X1A
X6A
X20A X37A
X21A
F1
F2
F1
F2
Q1
Q2
V1CP
BLU
V1R
4. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO "TO IN/D
X1M +
X61A
K2
PS
Z3C
Z9C
UNIT F1 · F2", OR "TO OUT/D UNIT F1 ·
HAP TO
P1
K1 X4A
WHT
V1R
MULTI
F2", REFER TO THE INSTALLATION
S1NPH
S2NPL
X28A
PS X6A
+
X23A X22A
UNIT WHT
BLU
R95
N3 Z5C
MANUAL.
P1
K1 X4A
6
X37A
BLU
BLK X21A
Q1Q2 L1R
X20A
5
5. HOW TO USE BS1~5, REFER TO
WHT
X8A
WHT
M Y2E
R95
Z11C
N3
"SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. L2R
P2
C66
C63
6
P3
WHT
WHT
A6P
NOTE) 3
X5A
M Y1E indoor
WHT
+
+
COMPO. BOX (1) COVER.
BLU
BLK
P1 N1
6
5
P3 A9P
P2 C66C63
6. WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT
5
(F1) (F2) outdoor
R50 R59
X5A
X9A
+ +
R8T R9T NOTE) 4
(F1) (F2)
CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1,
M Y5E M Y4E 6
P1
N1
X5A
F1U R10
A2P
R50 R59
2PH).
t°
t°
M Y3E
X5A
X3A
R90
+ - X4A
7.
∗ , ∗ , ∗ SYMBOLS INDICATE
+
X41A
X5A
F1U R10
V1R
X15A X10A X11A X12A
COLORS OF EACH PARTS AS SHOWN
V2R
X2A
X3A + - X4A
X111A X1A
LAYOUT OF M1C, M2C, M1F, M2F
X1A F1U
+
- R90 X41A
BELOW.
V1R
X11A
V2R
∗ : ∗ IS CONNECTOR COLOR
Z6C
X2A
X111A X1A
Z4C t°
5
M2F M1F THIS DWG.
FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
X1A
X16A
X11A
HAP
N=5 R1T
Z12C
∗ : ∗ IS CONNECTOR COLOR
5
EL. COMPO.
EL. COMPO.
X2A
X9A X3A X4A X5A X7A X8A
Z10C t°
U V W
FOR COMPONENT.
X3A
X4A BOX (2)
R1T
BOX (1)
N=5
MS
MS
∗ : ∗ IS IDENTIFICATION COLOR
3~
3~
NOTE) 3 Y4S Y5S Y6S NOTE) 3 Y7S
U V W
M2C
M1C
5
FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE.
MS
MS
M1F
M1C
3~
8. COLORS BLK: BLACK RED: RED
3~
5
BLU: BLUE WHT: WHITE.
OUTER SHELL
L1
L2
L3
N
K5R
409
K5R
POWER SUPPLY
3N~ 380-415V 50Hz
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
REYQ14P / 16PY1B
Appendix
X1M L1 L2 L3 N
Z6C
A3P
K4
+ +
-
R95
K1
V1R
PS
N=5
P2 C66 C63
R1T
Y5S
RED
Y6S
X1A
HAP
F1U
X10A
X9A
NOTE)2
X1A
C1
K5R
R9T
t°
Y8S NOTE)4 Y7S R8T
t°
5
X2A
C1
C63, C66
E1HC
F1U, F2U
F1U
F1U
F400U
H1P~8P
A1P
A2P
A3P
A4P
A5P
BS1~5
Q1RP
X4A
X3A
X2A
X9A
K5R
E1HC
X11A
K7R
Y4S
X15A
X1M
(1)
WHT
BLK
WHT
X22A
BLK
BLU
X23A
BLU
K3
K4
K1R
K2R
K3R
K3R
K4R
K5R
K5R
K6R
K7R
K11R
L1R
M1C
M1F
PS
Q1RP
R10
R50, R59
R90
MAGNETIC RELAY
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S)(A1P)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y8S)(A2P)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S)(A1P)
MAGNETIC RELAY (FOR OPTION)(A2P)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y7S)
MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC)
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S)
REACTOR
MOTOR (COMPRESSOR)
MOTOR (FAN)
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A4P)
PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT (A1P)
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR)
RESISTOR
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR)
R95
R1T
R1T
R2T
R31T
R4T
R5T
R6T
R7T
R8T
R9T
S1NPH
S2NPL
S1PH
V1CP
V1R
V1R
V2R
X1A, X2A
X3A
HAP
t°
R1T
RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING)
THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P)
THERMISTOR (FIN) (A4P)
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS)
THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE)
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER)
THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. GAS)
THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. LIQUID)
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID)
THERMISTOR (SUCTION)
THERMISTOR (LIQUID)
PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)
SAFETY DEVICES INPUT
DIODE BRIDGE (A4P)
POWER MODULE (A5P)
POWER MODULE
CONNECTOR (M1F)
CONNECTOR (Y1E)
S1NPH S2NPL
X21A X32A X31A X18A
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P
PS
6
5
X3A
5
M Y3E
M Y2E
6
outdoor (Q1) (Q2)
M Y1E
outdoor (F1) (F2) NOTE)5
indoor (F1) (F2)
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1Q2
X30A
t° t° t° t° t°
TO
TO
TO
IN/D OUT/D MULTI
UNIT UNIT UNIT
(1) X29A
t°
COLOR FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
* :: ** ISISCONNECTOR
CONNECTOR COLOR FOR COMPONENT.
* : * IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE.
*
R31T
R2T R4T R5T R6T R7T
Y1S Y2S Y3S
X8A
X7A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN)
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
(MODE, SET, RETURN, TEST, RESET)
CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR
CRANKCASE HEATER
FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P)
FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A2P)
FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A5P)
FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V)
PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR : ORANGE)
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST------------FLICKERING
MALFUNCTION DETECTION---LIGHT UP
PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P) (A2P)
MAGNETIC RELAY
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C)
V1CP
S1PH P<
F2U
F1U
X28A
X20A
X37A
X1A
A1P
K11R
NOTES)
1.THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
2.
: FIELD WIRING.
3.
: TERMINAL STRIP
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
HAP
4.WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION
K1
MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
K2
5.FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2,
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI TRANSMISSION Q1 · Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
6.HOW TO USE BS1~5, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. COMPO. BOX COVER.
7.WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1PH).
8.COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN.
MS
3~
M1F
MS
3~
M1C
U VW
K6R
X3A X4A X5A X7A X8A X11A X12A X16AX15A
Z2C
N3 Z4C BLK
X61A
X4A
X6A
X1A
X402A
X403A
A2P
K3R
P3 A5P
P1 N1
X5A
R50R59
X5A
F1U R10
X3A + - X4A
R90
V1R
X41A
+
X2A
V2R
X111A X1A
X11A
Z5C
Z3C
t°
5
WHT
L1R
WHT
P1
+
A4P
X10A
K2
F400U
K3
X401A
Z1F
X400A
BLU
BLK
Z1C
N=2 RED
K1R
POWER SUPPLY
3N~ 380-415V 50Hz
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
K2R
RED
WHT
BLK
K3R
Appendix
K4R
L1 L2 L3 N
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CHARGE)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (PIPE)
SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (HEAT EXC.)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
(BACK)
A5P
L1R
3D055307F
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X7A OPERATION OUTPUT (A2P)
X9A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A2P)
X1M
X1M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
Y4S
Y5S
Y6S
Y7S
Y8S
Z1C~6C
Z1F
A3P
A4P
X3A
X1M
A2P A1P
(FRONT)
X1M
X1A
X2A
EL. COMPO. BOX
TERMINAL OF M1C
W
U
V
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
REMQ8P7Y1B
410
X1M L1L2 L3 N
13 5
A6P
X1A
T1A
A3P
P1
WHT
+
A4P
Z3C
N=5
R50 R59
+ +
C66 C63
-
+ R90-
WHT
P2
L1R
K4
R1T
t°
X111A
X1A
X1A
Z5C
5
X2A
V1R
K5R
NOTE) 4
X2A
- X4A
X41A
X3A +
A5P
P1 N1
X5A
RED
F1U R10
P3
K3R
Y5S Y6S Y8S
Z2C
N3 Z4C BLK
X61A
X4A
X6A
K6R
HAPF1U
X10A
X9A
X1A
NOTE)2
Y7S
R9T
t°
R8T
t°
X3A X4A X5A X7A X8A X11A X12A X16AX15A
X5A
X1A
X402A
X403A
PS
X11A
V2R
R95
K1
V1R
X10A
K2
X401A
K3
F400U
Z1F
X400A
A2P
C1
X28A
X26A
X20A
X37A
P<
X3A
X2A
Y1S Y2S Y3S
E1HC E2HC
Y4S
X9A X11A X12A X15A
X8A
X7A
WHT
A2
K2M
X5A
(1)
Z8C
N=5
24 6
RED
WHT
BLK
X30A
WHT
BLK
WHT
MS
3~
U VW
MS
3~
X22A
BLK
BLU
X23A
BLU
PS
HAP
t°
R1T
M1C
M2C
EL. COMPO. BOX
L1R
X3A
A5P
(BACK)
A3P
A4P
(FRONT)
X1M
A2P A1P
A6P
X1M K2M
X1A
X2A
OUTER SHELL
EL. COMPO. BOX
M1F
TERMINAL OF M1C, M2C
W
U
V
LAYOUT OF M1C, M2C, M1F
3D055308F
R50, R59 RESISTOR
X1A, X2A CONNECTOR (M1F)
R90 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) X3A CONNECTOR (Y1E)
R95 RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
R1T THERMISTOR (FIN) (A4P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
R2T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CHARGE)
R31T, R32T THERMISTOR (M1C, M2C DISCHARGE) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING)
R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
R5T THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. GAS) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (PIPE)
R6T THERMISTOR (SUB COOL HEAT EXC. LIQUID) Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (HEAT EXC.)
R7T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) Y4S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
R8T THERMISTOR (SUCTION) Y5S SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
R9T THERMISTOR (LIQUID)
Y6S SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS)
S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) Y7S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
S2NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) Y8S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTT)
S1PH, S2PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH) Z1C ~ 8C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
T1A CURRENT SENSOR
Z1F NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
V1CP SAFETY DEVICES INPUT
V1R DIODE BRIDGE (A4P)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
V1R POWER MODULE (A5P)
X7A OPERATION OUTPUT (A2P)
V2R POWER MODULE
X9A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A2P)
S1NPH S2NPL
X21A X32A X31A X18A
BS1BS2 BS3BS4 BS5
H1P H2PH3PH4PH5PH6PH7P H8P
6
5
5
X3A
M Y3E
M Y2E
6
outdoor (Q1) (Q2)
M Y1E
outdoor (F1) (F2)
NOTE)5
indoor (F1) (F2)
TO
TO
TO
IN/D OUT/D MULTI
UNIT UNIT UNIT
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
X29A
X1M
(1)
IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
* ::** IS
CONNECTOR COLOR FOR COMPONENT.
* :* IS DISCRIMINATION
COLOR FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE.
*
X4A
V1CP
R31TR32T
R2T R4T R5T R6T R7T
A1RED K1R
t° t°
t° t° t° t° t°
S2PH P<
S1PH
F2U Q1RP
A1P
X1A F1U
K7R
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) K3 MAGNETIC RELAY
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) K4 MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C)
5
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) K2M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M2C)
M1C
M1F
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV) K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (K2M) (A1P)
UVW
A5P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A2P)
M
3~
A6P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CURRENT SENSOR) K2R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S)
M2C
BS1 ~ 5 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) (A1P)
NOTES)
(MODE, SET, RETURN, TEST, RESET) K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y8S) (A2P)
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
C1 CAPACITOR
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S)
2.
: FIELD WIRING.
C63, C66 CAPACITOR
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P)
3.
: TERMINAL STRIP
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
E1HC, E2HC CRANKCASE HEATER
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (FOR OPTION) (A2P)
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
F1U, F2U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P) K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y7S)
4. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION
F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A2P) K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC)
MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
F1U FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A5P) K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC)
5. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2,
F400U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) (A3P) K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S)
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2, OUTDOOR-MULTI
H1P~8P PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR: ORANGE) L1R REACTOR
TRANSMISSION Q1 · Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST ------------ FLICKERING M1C, M2C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR)
6. HOW TO USE BS1 ~ 5, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL.
MALFUNCTION DETECTION --- LIGHT UP M1F MOTOR (FAN)
COMPO. BOX COVER.
HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P) (A2P) PS SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A4P)
7. WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE
K1 MAGNETIC RELAY
Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT
(S1PH, S2PH).
8. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN. K2 MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) R10 RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR)
K2M
Z7C
Z6C
RED
BLU
BLK
K1R
K8R
K3R
POWER SUPPLY Z1C
3N ~ 380-415V 50Hz N=2
RED
RED
WHT
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
K2R
RED
WHT
BLK
K11R
K4R
411
K5R
L1 L2L3 N
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
REMQ10P / 12P7Y1B
Appendix
X1M L1 L2 L3 N
X1A X1A
T1A T1A
A6P A8P
Z6C
A3P
RED
P1
WHT
L1R
WHT
P2
A4P
K4
R90
R50 R59
C66 C63
RED
WHT
M3C
M2C
X111A
R1T
X1A
X1A
Z5C
X5A
M1F
MS
3~
NOTE) 4
t°
t°
5
M2F
RED MS
3~
WHT
X2AX3A
RED
X1A
Z9C
5
5
WHT
X4A
RED
V1R
X2A
F1U R10
X4A
R9T
X2A
5
F1U
Y7S R8T
V1R
X3A
X5A
HAP
X10A
X1A
X9A
NOTE) 2
X8A X11A X12A X16A X15A
A7P
P1 N1
BLK
RED
Y6S
X51A
F1U R10
X4A
X3A
P1
Y5S
X7A
X3A X4A
P2 N1 N2
RED
P3 A5P
X5A
t°
A2P
Z2C
N3 Z4C BLK
X6A
X61A
X4A
X41A
X1A
X402A
X403A
PS
X11A
V2R
R95
K1
V1R
K2
X10A
X401A
K3
F400U
Z1F
X400A
RED
BLU
BLK
C1
P<
Y2S Y3S
Y4S
: * IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
: * IS CONNECTOR COLOR FOR COMPONENT.
: * IS DISCRIMINATION COLOR FOR COMPONENT LEAD WIRE.
E1HC E2HC E3HC
X11A X12A X13A X15A
K7R
X1M
(1)
WHT
BLK
BLU
X22A
BLK
WHT
X23A
BLU
X1M
A2P A1P
A7P
A5P
L1R
RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
X5A CONNECTOR (Y1E)
X1A~4A CONNECTOR (M1F, M2F)
(BACK)
A3P
A4P
(FRONT)
A6P A8P
X1M K2M K3M X5A
X1A X3A
X2A X4A
EL. COMPO. BOX
OUTER SHELL
EL. COMPO. BOX
M2F M1F M1C
M2C
M3C
LAYOUT OF M1C~M3C, M1F, M2F
TERMINAL OF M1C~M3C
W
U
V
(MODE, SET, RETURN, TEST, RESET)
CAPACITOR
K4R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y2S) R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER) Y1S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTG)
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (FOR OPTION) (A2P) R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOL HEAT EXC. LIQUID)
Y3S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (HEAT EXC.)
K5R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y3S) (A1P) R5T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOL HEAT EXC. GAS) Y2S SOLENOID VALVE (4 WAY VALVE) (PIPE)
NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) R10
K2
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A4P) V1R DIODE BRIDGE (A4P)
X7A OPERATION OUTPUT (A2P)
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A5P, A7P) V2R POWER MODULE
3D055309F
Q1RP PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT V1R POWER MODULE (A5P, A7P) X9A POWER SUPPLY (ADAPTOR) (A2P)
MAGNETIC RELAY
K1
HAP PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) (A1P) (A2P) PS
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST------------FLICKERING M1C~3C MOTOR (COMPRESSOR) T1A CURRENT SENSOR (A6P, A8P)
MALFUNCTION DETECTION---LIGHT UP M1F, M2F MOTOR (FAN)
V1CP SAFETY DEVICES INPUT CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
S1PH~3PH PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH) Z1F
K11R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y4S) S2NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW) Z1C~10C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
H1P~8P PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR : ORANGE) L1R REACTOR
F400U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) (A3P)
F1U FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A5P, A7P) K9R MAGNETIC RELAY (E3HC) S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) Y7S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTO)
F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A2P) K8R MAGNETIC RELAY (E2HC) R9T THERMISTOR (LIQUID) Y6S SOLENOID VALVE (EV BYPASS)
E1HC~3HC CRANKCASE HEATER K6R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y7S) R7T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. LIQUID) Y4S SOLENOID VALVE (RMTL)
F1U, F2U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P) K7R MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC) R8T THERMISTOR (SUCTION) Y5S SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
C63, C66 CAPACITOR
C1
BS1~5 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S) R31~33T THERMISTOR (M1C~3C DISCHARGE) Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUBCOOLING)
A5P, A7P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN) K1R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y5S) (A2P) R1T THERMISTOR (FIN) (A4P) Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
A6P, A8P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (CURRENT SENSOR) K2R MAGNETIC RELAY (Y6S) R2T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. GAS) Y2E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (CHARGE)
A4P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV) K1R, K2R MAGNETIC RELAY (K2M, K3M) (A1P) R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P) X1M TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER) K2M, K3M MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M2C, M3C) R95
t°
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR)
R50, R59 RESISTOR
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) R90
indoor (F1) (F2)
S1NPH S2NPL
R1T
X21A X32A X31A X18A
BS1BS2BS3 BS4 BS5
HAP
H1PH2PH3PH4PH5PH6PH7PH8P
PS
6
5
5
X5A
M Y3E
M Y2E
6
outdoor (Q1) (Q2)
M Y1E
outdoor (F1) (F2)
NOTE) 5
X30A
t° t° t° t° t°
TO
TO
TO
IN/D OUT/D MULTI
UNIT UNIT UNIT
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
(1) X29A
t° t° t°
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (SUB) K4
X6A
K2R
X5A
K5R
X9A
K8R
R31T R32T R33T R2T R4T R5T R6T R7T
Y1S
X8A
X7A
K9R
MAGNETIC RELAY
WHT
A2
K3M
A1RED
WHT
A2
A1RED K1R
K2M
X4A
X3A
X2A
V1CP
S3PH P<
S2PH
S1PH
P<
Q1RP
F1U
F2U
K11R
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN) K3
X28A
X26A
X25A
X20A
X37A
X1A
A1P
NOTES)
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
2.
: FIELD WIRING.
3.
: TERMINAL STRIP
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
4. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL
OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
5. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2,
OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 · F2, UTDOOR-MULTI TRANSMISSION
Q1 · Q2, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
6. HOW TO USE BS1~5, REFER TO "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. COMPO.
BOX COVER.
7. WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION DEVICE (S1~3PH).
8. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN.
M
3~
U VW
RED
WHT
BLK
M
3~
RED
WHT
BLK
U VW
Z3C
1 3 5
1 3 5 N=5
K2M
K3M
2 4 6
2 4 6 U VW
M
Z10C
Z8C
3~
N=5
N=5
M1C
Z7C
RED
WHT
BLK
BLU
POWER SUPPLY
Z1C
3N~ 380-415V 50Hz N=2
BLK
K2R
GRN
WHT
BLU
BLK
RED
WHT
BLK
K1R
K5R
RED
WHT
BLK
K6R
RED
WHT
BLK
K3R
Appendix
K4R
L1 L2 L3 N
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
REMQ14P / 16P7Y1B
412
413
MAIN
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
LN
L
L
N
N
FUSE
SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 N
L
FUSE
INDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
FUSE
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
N
SWITCH
L
N
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
BS UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
OUTDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
L
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
N
3D057764A
COOLING ONLY UNIT
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
6) Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7) Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only and are not intended for or to
include all details for a specific installation.
8) Be sure to install the switch and the fuse to the power line of each equipment.
9) Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power sources in an integrated manner
because this system consists of the equipment utilizing the multiple power sources.
10) If there exists the possibility of reversed phase, lose phase, momentary blackout or the
power goes on and off while the product is operating, attach a reversed phase protection
circuit locally.
Running the product in reversed phase may break the compressor and other parts.
2.2
MAIN SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
L1 L2L3 N
Notes1) All wiring, components and materials to be procured
on the site must comply with the applicable local and
national codes.
2) Use copper conductors only.
3) As for details, see wiring diagram.
4) Install circuit breaker for safety.
5) All field wiring and components must be provided by
licensed electrician.
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
Field Wiring
REYQ8P / 10P / 12P / 14P / 16PY1B
Appendix
Appendix
SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 N
SWITCH
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
L
L
N
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
MAIN
SWITCH
FUSE
POWER SUPPLY
LN
MAIN
SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 N
POWER SUPPLY
L1 L2 L3 N
FUSE
N
L
INDOOR UNITS
SWITCH
FUSE
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
L
L
N
N
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
L
SWITCH
N
L
N
L
L
N
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
SWITCH
COOLING ONLY UNIT
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 N
FUSE
L
N
FUSE
L
INDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
BS UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
L
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
L
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
N
L
N
3D057762A
COOLING ONLY UNIT
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE) (TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE) (TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 1]
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 2]
OUTDOOR UNITS
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
MAIN
SWITCH
FUSE
SWITCH
L1L2 L3 N
POWER SUPPLY
LN
MAIN
SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
When the power source is connected
in series between the units.
6) Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7) Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only and are not intended for or to
include all details for a specific installation.
8) Be sure to install the switch and the fuse to the power line of each equipment.
9) Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power sources in an integrated manner
because this system consists of the equipment utilizing the multiple power sources.
10) The capacity of UNIT1 must be larger than UNIT2 when the power source is connected in
series between the units.
11) If there exists the possibility of reversed phase, lose phase, momentary blackout or the
power goes on and off while the product is operating, attach a reversed phase protection
circuit locally.
Running the product in reversed phase may break the compressor and other parts.
2 WIRES CABLE
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE) (TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
BS UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
[UNIT 1]
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 2]
OUTDOOR UNITS
When the power source is supplied to
each outdoor unit individually.
Notes1) All wiring, components and materials to be procured
on the site must comply with the applicable local and
national codes.
2) Use copper conductors only.
3) As for details, see wiring diagram.
4) Install circuit breaker for safety.
5) All field wiring and components must be provided by
licensed electrician.
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
REYQ18P / 20P / 22P / 24P / 26P / 28P / 30P / 32P7Y1B
414
415
L1 L2 L3 N
FUSE
SWITCH
SWITCH
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
L
L
N
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
MAIN
SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
LN
FUSE
SWITCH
MAIN
SWITCH
L1 L2L3 N
POWER SUPPLY
L1 L2 L3 N
L
FUSE
L
INDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
N
BS UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
L
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
L
N
N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
L
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
L
N
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
N
FUSE
N
FUSE
L
INDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
BS UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
FUSE
L
SWITCH
N
N
L
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 3]
L
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
N
L
N
3D057763A
COOLING ONLY UNIT
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE) (TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 2]
OUTDOOR UNITS
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 1]
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
SWITCH
L
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
SWITCH
MAIN
SWITCH
COOLING ONLY UNIT
FUSE
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
SWITCH
FUSE
SWITCH
L1 L2 L3 N
L1L2 L3 N
POWER SUPPLY
LN
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 3]
MAIN
SWITCH
POWER SUPPLY
When the power source is connected
in series between the units.
6) Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7) Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only and are not intended for or to
include all details for a specific installation.
8) Be sure to install the switch and the fuse to the power line of each equipment.
9) Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power sources in an integrated manner
because this system consists of the equipment utilizing the multiple power sources.
10) The capacity of UNIT1 must be larger than UNIT2 when the power source is connected in
series between the units.
11) If there exists the possibility of reversed phase, lose phase, momentary blackout or the
power goes on and off while the product is operating, attach a reversed phase protection
circuit locally.
Running the product in reversed phase may break the compressor and other parts.
2 WIRES CABLE
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE) (TRANSMISSION LINE)
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 1]
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
FUSE
SWITCH
2 WIRES CABLE
(POWER LINE)
L1 L2 L3 N
2 WIRES CABLE
(TRANSMISSION LINE)
[UNIT 2]
OUTDOOR UNITS
When the power source is supplied to
each outdoor unit individually.
Notes1) All wiring, components and materials to be procured
on the site must comply with the applicable local and
national codes.
2) Use copper conductors only.
3) As for details, see wiring diagram.
4) Install circuit breaker for safety.
5) All field wiring and components must be provided by
licensed electrician.
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
REYQ34P / 36P / 38P / 40P / 42P / 44P / 46P / 48P7Y1B
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
2.3
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
Indoor Unit
FXFQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P8VEB
20~125-CLASS
X1M
A1P
X35A
L
N
X2M
Control box
R2T
RED
N
BLU
220~240/220V
~50/60Hz
X27A
X2M
X24A
X1A
X25A
HAP
PS
X33A
GRN/YLW
X35A
X30A
X7A
X20A
X38A
Z1C
RED
N=1
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
H1P
H2P BS1
H3P
H4P
X17A X18AX15A
Z1C
N=1
X16A
M1F MS
3~
M1F MS
3~
20~63-CLASS
(22~71-CLASS)
80~125-CLASS
(90~140-CLASS)
M
Y1E
X1A
Receiver/Display unit
X1M
PNK T2
WHT T1
YLW F2
ORG F1
BLU P2
BLK P1
Input from outside (Note 3)
Central remote controller
(note 1)
P2
R1T Wired remote
P1
SS1
controller
X36A
MSW
CN1 R1T
M1S
A2P
R2T
Thermistor (coil)
SS1
A1P
Printed circuit board
R3T
Thermistor (header)
SS2
A2P
Printed circuit board
S1L
Float Switch
Indoor unit
A4P
SS1
X2A SS2
KPR
X20A
C1
S1L
F1U
L
Q1DI
X33A
A1P
Indoor
R3T
YLW
YLW
H05VV-U3G2.5
F2U
A2P
GRN
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
RED
X24A
A3P
M1P M
~
Selector switch (main/sub)
Selector switch (Wireless address set)
Connector for optional parts
Capacitor
X1M
Terminal strip
X24A
F1U
Fuse (T, 5A, 250V)
X2M
Terminal strip
X33A
Connector (Adaptor for wiring)
F2U
Field fuse
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
X35A
Connector (Group control adaptor)
HAP
Light emitting diode (service motor green)
Z1C
Ferrite core
X38A
Connector (Multi tenant)
KPR
Magnetic relay (M1P)
L1
Receiver/display unit (attached to wireless remote control)
Wired remote control
Coil
A3P
Printed circuit board
R1T
Thermistor (air)
SS1
Selector switch (main/sub)
M1F
Motor fan (indoor fan)
A4P
Printed circuit board
M1P
Motor fan (drain pump)
BS1
Push button (on/off)
M1S
Motor (swing flap)
H1P
Light emitting diode (on-red)
PS
Power supply circuit
H2P
Light emitting diode (timer-green)
O1DI
Earth leak detector
H3P
Light emitting diode (filter sign-red)
R1T
Thermistor (air)
H4P
Light emitting diode (defrost-orange)
: Terminal
,
Connector (Wireless remote control)
RED: Red
PRP: Purple
ORG: Orange
: Connector
Colors:
BLK: Black
GRY: Gray
GRN: Green
: Connector
WHT:White
Blu: Blue
: Field wiring
YLW: Yellow
PNK: Pink
NOTES
1
2
3
4
In case of using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached installation manual.
X24A, X33A, X35A en X38A are connected when the optional accessories are being used.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced of on/off control operation can be selected by the remote controller.
see installation manual for more details.
Confirm the method of setting the selector switch (SS1, SS2) by installation manual and engineering data, etc.
3TW31056-1
Appendix
416
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXZQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M9V1B
L
N
MAX.
300
A1P
A3P
POWER SUPPLY
220-240V
~
X2M
50Hz
F2U
L
N
SS2
X23A
(SEE NOTE 3)
X2A
X1A
HAP
KPR
M1F
M1P
M1S
Q1DI
Q1M
R1T
R2T
R3T
S1L
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
FUSE ((B), 5A, 250V)
FIELD FUSE
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (SERVICE
MONITOR GREEN)
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
FIELD EARTH LEAK DETECTOR
(MAX. 300mA)
THERMAL PROTECTOR
(M1F EMBEDDED)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL-LIQUID)
THERMISTOR (COIL-GAS)
FLOAT SWITCH
B
t°
X13A
X12A
X11A
X1A
T1R
X31A
A1P
X11A
t°
X30A
V1TR
YLW
S1L
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
X23A
(SEE
NOTE 3)
KPR
X8A
H1P
H2P BS1
H3P
H4P
X1A
R3T
t°
WHT
GRN/YLW
RED
M
M1P
X16A
X18A HAP
X28A
X7A
T1R
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
V1TR TRIAC
X1M
TERMINAL STRIP
X2M
TERMINAL STRIP
Y1E
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
SS1
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
(RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT)
A3P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A4P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
BS1
PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
H1P
(ON-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
H2P
(TIMER-GREEN)
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
(SEE NOTE 4)
TRANSMISSION WIRING CENTRAL
REMOTE CONTROLLER (SEE NOTE 2)
P2 R1T
P1
WIRED REMOTE
SS1
CONTROLLER
BLK
X25A
M
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X1M
X4A
M
YLW
Y1E
A1P
C1
F1U
F2U
F1U
RED
A4P
SS1
R2T
t°
MSW
M1S
H3P
YLW
Q1DI
R1T
WHT
20, 25, 32, 40, 50 CLASS
(22, 28, 36, 45, 56 CLASS)
M1F
Q1M
C1
SWITCH BOX
T1R
X1M
A1P
C1
X2M
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(FILTER SIGN-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(DEFROST-ORANGE)
SS1
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SELECTOR SWITCH
SS2
(WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X16A CONNECTOR
(ADAPTOR FOR WIRE)
H4P
X18A
CONNECTOR (ON/OFF)
(WIRING ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
RED:RED
BLK:BLACK
WHT:WHITE
YLW:YELLOW
PNK:PINK
ORG:ORANGE
GRN:GREEN
BLU:BLUE
: TERMINAL
: CONNECTOR
: WIRE CLAMP
: FIELD WIRING
NOTES:
1. IN CASE OF USING A REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE TO THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
2. X23A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS BEING USED.
3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED TO THE UNIT.
4. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM.
SEE TECHNICAL DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTION.
3TW26426-1C
417
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXCQ20M / 25M / 32M / 63M8V3B
20,25,32,63 CLASS
1N~50Hz 230V
A1P
X2M
(22,28,36,71 CLASS)
L N
T1R
Q2E
F2U
X1M
indoor
SWITCH BOX
33S
BLU
T1R
RED
X1M L N
A1P L
F1U
N
R1T
R2T
R3T
t°
t°
t°
X13A X12A X11A X9A X8A
t°
RyF3
RyA
FL FLL
X6A
X7A
M
M
M1S
Y1E
M
t°
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X23A
Y2 Y1
1
M1F
1
M
33H
33S
A1P
C1R
F1T
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1S
M1P
R1T
FIELD WIRING
: LIVE
: NEUTRAL
: CONNECTOR
: WIRE CLAMP
: PROTECTIVE
EARTH (SCREW)
FLOAT SWITCH
LIMIT SWITCH (SWING FLAP)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
THERMAL FUSE (152°C) (M1F EMBEDDED)
FUSE (250V, 5A)
FIELD FUSE
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
X2M
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
A1P
A2P
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE (Note 3)
TO CENTRAL REMOTE
CONTROLLER (Note 1)
P2
P1
SS1
SS2
X2A
X23A
C1R
L
N
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
M1P
WHT
YLW
1
HAP
X18A
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(Note 2)
BRN
ORG
FC FH
RED
BLK
X4A
RyF2
RyF1
X3A
X1A
33H
RyP
C1R
X1A
A3P
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
X1A
BS
NOTE 2 RECEIVER / DISPLAY UNIT
COLORS:
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
BRN : BROWN
ORG : ORANGE
PNK : PINK
RED : RED
WHT : WHITE
YLW : YELLOW
R2T, R3T THERMISTOR (COIL)
Q2E
EARTH LEAK DETECTOR
RyA
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1S)
RyF1-3 MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F)
RyP
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
T1R
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
X1M
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
X2M
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
Y1E
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED TO WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
A2P, A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
BS
ON/OFF BUTTON
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
SS1
SS2
X18A
X23A
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (TIMER-GREEN)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (FILTER SIGN-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (DEFROST-ORANGE)
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SELECTOR SWITCH (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
CONNECTOR (WIRING, ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
CONNECTOR (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
NOTES:
1. WHEN USING A CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, SEE MANUAL FOR CONNECTION TO THE UNIT.
2. X23A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS USED.
3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM THE OUTDOOR UNIT, "FORCED OFF" OR "ON/OFF" OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
FOR MORE DETAILS SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
4. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
2TW23776-1D
Appendix
418
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXCQ40M / 50M / 80M / 125M8V3B
1N~50Hz 230V
A1P
X2M
X1M
(45, 56, 90, 140 CLASS)
L N
Q2E
F2U
indoor
33S
SWITCH BOX
BLU
A1P L
T1R F1U
N
R2T
R3T
t°
t°
t°
X13A X12A X11A X9A X8A
RyA
FC FH
FL FLL
X6A
X7A
M
M
RED
BLK
BLU
ORG
X4A
HAP
FIELD WIRING
33H
33S
A1P
C1R
F1T
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1S
M1P
R1T
: LIVE
: NEUTRAL
: CONNECTOR
: WIRE CLAMP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
(SCREW)
FLOAT SWITCH
LIMIT SWITCH (SWING FLAP)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
THERMAL FUSE (152°C) (M1F EMBEDDED)
FUSE (250V, 5A)
FIELD FUSE
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
M
t°
WHT
YLW
L
N
1
C1R
1
M1F
M1S
Y1E
X18A
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X23A
Y2 Y1
BRN
X1A
RyF3
X3A
RyF2
t°
R1T
RyF1
COLORS:
BLK : BLACK
BLU : BLUE
BRN : BROWN
ORG : ORANGE
PNK : PINK
RED : RED
WHT : WHITE
YLW : YELLOW
RED
X1M L N
33H
RyP
C1R
T1R
40, 50, 80, 125 CLASS
1
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
X2M
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
A1P
A2P
M
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE (Note 3)
TO CENTRAL REMOTE
CONTROLLER (Note 1)
P2
P1
SS1
SS2
M1P
X2A
X23A
NOTE 2
R2T, R3T THERMISTOR (COIL)
Q2E
EARTH LEAK DETECTOR
RyA
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1S)
RyF1-3 MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F)
RyP
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
T1R
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
X1M
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
X2M
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
Y1E
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED TO WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
A2P, A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
BS
ON/OFF BUTTON
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(Note 2)
A3P
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
X1A
BS
X1A
RECEIVER / DISPLAY UNIT
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
SS1
SS2
X18A
X23A
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (TIMER-GREEN)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (FILTER SIGN-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (DEFROST-ORANGE)
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SELECTOR SWITCH (WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
CONNECTOR (WIRING, ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
CONNECTOR (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
NOTES:
1. WHEN USING A CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, SEE MANUAL FOR CONNECTION TO THE UNIT.
2. X23A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS USED.
3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM THE OUTDOOR UNIT, "FORCED OFF" OR "ON/OFF" OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
FOR MORE DETAILS SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
4. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
2TW23806-1D
419
Appendix
Appendix
NOTE-5
RED GRY BLK ORG BRN
X2A LL
ORG BRN
RED BLK
A2P
YC
X3A
X1A
X4A
FL FLL
FC FH
t°
T1R
220-240V
~
50Hz
FC FH
K1R
FL
FLL
K2R K3R
BLK
X16A
X18A
X8A
S1L
X30A
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
KAR
KPR P1
X6A
X7A
Y2 Y1
HAP
X13A X12A X11A X9A
t°
S1Q
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X2M
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
X2M
A1P
A2P
C1
X1M
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION
WIRING CENTRAL
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
NOTE-4
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
T1R
ELECTRIC PARTS BOX
X18A
X16A
3D039564C
ORG BRN
A2P RED BLK
R1T
YC
WHT
P1 P2
RED
WHT
X3A
X2A LL
SS1
M
X1A
MSW
M
~
~
ORG
BRN
RED GRY BLK
Y1E
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
M1S
M1P
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
WHT
M Q1M
~
C1
M1F
YLW
X4A
X1A
L N
t°
R1T R2T R3T
L N
t°
RED WHT GRN/
YLW
X3A
F1U
A1P
X1M
220V
~
60HZ
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES) 1.
: TERMINAL BLOCK,
,
: CONNECTOR,
: TERMINAL
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO
THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF
CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
5. IN CASE HIGH E.S.P. OPERATION, CHANGE OVER THE WIRING CONNECTION FROM X2A TO X3A.
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (PNK : PINK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW ORG : ORANGE BLU : BLUE
BLK : BLACK RED : RED BRN : BROWN GRY : GRAY)
7. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
INDOOR UNIT
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TERMINAL BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
FUSE((B),5A, 250V)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
K1R-K3R
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F)
KAR
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1S)
KPR
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
M1F
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1P
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
M1S
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
Q1M
THERMO. SWITCH
(M1F EMBEDDED)
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R2T·R3T
THERMISTOR (COIL)
S1L
FLOAT SWITCH
S1Q
LIMIT SWITCH (SWING FLAP)
T1R
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
X1M
TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
X2M
TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
Y1E
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
SS1
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X16A
CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
X18A
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR
FOR ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
A1P
A2P
C1
F1U
HAP
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
420
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXDQ20PB / 25PB / 32PB / 40NB / 50NB / 63NBVE
POWER SUPPLY
~220-240V~220V
50Hz
60Hz
R1T
R2T
R3T
t°
t°
t°
X13A
X12A
X11A
X2M
A1P
F1U
L
L
RED
N
N
BLU
GRN
/YLW
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
Z1C
N=3
X16A
X30A
X1A
T1R
X31A
X3A
X1M
T2
Note: 3
Input from outside
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
Note: 1
Transmission wiring
central remote control
P2 R1T
P1
SS1
Wired remote
control
t°
X18A
Z2C
N=3
X27A
GRY
PRP
BLU
M
X18A
V1TR
M1P
X7A
X16A
YLW
Y1E
RED
WHT
C1
M
M
Q1M
BLK
A1P
X1M
Z1C
C1
HAP
X8A
X2M
X4A
M1F
S1L
T1R
Z2C
Control box
A1P
C1
F1U
HAP
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (F5A, 250V)
Light emitting diode
(service monitor-green)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Motor (indoor fan)
Motor (drain pump)
Thermal protector (M1F embedded)
KPR
M1F
M1P
Q1M
Colors:
Thermistor (air)
Thermistor (coil - 1)
Thermistor (coil - 2)
Float switch
Transformer (220V/22V)
Phase control circuit
Terminal block
Terminal block
Electronic expansion valve
Z1C•Z2C Noise filter (ferrite core)
Wired remote control
R1T
Thermistor (air)
SS1
Selector switch (main/sub)
Connector for optional parts
X16A
Connector (adapter for wiring)
Connector (wiring adapter for electrical
X18A
appendices)
BLK: Black
ORG: Orange
WHT: White
: Connector
BUL: Blue
PNK: Pink
YLW: Yellow
: Field wiring
GRY: Gray
PRP: Purple
GRN: Green
RED: Red
: Terminal
,
R1T
R2T
R3T
S1L
T1R
V1TR
X1M
X2M
Y1E
NOTES
1 In case of using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached installation manual.
2 Remote control model varies according to the combination system, confirm engineering materials and catalogs, etc. before connecting.
3 When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control operation can be selected by remote control.
In details, refer to the installation manual attached to the unit.
3D060547
421
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
A1P
SWITCH BOX
T1R
A1P
L
R3T
t°
t°
t°
X13A
X12A
X11A X8A X16A
RyF1
X3A
X1A
FC FH
RED
BLK
X4A
C1R
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (FAN)
FUSE (250V, 10A)
FIELD FUSE
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
M1F
Q1E
R1T
R2T, R3T
MOTOR (FAN)
EARTH LEAK DETECTOR
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (REFRIGERANT)
RyF1-3
T1R
MAGNETIC RELAY (FAN)
TRANSFORMER
(220-240V/22V)
X1M
X2M
Y1E
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION
VALVE
J1EH
K1R
X4
WHT
YLW
RyC, RyF
RyH
F1U, F2U
X1A, X2A
RyC
F1U RyH Y2
Y1
X18A
T2
T1
HAP
F2
F1
FL FLL
P2
X7A
P1
M
1~ t° M1F
RyF
X3
N
SWITCH BOX COVER
A1P
C1R
F1U
F2U
HAP
FAN
OPERATION
X1A
RyF3
X2M
R2T
RyF2
X1M
R1T
X1M
X1
COMPRESSOR
OPERATION
X2
F2U
X2M
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
Y1E
K1R
X2A
NOTE 3 INPUT
FROM OUTSIDE
CENTRAL REMOTE
CONTROLLER NOTE 1
P1 P2
M
YC
ADAPTOR FOR WIRING
L N
X1M
RED
C1R
T1R
indoor
ORG
BRN
FIELD WIRING
BLU
N : NEUTRAL
: LIVE
: CONNECTOR
: WIRE CLAMP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
F1U
L
N
L
1N~50Hz Q1E F2U
230V
TERMINALS
OPERATION
INDICATOR
FXDQ20M / 25M9V3B
WIRED
REMOTE
CONTROLLER
20, 25 CLASS
(22, 28 CLASS)
ADAPTOR FOR WIRING
X1M
TERMINAL STRIP
MAGNETIC RELAY
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
MAGNETIC RELAY (J1EH)
X16A
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR)
FUSE (250V, 5A)
X18A
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR
FOR ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR)
OPTIONAL PARTS
ELECTRIC HEATER
MAGNETIC RELAY (J1EH)
COLORS:
BLK : BLACK; BLU : BLUE; BRN : BROWN; ORG : ORANGE;
PNK : PINK; WHT : WHITE; YLW : YELLOW; RED : RED
NOTES:
1. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
2. WHEN USING THE CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, SEE MANUAL FOR CONNECTION TO THE UNIT.
3. WHEN INSTALLING THE ELECTRIC HEATER, CHANGE THE WIRING FOR THE HEATER CIRCUIT. THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY HAS TO BE SUPPLIED INDEPENDENTLY.
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, “FORCED OFF” OR “ON/OFF” OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER.
SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
2TW23666-1E
Appendix
422
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXSQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P7VEB
GRN/YLW
N=1
L
N
Z2C
YLW YLW
A1P
RED
F1U
R1T
M
M1P 1~
Indoor
1N~220-240V 50Hz
1N~220V 60Hz
KPR
GRN
X25A
R2T R3T
t°
t°
S1L
t°
X16A X18A X17A
X15A
L
Q1D1
N
X1M Z1C
BLU
X27A
PS
X30A
+
-
L1R
X70A
C2 + C3 R3 R4
-
BLK
A2P
X3A
R5T
To
X1M
RED
X9A
X1A BLK
X6A
F3U
K1R
WHT
R2
V2R
V1R
HAP
PS
X2A
MS
3~
RED
YLW
BLU
ORG
PNK
GRY
5
RED
X3A
F4U
BLU
R1
Z1F
F2U
RED
R2
BLU
BRN
ORG
WHT
C1
K1R
GRN X10A
X28A
M1F
V1R
PS
HAP
X38A
X8A
P2
L1R
MS
3~
A2P
Z
1
C
SS1
P1 R1T
Wired remote control
(optional accessory)
X33A
M Y1E
X6A
M1F
+ C1
-
BLU X10A
A2P
X35A
X7A
BLK
For 20~50 class L1R
(22~56 class)
Input from outside
note 3
Transmission wiring
Central remote control
note 2
BLU
HAP
For 60~125 class (71~140 class) A3P
PNK
WHT T2
T1
YLW
ORG F2
F1
P2
P1
BLK X2M
Z2C
A
A
3
1
P
P
X1M X2M
X28A
X35A
X38A
X33A
Switch box (indoor)
A3P only for 60~125class (71~140 class)
A1P
A2P
A3P
C1, C2, C3
F1UF
F2UF
F3UF
F4UF
HAP
KPR, K1R
L1R
M1F
M1P
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Printed circuit board (fan)
Printed circuit board (capacitor)
Capacitor
use (T, 3.15A, 250V)
use (T, 5A, 250V)
use (T, 6.3A, 250V)
use (T, 6.3A, 250V)
Light emitting diode (service monitor green)
Magnetic relay
Reactor
Motor (fan)
Motor (drain pump)
PS
Q1DI
R1
R2
R3, R4
R1T
R2T
R3T
R5T
S1L
V1R
V2R
X1M
X2M
Switching power supply
Earth leak detector
Resistor (current limiting)
Current sensing device
Resistor (electric discharge)
Thermistor (suction air)
Thermistor (Liquid)
Thermistor (gas)
Thermistor NTC (current limiting)
Float switch
Diode bridge
Power module
Terminal strip (power supply)
Terminal strip (control)
: Field wiring
L:
Live
: Connector
N:
Neutral
Colors:
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
Z1C, Z2C Noise filter
Z1F
Noise filter
X28A
X35A
X38A
Connector optional accessory
Connector (power supply for wiring)
Connector (adapter)
Connector (for wiring)
R1T
SS1
Wired remote control
Thermistor (air)
Selector switch (main/sub)
RED:
Red
BRN:
Brown
BLK:
Black
GRY:
Gray
: Wire clamp
WHT:
White
BLU:
Blue
: Protective earth screw
YLW:
Yellow
PNK:
Pink
ORG:
Orange
GRN:
Green
NOTES
1 Use copper conductors only.
2 When using the central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
3 When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off operation can be selected by the remote control.
See installation manual for more details.
2TW31186-1C
423
Appendix
Z
1
C
Z2C
A
3
P
*
X1M X2M
A2P
L1R
A
1
P
X33A
X35A
X28A
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
P2
P1 R1T
SS1
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
NOTE)3
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE
CONTROLLER NOTE)2
EL. COMPO. BOX (INDOOR)
* ONLY FXMQ50 · 63 · 80 ·
100 · 125 ·140PVE
X33A
X28A
PNK T2
WHT T1
YLW F2
ORG F1
P2
P1
X2M
BLK
S1L
X15A
X30A
X13A
t˚
R4T
BLU
Appendix
3D058783D
NOTES) 1.
: TERMINAL
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
4. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BRN : BROWN GRY : GRAY GRN : GREEN ORG : ORANGE.
5. FOR FXMQ50 · 63 · 80 · 100 · 125 · 140PVE, N=2.
INDOOR UNIT R1T THERMISTOR (SUCTION AIR)
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT R2T THERMISTOR (LIQUID)
R1T R2T R3T
BOARD
M1P M
R3T THERMISTOR (GAS)
~ Z2C GRN
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT R4T THERMISTOR
t˚
t˚
t˚
GRN/YLW
POWER
YLW YLW
A1P
BOARD(FAN)
(DISCHARGE AIR)
NOTE) 5
SUPPLY
N=1 RED
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT R5T THERMISTOR NTC
X16A X18A X17A
F1U
BOARD(CAPACITOR)
KPR
(CURRENT LIMITING)
L
L
C1,C2,C3 CAPACITOR S1L FLOAT SWITCH
X25A
F1U FUSE (T,3.15A,250V) V1R DIODE BRIDGE
BLU
N
~220-240V ~220V N
X27A
F2U FUSE (T,5A,250V) V2R POWER MODULE
PS
Z1C
50Hz
60Hz X1M
F3U FUSE (T,6.3A,250V) X1M TERMINAL STRIP
HAP
F4U FUSE (T,6.3A,250V)
(POWER SUPPLY)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE X2M TERMINAL STRIP
FOR FXMQ50 · 63 · 80 · 100 · 125 · 140PVE
X70A
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
(CONTROL)
+ C2 + C3 R3 R4
TO X70A(A1P)
X35A
(A1P,A2P)
Y1E ELECTRONIC
L1R
X7A
A3P
BLK BLK
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY
EXPANSION VALVE
A2P
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY Z1C NOISE FILTER
FOR FXMQ20 · 25 · 32 · 40PVE L1R
X6A
X9A
X3A
Z2C
L1R REACTOR
Z3C (FERRITE CORE)
A2P
X1A BLK N=8
TO X1M
R5T
M Y1E
M1F MOTOR(FAN) Z1F NOIS EFILTER
X6A
X3A
F3U
M1F
RED
-t˚
M1P MOTOR(DRAIN PUMP) CONNECTOR
R1
+ C1
WHT
MS
RED
Z1F K1R
PS SWITCHING POWER OPTIONALACCESSORY
RED F4U
3~
SUPPLY(A1P,A2P) X28A CONNECTOR (POWER SUPPLY BLU
RED
+ C1 F2U
K1R
M1F
X10A
R2
Z1F
Z3C GRN BLU
R1 RESISTOR
FOR WIRING)
YLW
BLU
MS
V2R
V1R
(CURRENT LIMITING) X33A CONNECTOR
3~
BLU
5
BRN
X10A
R2
ORG
ORG
GRN
R2 CURRENT SENSING
(FOR WIRING)
V1R
HAP
PNK
WHT
DEVICE
X35A CONNECTOR(ADAPTER)
PS
PS
HAP
X2A GRY
R3,R4 RESISTOR WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
X8A
(ELECTRIC DISCHARGE) R1T THERMISTOR(AIR)
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH
(MAIN/SUB)
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
424
425
INDOOR UNIT
A1P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
C1R·C2R
CAPACITOR (M1F·2F)
FUSE ( B ,5A, 250V)
F1U
HAP
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (SERVICE
MONITOR-GREEN)
K1M
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F·2F)
K2M
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F·2F)
K3M
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1F·2F)
K1R-K3R
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F·2F)
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
KPR
M1F·M2F
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
Q1M·Q2M THERMO SWITCH (M1F·2F
EMBEDDED)
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL)
R2T·R3T
SELECTOR SWITCH (STATIC
SS
PRESSURE)
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
T1R
X1M
TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
X2M-X3M TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
X4M
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
Y1E
OPTIONAL PARTS
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
M1P
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R1T
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SS1
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X8A
CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
X18A
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTORICAL APPENDICES)
(6)
(5)
(8)
(7)
T1R
31
64
BLK BLU ORG BRN
X2M
RED
BLK BLU ORG BRN
X3M
21 22 23 24 25
9 7 1210
S1L
t˚
X8A
X18A
(A1) (A1) (A1)
K1M K2M K3M
(A2) (A2) (A2)
M
~
M1P
R1T
X3M
X1M
X2M
SS1
3D039621C
NOTE-4
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION WIRING CENTRA
REMOTE CONTROLLER
P1 P2
X4M
A1P
T1R
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
Y1E
M
CONTROL BOX
K1M K2M K3M SS C1R C2R
X13A X12A X11A X8A
HAP
X18A
HAP T2 PNK T2
T1 WHT T1
F2 YLW F2
X30A
F1 ORG F1
X1A
KPR P2 BLU P2
K1R K2R K3R
P1 BLK P1
FC FH FL FLL
X7A
X4M
X4A
Y2
Y1
RED BLK ORG BRN
WHT
F1U
X3A
L N
t˚
R1T R2T R3T NOTE-5
RED WHT t˚
L N
N
: TERMINAL BLOCK
: CONNECTOR
: SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL
OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE
INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
5. IN CASE INSTALLING THE DRAIN PUMP, REMOVE THE SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR OF X8A
AND EXECUTE THE ADDITIONAL WIRING FOR FLOAT SWITCH AND DRAIN PUMP.
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (PNK : PINK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW ORG : ORANGE
BLU : BLUE BLK : BLACK RED : RED BRN : BROWN)
7. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
8. IN CASE HIGH E.S.P. OPERATION, CHANGE THE SWITCH (SS) FOR "H".
NOTES)
1.
,
X8A
K2M
(8)
X1M
A1P
X3M
X2M
WHT
M
M
Q1M ~ WHT 16 WHTQ2M ~ WHT 26
C1R
C2R
YLW
YLW
17
27
YLW
YLW
M1F
M2F
RED
(4)
(3)
(6)
(3)
(5)
(7)
K3M
t˚
RED RED RED (4) WHT WHTWHT RED RED RED (8)
(6) 8 11
(2) 2 5
H SS L
H SS L
(1)
(4)
RED RED RED
WHT WHTWHT RED RED RED
(3)
(7)
K1M (5)
11 12 13 14 15
WHT WHT WHT
(2)
(2)
(1)
(1)
WHT WHT WHT
220-240V 220V
~
~
60Hz
50Hz
POWER SUPPLY
L
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXMQ200MA / 250MAVE
Appendix
Appendix
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(FILTER SIGN-RED)
X23A CONNECTOR (WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(DEFROST-ORANGE)
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH
(MAIN/SUB)
SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH
(WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X8A CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
H4P
H3P
220-240V
~
50Hz
T1R
t°
N
L
N
PC
BLK
M1F
t˚
t˚
Y1E
WHT M
M1P
M
~
HAP
RED
P1 P2
SS1
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION
WIRING CENTRAL
REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE-5
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE
X1A
H1P
H2PBS1
H3P
X1A H4P
A3P
X8A
X18A
X23A
A1P
X2M X1M
C1R T1R
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
R1T
PNK T2
WHT T1
YLW F2
ORG F1
BLU P2
BLK P1
X2M
SS2
A2P
X2A SS1
ELECTRIC PARTS BOX
~
S1Q M1S
MSW
WHT
X6A
KAR
NOTE-6
X23A
A1P
NOTE-4
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
(WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
X8A
X18A
T2
T1
F2
X30A
F1
P2
P1
KPR
X23A
X25A X7A
X13A X12A X11A
t˚
R1T R1T R3T
X9A
M
~ Q1M
WHT C1R
BLK YLW RED
X4A
X27A
X1A
F1U
X3A
A1P RED WHT
X1M
L
220V
~
60Hz
POWER SUPPLY
3D039801D
NOTES)
1.
: TERMINAL BLOCK
,
: CONNECTOR
: SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
4. X23A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS BEING USED.
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE
INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
6. IN CASE INSTALLING THE DRAIN PUMP, REMOVE THE SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR OF X8A AND EXECUTE THE ADDITIONAL WIRING FOR FLOAT SWITCH AND DRAIN PUMP.
7. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS.
(PNK : PINK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW
ORG : ORANGE BLU : BLUE BLK : BLACK RED : RED )
8. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
INDOOR UNIT
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
FUSE ((B), 5A, 250V)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
KAR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1S)
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
Q1M THERMO. SWITCH (M1F EMBEDDED)
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID)
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS)
S1Q LIMIT SWITCH (SWING FLAP)
T1R TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
(PC) PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
OPTIONAL PARTS
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT(ATTACHED
TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
BS1 PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
H2P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(TIMER-GREEN)
A1P
C1R
F1U
HAP
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
426
THERMISTOR(AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID PIPE)
THERMISTOR (COIL GAS PIPE)
TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
POWER CIRCUIT
R1T
R2T
R3T
X1M
X2M
Y1E
PC
SS2
SS1
H4P
H3P
H2P
SELECTOR SWITCH (WIRELESS
ADDRESS SET)
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(DEFROST-ORANGE)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (FILTER
SIGN-RED)
LIGHTE MITTING DIODE (TIMERGREEN)
PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
BS1
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A3P
H1P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A2P
X1M
X2M
FRONT
X1M
X2M
CONTROL BOX
(INDOOR UNIT)
SIDE
HAP
A1P
A1P
HAP
N WHT
L RED
X20A
F1U
X27A
A1P
X2M GRN/YLW
M1F
MS
3~
PC
M1S
MSW
X36A
NE
GRN
HAP
X19A
X18A
X14A
Y1E
M
X7A
X35A
X38A
THERMISTOR (AIR)
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
R1T
X24A
X15A
SS1
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR MULTI TENANT)
CONNECTOR (GROUP CONTROL ADAPTOR)
CONNECTOR (WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
X1M
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X24A
NOTE) 8
A1P
X1A
SS2
SS1
X1A
A3P
H4P
H1P
BS1
H2P
H3P
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE) 2
SS1
P2
P1 R1T
NOTE) 5
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
X2A
A2P
3D064997A
4.
SHOWS SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR.
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE,
FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE
SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS,
REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE
UNIT.
6. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING
TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM
ENGINEERING DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE
CONNECTING.
7. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE SELECTOR
SWITCH (SS1, SS2) OF WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
AND WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER BY INSTALLATION
MANUAL AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC.
8. X15A, X24A, X35A AND X38A ARE CONNECTED WHEN
THE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES ARE BEING USED.
WHT
X15A
NOTE) 8
X35A X38A
NOTE) 8 NOTE) 8 X30A
X24A
NOTE) 8
t˚
R1T
t˚
R2T
t˚
R3T
NOTES)
1.
:TERMINAL
:CONNECTOR
:FIELD WIRING
:CONNECTOR
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
3. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS: RED: RED WHT: WHITE
GRN: GREEN PNK: PINK YLW: YELLOW BLK: BLACK ORG: ORANGE
BLU: BLUE
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED
TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
L
N
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1F
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN)
HAP
POWER SUPPLY
~
220-240V
50Hz
M1S
FUSE (T, 3.15AH, 250V)
F1U
INDOOR UNIT
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
RED
427
A1P
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE9
Appendix
Appendix
INDOOR UNIT
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
FUSE ( B ,5A, 50V)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
K1R-K3R MAGNETIC RELAY (M1F)
M1F
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
Q1M THERMO SWITCH
(M1F EMBEDDED)
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R2T·R3T THERMISTOR (COIL)
T1R
TRANSFORMER (220-240V/22V)
X1M
TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
A1P
C1
F1U
HAP
C1
L
FL
FLL
M1F
Q1M
Y1E
M
SS1
X1M
A1P
T1R
X2M
CONTROL BOX
X18A
NOTE-4
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
NOTE-3
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER
R1T P1 P2
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X2M
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
3D039826F
NOTES)
1.
: TERMINAL BLOCK,
,
: CONNECTOR,
: TERMINAL
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIO MANUAL.
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF
CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS,
REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (PNK : PINK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW ORG : ORANGE
BLU : BLUE BLK : BLACK RED : RED BRN : BROWN)
6. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
WHT
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X30A
X18A
X7A
HAP
WHT
YLW RED BLK ORG BRN
M
~
t˚
X13A X12A X11A
K1R K2R K3R
FC FH
N
t˚
YLW RED BLK ORG BRN
X4A
X1A
X3A
F1U
t˚
R1T R2T R3T
X2M
TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
Y1E
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
R1T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
SS1
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
X18A CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR FOR
ELECTORICAL APPENDICES)
WHT
WHT
t˚
T1R
L N
L
N
A1P RED BLU
X1M
POWER SUPPLY
~220-240V
50Hz
~220V
60Hz
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
428
429
X2M
X4M
X2M
A2P
X5M
X2M
A3P
X6M
X2M
HAP
X7M
X3M
Y2E
Y1E
X2M
M
6
X5A
M
6
X4A
PS
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES TO THE BS UNIT ONLY.
2.
: TERMINAL STRIP,
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING,
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3. WHEN USING THE COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL
ACCESSORY), CONNECT IT TO TERMINALS A, B AND C
ON X2M (A1P~A4P).
4. AS FOR WIRING TO THE X2M~X7M (CONTROL), REFER
TO INSTALLATION MANUAL.
5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (BLU: BLUE RED: RED)
X1M
A1P
EL. COMPO. BOX
A4P
BLU
L N
RED
X1M
BS UNIT TOP
(ALL OTHER IDENTICAL PLACES)
Y1E
Y4E
Y2E
Y5E
Y3E
A1P
POWER SUPPLY
~220-240V
50Hz
M
M
M
Y5E
6
INDOOR
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
X4M
UNIT A
Y4E
6
A2P
M
Y1E
6
X4A
HAP
Y2E
M
6
X5A
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
PS
Y3E
M
6
X6A
Y4E
M
6
M
INDOOR
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
X5M
UNIT B
Y5E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M B
A
X7A X8A
F1U
DS2
ON
OFF
FOR USING DIP SWITCH (DS1·2), REFER TO INSTALLATION
MANUAL OR "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. COMPO.
BOX COVER.
DS1
1234 1 234
6. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
7. DIP SWITCH (DS1·2) INITIAL SETTINGS ARE AS FOLLOWS.
Y3E
6
X6A
NOTE).3 C
X2M B
A
X7A X8A
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT F1
F1U
A3P
M
Y1E
6
X4A
HAP
Y2E
M
6
X5A
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
PS
Y5E
M
6
A4P
M
Y2E
Y1E
6
X5A
M
6
X4A
HAP
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
PS
M
Y3E
6
X6A
F1U
M
M
Y5E
6
X2M (A1P~A4P)
X1M
X2M~X7M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
Y4E
Y5E
Z1C
INDOOR
UNIT
3D063928B
TERMINAL STRIP (C/H SELECTOR)
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB COOL)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB DISCHARGE)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB SUCTION)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN DISCHARGE)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN SUCTION)
NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
BS
UNIT
F1 F2
X3M
OR
F1 F2
X2M
OUTDOOR
UNIT OR BS
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
X7M
UNIT D
Y4E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M B
A
X7A X8A
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT A)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT B)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT C)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT D)
DIP SWITCH
FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V)
FLASHING LAMP
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
PS
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P~A4P)
X1M (A1P~A4P) TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
INDOOR
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
X6M
UNIT C
Y4E
M
6
A1P (UNIT A)
A2P (UNIT B)
A3P (UNIT C)
A4P (UNIT D)
DS1, DS2
F1U
HAP
Y3E
M
6
X6A
NOTE).3 C
X2M B
A
X7A X8A
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT F1
F1U
2.4
Z1C
N=2
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
SiBE37-701_B
BS Unit
BSV4Q100PV1
Appendix
Appendix
X2M
X4M
X2M
A2P
X5M
X2M
A3P
X6M
X2M
A4P
X7M
A5P
X2M
X8M
6
X2M
A6P
F1U
X9M
X3M
Y2E
Y1E
X2M
M
M
6
M
6
M
HAP
M
Y2E
Y1E
Y5E
6
X5A
M
6
X4A
PS
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
M
6
A2P
INDOOR
UNIT
M
6
M
M
Y5E
6
A3P
INDOOR
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT B
X5M
Y3E Y4E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT
F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M
B
X6A X7A X8A A
F1U
6
Y1E
M
HAP
X4A
PS
6
M
Y2E
X5A
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
6
6
M
M
Y5E
6
INDOOR
UNIT
DS2
ON
OFF
FOR USING DIP SWITCH (DS1·2), REFER TO INSTALLATION
MANUAL OR "SERVICE PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. COMPO.
BOX COVER.
DS1
1 234 1 234
A4P
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT C
X6M
Y3E Y4E
M
X6A
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M
B
X7A X8A A
F1U
6. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
7. DIP SWITCH (DS1·2) INITIAL SETTINGS ARE AS FOLLOWS.
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT A
X4M
Y3E Y4E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT
F1
HAP
NOTE).3 C
X2M
B
X4A X5A X6A X7A X8A A
PS
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
NOTES) 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM APPLIES TO THE BS UNIT ONLY.
2.
: TERMINAL STRIP,
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING,
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
3. WHEN USING THE COOL/HEAT SELECTOR (OPTIONAL
ACCESSORY), CONNECT IT TO TERMINALS A, B AND C
ON X2M (A1P~A4P).
4. AS FOR WIRING TO THE X2M~X9M (CONTROL), REFER
TO INSTALLATION MANUAL.
5. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS. (BLU: BLUE RED: RED)
X1M
A1P
L N
A1P
POWER SUPPLY
~220-240V
50Hz
BLU
EL. COMPO. BOX
X1M
RED
BS UNIT TOP
(ALL OTHER IDENTICAL PLACES)
Y2E
Y5E Y1E
Y3E
Y4E
Z1C
N=2
6
Y1E
M
HAP
X4A
PS
6
Y2E
M
X5A
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
M
6
M
M
Y5E
6
PS
A1P (UNIT A)
A1P (UNIT B)
A1P (UNIT C)
A1P (UNIT D)
A1P (UNIT E)
A1P (UNIT F)
DS1, DS2
F1U
HAP
INDOOR
UNIT
6
Y1E
M
HAP
X4A
PS
6
Y2E
M
X5A
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
M
6
M
M
Y5E
6
A6P
INDOOR
UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT E
X8M
Y3E Y4E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT
F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M
B
X6A X7A X8A A
F1U
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT A)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT B)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT C)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT D)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT E)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INDOOR UNIT F)
DIP SWITCH
FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V)
FLASHING LAMP
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P~A6P)
A5P
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT D
X7M
Y3E Y4E
6
X1A
X1M
TO OUT/D F2
UNIT
F1
TO IN/D F2
UNIT
F1
NOTE).3 C
X2M
B
X6A X7A X8A A
F1U
M
M
Y2E
6
M
M
Y5E
6
X8A
X2M
C
B
A
F2
F1
F2
F1
X1A
BS
UNIT
3D063929B
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
TERMINAL STRIP (C/H SELECTOR)
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB COOL)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB DISCHARGE)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (SUB SUCTION)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN DISCHARGE)
ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN SUCTION)
NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
INDOOR
UNIT
F1 F2
X3M
OR
F1 F2
OUTDOOR
UNIT OR
BS UNIT
INDOOR F1 F2
UNIT F
X9M
Y3E Y4E
M
6
X6A X7A
6
F1U
X1M
TO OUT/D
UNIT
TO IN/D
UNIT
NOTE).3
X1M (A1P~A6P)
X2M (A1P~A6P)
X1M
X2M~X9M
Y1E
Y2E
Y3E
Y4E
Y5E
Z1C
Y1E
6
X5A
HAP
X4A
PS
DS2
NOTE).7
DS1
SiBE37-701_B
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
BSV6Q100PV1
430
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiBE37-701_B
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1
Outdoor Unit
3.1.1 REYQ8PY1~12PY1
Item
Compressor
Name
Symbol
Inverter
Type
OC protection
device
M1C
STD 1
Type
OC protection
device
M2C
STD 2
Type
OC protection
device
M3C
OC protection
device
M1F
Fan motor
Model
REYQ10PY1
REYQ8PY1
REYQ12PY1
JT1GCVDKYR@SA
14.7A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0A
—
3.0A
(for General
overseas : 1.14A)
Fully open: 1375pls
3.0A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Y1E
Fully closed: 0pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcooling)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y2E
EV
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 480pls
0~480pls
Pressure
protection
S1PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
High pressure
For M2C
switch
S2PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
Temperature
protection
Low pressure sensor
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
For main PCB
Others
Fuse
For Noise filter
PCB
431
+0
For M1C
+0
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
S3PH
—
S2NPL
OFF: 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF: 135°C
R1T
OFF: 93°C
F1U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
F2U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1.2 REYQ14PY1~16PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Model
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
JT1GCVDKYR@SA
14.7A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0A
M1F, M2F
1.2A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Subcooling)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 1375pls
Fully closed: 0pls Fully open: 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
EV
Pressure
protection
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
S3PH
+0
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
S2NPL
OFF: 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF: 135°C
R1T
OFF: 93°C
For main PCB
F1U
F2U
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
250V AC 10A Class B Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V
For Noise filter
PCB
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
Others
Appendix
0~480pls
+0
OFF: 4.0 −0.12 MPa
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
+0
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
432
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiBE37-701_B
3.1.3 REMQ8PY1~12PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Model
REMQ8PY1
Type
Inverter
REMQ10PY1
JT1GCVDKYR@SA
REMQ12PY1
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Fully open : 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcooling)
Y3E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
Pressure
protection
Others
433
—
JT170G-KYE@T
—
15.0A
—
—
—
—
M1F
3.0A
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
For M3C
S3PH
—
S2NPL
OFF : 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF : 135°C
R1T
OFF : 93°C
For main PCB
F1U
F2U
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
For Noise filter
PCB
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
14.7A
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.1.4 REMQ14PY1~16PY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Compressor
STD 1
STD 2
Fan motor
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Model
REMQ14PY1
REMQ16PY1
JT1GCVDKYR@SA
14.7A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0A
M1F, M2F
1.2A
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Refrigerant charge)
Y1E
Y2E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Fully open : 480pls
Electronic expansion valve (Subcooling)
Y3E
Fully closed : 0pls
Fully open : 480pls
Pressure
protection
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C
switch
S2PH
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
+0
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
For M3C
S3PH
OFF : 4.0 −0.12 MPa
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
Others
Appendix
+0
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
ON : 3.0±0.15MPa
S2NPL
OFF : 0.07MPa
R3T
OFF : 135°C
R1T
OFF : 93°C
For main PCB
F1U
F2U
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
Time-lag 3.15A AC 250V / 250V AC 10A Class B
For Noise filter
PCB
F1U
250V AC 5A Class B
Discharge gas temperature
protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
Inverter fin temperature
protection
(Radiator fin thermistor)
Fuse
434
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
3.2
SiBE37-701_B
Indoor Side
3.2.1 Indoor Unit
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXFQ25
PVE
FXFQ32
PVE
FXFQ40
PVE
FXFQ50
PVE
Wired Remote
Controller
FXFQ80
PVE
Option
BRC7F634F
M1F
DC280V 56W 8P
DC 320V 120W 8P
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
Stepping Motor DC12V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
In PCB A2P or wired remote controller
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-14 φ8 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-15 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
FXFQ100 FXFQ125 Remark
PVE
PVE
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
Fan Motor
FXFQ63
PVE
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Thermal Fuse
TFu
Transformer
T1R
—
—
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXCQ
20MVE
FXCQ
25MVE
FXCQ
32MVE
FXCQ
40MVE
FXCQ
50MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7C62
FXCQ
63MVE
FXCQ
80MVE
FXCQ Remark
125MVE
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ10W
1φ15W
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Motors
1φ20W
1φ30W
—
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3PA07509-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
435
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1φ50W
1φ85W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
87°C : ON
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXZQ
20MV1
FXZQ
25MV1
FXZQ
32MV1
FXZQ
40MV1
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7E530
FXZQ
50MV1
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
1φ55W 4P
M1F
Thermal Fuse OFF : 130±5 / ON : 80±20
C1
4.0µ F 400VAC
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA
[3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-3 φ8 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-3 φ6 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Capacitor, fan motor
Motors
Others
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXKQ
25MAVE
FXKQ
32MAVE
FXKQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C61
FXKQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W 4P
1φ20W 4P
Thermal Fuse 146°C
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12200DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-13 φ4 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-7 φ6 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Appendix
1φ45W 4P
Thermal protector 120°C : OFF
ON
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
105°C :
436
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiBE37-701_B
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXDQ
20PBVE
FXDQ
25PBVE
FXDQ
32PBVE
FXDQ
40NBVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C65
FXDQ
50NBVE
Remark
FXDQ
63NBVE
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
1φ62W
M1F
1φ130W
Thermal protector 130°C: OFF, 83°C: ON
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-1 φ4 L=250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-4 φ8 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211E
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Others
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
Remark
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
FXSQ
20MVE 25MVE 32MVE 40MVE 50MVE 63MVE 80MVE 100MVE 125MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ50W
1φ65W
1φ85W 1φ125W
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-4 φ4 L800
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
437
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1φ225W
Thermal protector
135°C : OFF 87°C : ON
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Symbol FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ Remark
20PVE 25PVE 32PVE 40PVE 50PVE 63PVE 80PVE 100PVE 125PVE 140PVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C65
Fan Motor
M1F
DC280V 140W 8P
DC373V 350W 8P
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50/60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal protector 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-3 φ L630
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-14 φ8 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ8 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse (A1P)
F1U
250V 3.15A
Fuse (A2P, A3P)
F3U·
F4U
250V 6.3A
Fuse (A2P)
F2U
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Motors
Symbol
250V 5A
—
Model
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Option
Fan Motor
M1F
AC 220~240V 50Hz
1φ380W×2
10µ F 400V
12µ F 400V
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-13 φ4 L630
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605A-5 φ8 L1000
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L1250
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Remark
Float switch
S1L
FS-0211
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXHQ
32MAVE
FXHQ
63MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
FXHQ
100MAVE
BRC1E51
Wireless Controller
Remark
Option
BRC7E63W
AC 220~240V/220V 50Hz/60Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ63W
1φ130W
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
3.0µF-400V
80°C : ON
9.0µF-400V
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3P058751-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C)
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250 20kΩ (25°C)
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Appendix
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
438
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiBE37-701_B
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXAQ
20PV1
FXAQ
25PV1
FXAQ
32PV1
FXAQ
40PV1
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7E618
FXAQ
50PV1
Remark
FXAQ
63PV1
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
1φ40W
M1F
Motors
1φ43W
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
MP24 [3SB40333-1]
AC200~240V
80°C : ON
MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1]
AC200~240V
Swing Motor
M1S
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-2 φ4 L400 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-2 φ8 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602-2 φ6 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
OPTION
Fuse
F1U
250V 3A φ5.2
Others
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXLQ
20MAVE
FXLQ
25MAVE
FXLQ
32MAVE
FXLQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
FXLQ
50MAVE
Remark
FXLQ
63MAVE
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
1.0µF-400V
0.5µF-400V
1.0µF-400V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1φ35W
120°C : ON
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1.5µF-400V
2.0µF-400V
FXNQ
50MAVE
FXNQ
63MAVE
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXNQ
20MAVE
FXNQ
25MAVE
FXNQ
32MAVE
FXNQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E51
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C62
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
1.0µF-400V
0.5µF-400V
1φ35W
120°C : ON
1.0µF-400V
1.5µF-400V
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250 20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Others
439
2.0µF-400V
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Option List
4. Option List
4.1
Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6-1
6-2
7
8
9
9-1
10
10-1
10-2
11
12
13
Type
Item
Wireless
Remote
controller
Wired
Wired remote controller
with weekly schedule timer
Simplified remote
controller
Remote controller for
hotel use
Adaptor for wiring
Wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices (1)
Wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices (2)
Remote sensor
Installation box for
adaptor PCB
Central remote controller
Electrical box with earth
terminal (3 blocks)
Unified on/off controller
Electrical box with earth
terminal (2 blocks)
Noise filter (for electromagnetic
interface use only)
Schedule timer
External control adaptor for outdoor
unit (Must be installed on indoor units)
FXFQ-P
FXCQ-M
FXKQ-MA
FXDQ-NB
FXDQ-PB
FXUQ-M
FXSQ-P
BRC7F634F
BRC7C62
BRC4C61
BRC4C65
BRC7C528W
BRC4C62
BRC1E51
FXMQ-MA
FXMQ-P
FXHQ-MA
FXAQ-P
FXLQ-MA
FXNQ-MA
BRC4C65
BRC7E63W
BRC7E618
BRC4C62
BRC1D61
—
—
Note 8
BRC2C51
—
Note 8
BRC2C51
Note 8
BRC2C51
—
BRC3A61
—
★KRP1C63
★KRP1B61
KRP1B61
★KRP1B56
—
KRP1B61
BRC3A61
★ KRP1C64
KRP1C3
—
KRP1B61
★KRP2A62
★KRP2A61
KRP2A61
★KRP2A53
★KRP2A62
KRP2A61
★KRP2A61
★KRP2A62
★KRP2A61
KRP2A61
★KRP4AA53
★KRP4A51
KRP4A51
★KRP4A54
★KRP4A53
KRP4A51
★KRP4AA51
★KRP4A52
★KRP4A51
KRP4A51
KRCS01-4B
Note 2, 3
KRP1H98
KRCS01-1
Note 2, 3
KRP1B96
Note 3
KRP1C93
KRCS01-1
Note 2, 3
KRP4A93
—
★
DTA104A61
DTA104A61
—
—
KRCS01-1
—
Note 4, 6
KRP1B101
KRP1B97
Note 5
KRP4A91
DCS302CA61
—
KRCS01-4B
Note 2, 3
KRP4A96
—
BRC3A61
KJB311AA
DCS301BA61
KJB212AA
KEK26-1A
DST301BA61
★
DTA104A62
Interface adaptor for
SkyAir-series
★
DTA104A61
—
—
DTA104A61
—
★
DTA104A53
—
DTA104A61
—
Note 7
DTA102A52
—
★
★
DTA104A61 DTA104A62
—
—
Note:
1. Installation box (No.8) is necessary for each adaptor marked ★.
2. Up to 2 adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed for each indoor unit.
4. Up to 2 installation boxes can be installed for each indoor unit.
5. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for second adaptor.
6. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for each adaptor.
7. This adaptor is required when connecting with optional controller for centralized control.
8. BRC2A51 is also available.
Various PCBs
No.
Part name
1
Adaptor for wiring
2
DIII-NET Expander Adaptor
Model No.
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
KRP1B61
KRP1B3
DTA109A51
Function
„ PCB when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
„ Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
„ Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1,000 m, total wiring length: 2,000 m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adaptor.
System Configuration
No.
1
1-1
2
2-1
2-2
Part name
Central remote controller
Electrical box with earth terminal
(3 blocks)
Unified ON/OFF controller
Electrical box with earth terminal
(2 blocks)
Noise filter (for electromagnetic
interface use only)
3
Schedule timer
4
Interface adaptor
for SkyAir-series
Model No.
DCS302C51
DCS302CA51
(FXFQ-P)
KJB311A
DCS301B51
DCS301BA51
(FXFQ-P)
KJB212A
R-407C/R-22
★DTA102A52
R-410A
★DTA112B51
Central control
adaptor kit
For UAT(Y)-K(A),
FD-K
★DTA107A55
6
Wiring adaptor for other air-conditioner
★DTA103A51
7
DIII -NET
Expander Adaptor
Mounting plate
DTA109A51
KRP4A92
Note:
1. Installation box for
Appendix
• Up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to 2 controllers in one system.
• Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or
simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in
combination with up to 8 controllers.
KEK26-1
DST301B51
DST301BA51
(FXFQ-P)
5
7-1
Function
• Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
• Adaptors required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the highspeed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
* To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adaptor must be installed on
the product unit to be controlled.
• Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
• Wiring restrictions (max. length : 1,000m, total wiring length : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16)
apply to each adaptor.
• Fixing plate for DTA109A51
adaptor must be procured on site.
440
Option List
SiBE37-701_B
Building Management System
No.
Part name
1
1-1
1-2
Basic
intelligent Touch
Controller
Model No.
intelligent Touch
Hardware Controller
Hardware DIII-NET plus adaptor
Option
DCS601C51
DCS601A52
• Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.
P. P. D.
DCS002C51
• P. P. D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DCS004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Software
1-3
1-4
Electrical box with earth terminal (4 blocks)
2
Basic
intelligent
Manager III
KJB411A
128 units
DAM602B52
256 units
DAM602B51
Number of
Hardware units to be 512 units
connected
768 units
1024 units
2-1
P.P.D.
2-2
Option
Software
2-3
Function
• Air-Conditioning management system that can be controlled by a
compact all-in-one unit.
DAM602B51×2
• Wall embedded switch box.
• Air conditioner management system that can be controlled by
personal computers.
DAM602B51×3
DAM602B51×4
DAM002A51
• Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DAM004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Eco
DAM003A51
• ECO (Energy saving functions.)
Optional DIII Ai unit
DAM101A51
• External temperature sensor for intelligent Manager III.
2-5
Di unit
DEC101B51
• Input contacts: 16 points
2-6
Dio unit
DEC102B51
• Input contacts: 8 points; output contacts: 4 points
3-1
3-2
4
5
6
7
8
Contact/analog signal
3
Communication line
2-4
*1 Interface for use in BACnet®
DMS502B51
Optional DIII board
DAM411B51
Optional Di board
DAM412B51
*2 Interface for use in LonWorks®
DMS504B51
Parallel interface
Basic unit
Temperature
measurement units
Temperature
setting units
[
Unification adaptor for
computerized control
DPF201A51
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
BACnet® communication.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 2 more DIII-NET
communication ports. Not usable independently.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 16 more
wattmeter pulse input points. Not usable independently.
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
LonWorks® communication.
• Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of malfunction;
can be used in combination with up to 4 units.
DPF201A52
• Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 0-5VDC.
DPF201A53
• Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
★DCS302A52
• Interface between the central monitoring board and central control
units.
Notes:
1. BACnet® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
★
2. LonWorks®‚ is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
★
3. Installation box for
adaptor must be procured on site.
★
441
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
4.2
Option List
Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1
Series
Models
VRV III H/R
REYQ8PY1
REYQ10PY1
REYQ12PY1
REYQ14PY1
REYQ16PY1
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REFNET header
Model
KHRP25M33H
(Max. 8 branch)
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
(KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP)
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC25C450
KWC25C450
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1
C : 3D057610A
REYQ18 ~ 32PY1
Series
Models
VRV III H/R
REYQ18PY1
REYQ20PY1
REYQ22PY1
REYQ24PY1
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REFNET header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T
(KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP)
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC26C280×2
BHFP26P90
KWC26C280×2
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1
BHGP26A1
Series
Models
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
VRV III H/R
REYQ26PY1
REYQ28PY1
REYQ30PY1
REYQ32PY1
REFNET header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHFP26P90
KWC26C280
KWC26C450
BHGP26A1
KWC26C450×2
BHGP26A1
C : 3D057611C
REYQ34 ~ 48PY1
Series
Models
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REYQ42PY1
REYQ44PY1
REFNET header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
Central drain pan kit
Model
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHFP26P136
KWC26C280×2
KWC26C450
BHGP26A1
KWC26C280
KWC26C450×2
BHGP26A1
Series
VRV III H/R
Models
REYQ46PY1
REYQ48PY1
Optional accessories
Distributive
Piping
VRV III H/R
REYQ34PY1
REYQ36PY1
REYQ38PY1
REYQ40PY1
REFNET header
Model
KHRP25M33H, KHRP25M72H, KHRP25M73H
(Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
Model
KHRP25A22T, KHRP25A33T, (KHRP25A72T+
KHRP25M72TP), (KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP)
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Model
BHFP26P136
Central drain pan kit
Model
KWC26C450×3
Digital pressure gauge kit
Model
BHGP26A1
C : 3D057612C
Appendix
442
Piping Installation Point
SiBE37-701_B
5. Piping Installation Point
5.1
Piping Installation Point
5m or less
than 5m
Connection
Kit A
Maximum length from a connection
kit. 10m or less from first branch.
(Equivalent Piping Length 13m)
Connection
Kit B
Since there is a possibility that oil may be collected on a stop machine side, install piping
between outdoor units to go to level or go up to an outdoor unit, and to make a slope.
(V3036)
The projection part between multi connection piping kits
When the piping length between the multi connection kits or between multi connection kit and outdoor
unit is 2m or more, prepare a vertical projection part (200mm or more as shown below) only on the
gas pipe line location less than 2m from multi connection kit.
In the case of 2m or less
Less than 2m
(V3037)
In the case of 2m or more
Vertical
Projection
200mm or
more
Less than 2m
2m or more
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2m
443
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2m
(V3038)
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
5.2
Piping Installation Point
The Example of a Wrong Pattern
Wrong
Oil is collected to the outdoor
unit at the time of a stop,
because of bottom omission of
piping.
(V3039)
Wrong
Oil is collected to the low level outdoor
unit at the time of a stop, because of
downward slope of piping.
The example of installation on which oil is not collected.
Good
Good
Vertical
Projection
(V3040)
Outdoor Unit - Multi Connection Piping Kit Actual piping length 10m or less, equivalent length 13m or less
Actual piping length 165m or less, equivalent length 190m or
Max. allowable Multi Connection Piping Kit - Indoor Unit less, the total extension 1000m or less
Piping Length
Actual piping length 40m or less
REFNET Joint - Indoor Unit
(Refer to Page 448 Note 2 in case of up to 90m)
Outdoor Unit - Outdoor Unit
5m or less
Allowable
Outdoor Unit is above
50m or less ★90m or less
Level
Outdoor Unit - Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit is below
90m
Difference
Indoor Unit - Indoor Unit
15m or less
Note: ★ Available on request if the outdoor unit is above.
Appendix
444
Piping Installation Point
445
SiBE37-701_B
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Example of connection
6. Example of connection
Branch with REFNET joint
Example of connection
(Connection of 8 indoor units)
Indoor
unit
side
REFNET header
i
B1
F
g
1
m
j
2
3
o
r
s
d
6
7
” Indicate the Outdoor unit multi
connection piping kit.
(*2) In case of multi outdoor system, re-read
“outdoor unit” to “the first Outdoor unit
multi connection piping kit” as seen
from the indoor unit.
g
B2
f
1
B5 n
B3
2
B
o
i
k
B4
h
4
b
6
5
d
B1
8
r
j
3
p
c
7
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
(*1) “
e
B1
q
5
4
c
H2
(2) Piping from BS unit to indoor unit or
Piping from Refrigerant branch kit to
indoor unit used as cooling only
(Thin):2 pipes (Suction) gas pipe
Liquid pipe
n
p
r
B2 B3 B4
k
G
b
E
f
B2 B3
e
g
1
2
h
B4
i
3
4
j
B5
k
r
B6
m
5
6
n
o
7
H2
f
D
A
H1
C
e
B1 ~ B5
: BS Unit
1 ~ 4 , 7 , 8 : Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
5,6
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
First outdoor unit multi connection piping kit
Outdoor unit
H3
Outdoor unit
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
1 ~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
Outdoor unit
H3
B
A
d
H2
c
REFNET joint (A, B)
u
REFNET joint (A~G)
a
Multi
outdoor
system
REYQ
18~48
b
c
A
B
f
i
B1
F
1
m
j
2
C
D
3
o
4
t
E
r
u
a
m
a
b
c
r
s
e
B1
d
6
REFNET header
A
q
5
s
e
n
p
r
B2 B3 B4
k
G
h
d
7
H2
g
r
u
t
f
1
8
i
g
B2
B3
B4
j
3
4
h
2
B5 n
k
5
r
6
s
t
REFNET header
p
B
o
H1
s
b
8
7
d
B1
c
1
f
B2 B3
e
g
2
3
h
B4
i
j
B5
k
4
5
B6
m
6
o
n
7
H2
r
H2
Suction gas pipe
HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Single
outdoor
system
REYQ
8~16
b
a
H3
a
REFNET header
m
a
(1) Piping from outdoor unit to BS unit
(Bold):3 pipes
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A~G)
H1
(2)
Branch with REFNET header
REFNET joint (A, B)
H1
BS
Unit
Outdoor unit
H1
(1)
Outdoor unit
H1
Outdoor
unit
side
Branch with REFNET joint and header
8
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
B1 ~ B4 : BS Unit
B1 ~ B5
: BS Unit
1 ~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
1~6
: Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
1 ~ 4 , 7 , 8 : Indoor unit (Cool/Heat selection possible)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
7, 8
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
5,6
: Indoor unit (Cooling only)
Actual pipe Pipe length between outdoor unit (*2) and indoor unit ≤ 165m
length
Example 8 : a + b + c + d + e + s ≤ 165m
Example 6 : a + b +r≤165m, 8 : a + m + n + p ≤ 165m Example 8 : a + o ≤ 165m
Between outdoor unit (*2)
Equivalent
pipe
length
between
outdoor
unit
(*2)
and
indoor
unit ≤ 190m (Note 1)
Equivalent
and
indoor
unit
Maximum
(Assume
equivalent
pipe
length
of
REFNET
joint
to
be
0.5m,
that
of
REFNET header to be 1m, that of BSVQ100, 160 to be 4m, that of BSVQ250 to be 6m for calculation purposes)
length
allowable
Total extension length Total piping length from outdoor unit (*2) to all indoor unit ≤ 1000m
length
Actual and Actual pipe length from first outdoor unit multi connection piping kit to outdoor unit ≤ 10m
Between first outdoor unit multi
Outdoor unit
r ≤ 10m
connection piping kit and outdoor unit Equivalent Equivalent pipe length from first outdoor unit multi connection piping kit to outdoor unit ≤ 13m
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
pipe length
(in case of multi system)
u + s ≤ 10m
Allowable Between outdoor and indoor units
height Between indoor and indoor units
difference Between outdoor and outdoor units
Allowable length after the branch
Appendix
Difference in height
Difference in height
Difference in height
Actual pipe
length
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
Difference in height between outdoor unit and indoor unit (H1) ≤ 50m (Max 40m if the outdoor unit is below)
r
s
u + t ≤ 10m
t
Difference in height between adjacent indoor units (H2) ≤ 15m
(Equivalent length ≤ 13m)
u
Difference in height between adjacent outdoor units (H3) ≤ 5m
Actual pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (either REFNET joint or REFNET header) to indoor unit ≤ 40m (Note 2)
Example 8 : b + c + d + e + s ≤ 40m
Example 6 : b +r≤ 40m, 8: m + n + p ≤ 40m
Example 8 : o ≤ 40m
446
Example of connection
SiBE37-701_B
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit and
Refrigerant branch kit selection
• Refrigerant branch kits can only be used with R410A.
• When multi outdoor system are installed, be sure to use the
special separately sold Outdoor unit multi connection piping
kit. (BHFP26P90 · 136).
(For how to select the proper kit, follow the table at right.)
• Never use BHFP26M90 · 135, BHFP22M90 · 135P for M
type of this series or T joint (field supplied).
Example for indoor units
connected downstream
Pipe size selection
The thickness of the pipes in the table shows
the requirements of Japanese High Pressure
Gas Control low. (As of Jan. 2003)
The thickness and material shall be selected in
accordance with local code.
<In case of single outdoor unit system>
Outdoor unit
Piping between outdoor unit and
refrigerant branch kit (part A)
<In case of multi outdoor unit system>
Independent Independent Independent
unit 1
unit 2
unit 3
Equalizer pipe
(part D)
Piping between outdoor unit
multi connection piping kit
and outdoor unit (part C)
Piping between outdoor unit multi
connection piping kits (part B)
Piping between outdoor unit and
refrigerant branch kits (part A)
447
How to select the REFNET header
How to select the REFNET joint
• When using REFNET joint at the first branch counted from the outdoor unit side,
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity index of
choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit capacity type.
all the indoor units connected below the REFNET header.
(Example : REFNET joint A)
• 250 type indoor unit can not be connected below the REFNET header.
Refrigerant branch kit name
Outdoor unit capacity type
Refrigerant branch kit name
Indoor unit total capacity index
3 pipes
2 pipes
8,10HP type
KHRP25A33T
x < 200
12~22HP type
KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP
KHRP26M22H or KHRP26M33H
KHRP25M33H
24HP type ~
KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP
200 ≤ x < 290
KHRP26M33H
290 ≤ x < 640
• Choose the REFNET joints other than the first branch from the following table in accordance
KHRP25M72H+KHRP25M72HP KHRP26M72H
with the total capacity index of all the indoor units connected below the REFNET joint.
640 ≤ x
KHRP25M73H+KHRP25M73HP KHRP26M73H+KHRP26M73HP
Refrigerant branch kit name
How
to
select
the
outdoor
unit
multi
connection piping kit
Indoor unit total capacity index
3 pipes
2 pipes
(This is required when the system is multi outdoor unit system.)
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the number of outdoor units.
x < 200
KHRP25A22T
KHRP26A22T
Number of outdoor unit
Connecting piping kit name
200 ≤ x < 290
KHRP25A33T
KHRP26A33T
2
units
BHFP26P90
KHRP25A72T+KHRP25M72TP KHRP26A72T
290 ≤ x < 640
3 units
BHFP26P136
640 ≤ x
KHRP25A73T+KHRP25M73TP
—
Example REFNET header :
Example REFNET joint B : Indoor units 7 + 8
Example REFNET joint C : Indoor units 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Example REFNET header : Indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6
Indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Piping between outdoor unit (*2) and refrigerant branch kit (part A)
Piping between refrigerant branch kits
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit system capacity type.
Piping between refrigerant branch kit and BS unit
Piping between outdoor unit multi connection piping kits (part B)
Piping between BS unit and refrigerant branch kit
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity of
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity type of all the
all the outdoor units connected upstream.
(unit : mm)
indoor units connected downstream.
Piping size (O. D.)
Outdoor unit
*1 Connection piping must not exceed the refrigerant Piping size between outdoor
capacity type
Suction gas pipe HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
unit and refrigerant branch kit (part A).
φ19.1
φ15.9
8HP type
*2
When
selecting 2 pipes line (gas pipe and liquid pipe), use Suction gas pipe
φ9.5
φ22.2
10HP type
column for gas pipe and Liquid pipe column for liquid pipe.
(unit : mm)
φ19.1
12HP type
Piping size (O. D.)
φ12.7
Indoor capacity index
14,16HP type
Suction
gas
pipe
HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
φ28.6
φ22.2
18HP type
x < 150
φ15.9
φ12.7
20,22HP type
φ15.9
150 ≤ x < 200
φ19.1
φ15.9
φ9.5
24HP type
200 ≤ x < 290
φ22.2
φ34.9
φ28.6
φ19.1
26~34HP type
φ12.7
290 ≤ x < 420
28.6
φ
36HP type
φ19.1
420
x
<
640
≤
φ15.9
φ41.3
φ34.9
38~48HP type
φ34.9
φ28.6
640 ≤ x < 920
φ19.1
φ41.3
920 ≤ x
Piping between outdoor unit multi connection piping kit and outdoor unit (part C)
• Choose from the following table in accordance with the capacity
Piping between refrigerant branch kit, BS unit and indoor unit
type of the outdoor unit connected.
(unit : mm)
• Match to the size of the connection piping on the indoor unit.
(unit : mm)
Piping size (O. D.)
Outdoor unit
Piping size (O. D.)
Indoor unit capacity type
capacity type
Suction gas pipe HP/LP gas pipe
Liquid pipe
gas pipe
Liquid pipe
φ22.2
φ9.5 × 0.8
8,10HP type
20
·
25
·
32
·
40
·
50
type
12.7
φ
φ6.4
φ19.1
12HP type
63
·
80
·
100
·
125
type
15.9
φ
φ28.6
φ12.7
φ22.2
14,16HP type
200 type
φ19.1
φ9.5
250 type
φ22.2
Equalizer pipe (part D) (multi outdoor unit system only)
Piping size (O. D.)
Temper grade and wall thickness for pipes
(Temper grade, O type and 1/2H type indicate the material type specified in JIS H 3300.)
Copper tube O. D. φ6.4 φ9.5 φ12.7 φ15.9 φ19.1 φ22.2 φ25.4 φ28.6 φ31.8 φ34.9 φ38.1 φ41.3
Temper grade
O type
1/2H type
Wall thickness
0.80 0.80 0.80 0.99 0.80 0.80 0.88 0.99 1.10 1.21 1.32 1.43
(Min. requirement)
(unit : mm)
φ19.1
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Example of connection
a
How to calculate the
additional refrigerant
to be charged
Additional refrigerant to
be charged : R(kg)
R should be rounded
off in units of 0.1 kg.
R=
Total length(m)
of liquid piping ×0.37
size at φ22.2
+
Total length(m)
of liquid piping ×0.26
size at φ19.1
+
Total length(m)
of liquid piping ×0.18
size at φ15.9
Total length(m)
+ of liquid piping ×0.12
size at φ12.7
+
Total length(m)
of liquid piping ×0.059
size at φ9.5
Total length(m)
+ of liquid piping ×0.022
size at φ6.4
HEAT RECOVER SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT FOR
MODEL NAME THE AMOUNT OF REFRIGERANT
EXCEEDING CONNECTION
CAPACITY OF INDOOR UNIT
REYQ8 ~ 16PY1
3.6kg
REYQ18 ~ 20PY1
1.0kg
MODEL NAME
INDOOR
+
1.5kg
×1.02+ REYQ22 ~ 24PY1
REYQ8 REYQ34
CONNECTION
REYQ26PY1
2.0kg
~
~
CAPACITY
32PY1 48PY1
REYQ28 ~ 30PY1
2.5kg
REYQ32 ~ 40PY1
3.0kg
MORE THAN 100%
0.5kg
120% OR LESS
REYQ42PY1
3.5kg
REYQ44 ~ 46PY1
4.0kg
MORE THAN 120%
0.5kg
1.0kg
130% OR LESS
REYQ48PY1
4.5kg
Example for refrigerant branch using REFNET joint and REFNET header for the systems and each pipe length as shown below.
Outdoor system : REYQ34PY1
Total capacity of indoor unit : 116%
a : φ19.1 × 30m
b : φ19.1 × 20m
c : φ9.5 × 10m
d : φ9.5 × 10m
e : φ9.5 × 10m
f : φ9.5 × 10m
g : φ9.5 × 10m
h : φ9.5 × 10m
i : φ9.5 × 10m
j : φ9.5 × 10m
k : φ9.5 × 20m
l : φ9.5 × 20m
m : φ9.5 × 20m
n : φ9.5 × 10m
o : φ6.4 × 10m
p : φ6.4 × 10m
r : φ12.7 × 3m
s : φ9.5 × 3m
t : φ9.5 × 3m
u : φ15.9 × 1m
R = ( 50 × 0.26 + 1 × 0.18 + 3 × 0.12 + 156 × 0.059 + 20 × 0.022 )×1.02 + 3.0 + 0.5
a, b
= 27.148
u
r
c~n, s, t
o, p
REYQ34PY1 116%
27.1kg
Round off in units of 0.1 kg.
Note 1.
System
Liquid pipe
When the equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor units is
REYQ8 ~ 10PY1 φ9.5 → φ12.7
90m or more, the size of main pipes on the liquid side (refer to figure 9)
REYQ12 ~ 16PY1 φ12.7 → φ15.9
must be increased according to the right table.
REYQ18 ~ 24PY1 φ15.9 → φ19.1
(Never increase suction gas pipe and HP/LP gas pipe.)
REYQ26 ~ 48PY1 φ19.1 → φ22.2
1
(Refer to figure 9)
1. Outdoor unit
4
2. Main pipes
5
6
2
3. Increase only liquid pipe size
4. First refrigerant branch kit
5. BS unit
6. Indoor unit
3
Note 2. Allowable length after the first refrigerant branch kit to indoor units is 40m or less, however it can be extended up to 90m if all the following conditions are satisfied. (In case of “Branch with REFNET joint”)
Required Conditions
Example Drawings
1. It is necessary to increase the pipe size if the pipe length between the first branch
kit and the final branch kit is over 40m. (Reducers must be procured on site)
If the increased pipe size is larger than main pipe size, then
increase the main pipe size to the same pipe size.
8 b+c+d+e+f+g+p ≤ 90 m
increase the pipe size of b, c, d, e, f, g
2. For calculation of Total extension length, the actual length of
above pipes must be doubled. (except main pipe and the
pipes that are not increased)
a+b×2+c×2+d×2+e×2+f×2+g×2
+h+i+j+k+l+m+n+p ≤ 1000 m
3. Indoor unit to the nearest branch kit ≤ 40 m
h, i, j....... p ≤ 40 m
4. The difference between
[Outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit] and [Outdoor unit to
the nearest indoor unit]
≤ 40 m
The farthest indoor unit 8
The nearest indoor unit 1
(a+b+c+d+e+f+g+p)-(a+h) ≤ 40 m
Increase the pipe size as follows
φ 9.5 → φ12.7
φ12.7 → φ15.9
φ15.9 → φ19.1
φ19.1 → φ22.2
φ22.2 → φ25.4*
φ28.6 → φ31.8*
REFNET joint (A-G)
Outdoor unit
a
b
A
h
1
c
d
B
C
i
j
2
e
D
F
l
4
G
m
5
H1
g
f
E
k
3
φ34.9 → φ38.1*
p
n
6
Indoor units ( 1 - 8 )
7
8
*If available on the site, use this size. Otherwise it can not be increased.
Appendix
448
Example of connection
449
SiBE37-701_B
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
7. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature
Characteristics
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit for fin thermistor R1T
Appendix
TºC
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
kΩ
88.0
79.1
71.1
0
2
4
6
8
64.1
57.8
52.3
47.3
42.9
10
12
14
16
18
38.9
35.3
32.1
29.2
26.6
20
22
24
26
28
24.3
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
30
32
34
36
38
15.6
14.2
13.1
12.0
11.1
40
42
44
46
48
10.3
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.6
50
52
54
56
58
7.0
6.7
6.0
5.5
5.2
60
62
64
66
68
4.79
4.46
4.15
3.87
3.61
70
72
74
76
78
3.37
3.15
2.94
2.75
2.51
80
82
84
86
88
2.41
2.26
2.12
1.99
1.87
90
92
94
96
98
1.76
1.65
1.55
1.46
1.38
For suction air
For liquid pipe
For gas pipe
R1T
R2T
R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air
For coil
For suction pipe
For Receiver gas pipe
For Receiver outlet liquid pipe
R1T
R2T
R4T
R5T
R6T
T°C
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
kΩ
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
T°C
-19.5
-18.5
-17.5
-16.5
-15.5
-14.5
-13.5
-12.5
-11.5
-10.5
-9.5
-8.5
-7.5
-6.5
-5.5
-4.5
-3.5
-2.5
-1.5
-0.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.5
18.5
19.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
24.5
25.5
26.5
27.5
28.5
29.5
30.5
kΩ
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
T°C
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
kΩ
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
T°C
30.5
31.5
32.5
33.5
34.5
35.5
36.5
37.5
38.5
39.5
40.5
41.5
42.5
43.5
44.5
45.5
46.5
47.5
48.5
49.5
50.5
51.5
52.5
53.5
54.5
55.5
56.5
57.5
58.5
59.5
60.5
61.5
62.5
63.5
64.5
65.5
66.5
67.5
68.5
69.5
70.5
71.5
72.5
73.5
74.5
75.5
76.5
77.5
78.5
79.5
80.5
kΩ
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
450
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
SiBE37-701_B
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R3T, R31∼33T)
T°C
kΩ
T°C
kΩ
T°C
kΩ
T°C
kΩ
T°C
kΩ
T°C
kΩ
0
640.44
0.5
624.65
50
72.32
50.5
70.96
100
13.35
100.5
13.15
1
609.31
1.5
594.43
51
69.64
51.5
68.34
101
12.95
101.5
12.76
2
579.96
2.5
565.78
52
67.06
52.5
65.82
102
12.57
102.5
12.38
3
552.00
3.5
538.63
53
64.60
53.5
63.41
103
12.20
103.5
12.01
4
525.63
4.5
512.97
54
62.24
54.5
61.09
104
11.84
104.5
11.66
5
500.66
5.5
488.67
55
59.97
55.5
58.87
105
11.49
105.5
11.32
6
477.01
6.5
465.65
56
57.80
56.5
56.75
106
11.15
106.5
10.99
7
454.60
7.5
443.84
57
55.72
57.5
54.70
107
10.83
107.5
10.67
8
433.37
8.5
423.17
58
53.72
58.5
52.84
108
10.52
108.5
10.36
9
413.24
9.5
403.57
59
51.98
59.5
50.96
109
10.21
109.5
10.06
10
394.16
10.5
384.98
60
49.96
60.5
49.06
110
9.92
110.5
9.78
11
376.05
11.5
367.35
61
48.19
61.5
47.33
111
9.64
111.5
9.50
12
358.88
12.5
350.62
62
46.49
62.5
45.67
112
9.36
112.5
9.23
13
342.58
13.5
334.74
63
44.86
63.5
44.07
113
9.10
113.5
8.97
14
327.10
14.5
319.66
64
43.30
64.5
42.54
114
8.84
114.5
8.71
15
312.41
15.5
305.33
65
41.79
65.5
41.06
115
8.59
115.5
8.47
16
298.45
16.5
291.73
66
40.35
66.5
39.65
116
8.35
116.5
8.23
17
285.18
17.5
278.80
67
38.96
67.5
38.29
117
8.12
117.5
8.01
18
272.58
18.5
266.51
68
37.63
68.5
36.98
118
7.89
118.5
7.78
19
260.60
19.5
254.72
69
36.34
69.5
35.72
119
7.68
119.5
7.57
20
249.00
20.5
243.61
70
35.11
70.5
34.51
120
7.47
120.5
7.36
21
238.36
21.5
233.14
71
33.92
71.5
33.35
121
7.26
121.5
7.16
22
228.05
22.5
223.08
72
32.78
72.5
32.23
122
7.06
122.5
6.97
23
218.24
23.5
213.51
73
31.69
73.5
31.15
123
6.87
123.5
6.78
24
208.90
24.5
204.39
74
30.63
74.5
30.12
124
6.69
124.5
6.59
25
200.00
25.5
195.71
75
29.61
75.5
29.12
125
6.51
125.5
6.42
26
191.53
26.5
187.44
76
28.64
76.5
28.16
126
6.33
126.5
6.25
27
183.46
27.5
179.57
77
27.69
77.5
27.24
127
6.16
127.5
6.08
28
175.77
28.5
172.06
78
26.79
78.5
26.35
128
6.00
128.5
5.92
29
168.44
29.5
164.90
79
25.91
79.5
25.49
129
5.84
129.5
5.76
30
161.45
30.5
158.08
80
25.07
80.5
24.66
130
5.69
130.5
5.61
31
154.79
31.5
151.57
81
24.26
81.5
23.87
131
5.54
131.5
5.46
32
148.43
32.5
145.37
82
23.48
82.5
23.10
132
5.39
132.5
5.32
33
142.37
33.5
139.44
83
22.73
83.5
22.36
133
5.25
133.5
5.18
34
136.59
34.5
133.79
84
22.01
84.5
21.65
134
5.12
134.5
5.05
35
131.06
35.5
128.39
85
21.31
85.5
20.97
135
4.98
135.5
4.92
36
125.79
36.5
123.24
86
20.63
86.5
20.31
136
4.86
136.5
4.79
37
120.76
37.5
118.32
87
19.98
87.5
19.67
137
4.73
137.5
4.67
38
115.95
38.5
113.62
88
19.36
88.5
19.05
138
4.61
138.5
4.55
39
111.35
39.5
109.13
89
18.75
89.5
18.46
139
4.49
139.5
4.44
40
106.96
40.5
104.84
90
18.17
90.5
17.89
140
4.38
140.5
4.32
41
102.76
41.5
100.73
91
17.61
91.5
17.34
141
4.27
141.5
4.22
42
98.75
42.5
96.81
92
17.07
92.5
16.80
142
4.16
142.5
4.11
43
94.92
43.5
93.06
93
16.54
93.5
16.29
143
4.06
143.5
4.01
44
91.25
44.5
89.47
94
16.04
94.5
15.79
144
3.96
144.5
3.91
45
87.74
45.5
86.04
95
15.55
95.5
15.31
145
3.86
145.5
3.81
46
84.38
46.5
82.75
96
15.08
96.5
14.85
146
3.76
146.5
3.72
47
81.16
47.5
79.61
97
14.62
97.5
14.40
147
3.67
147.5
3.62
48
78.09
48.5
76.60
98
14.18
98.5
13.97
148
3.58
148.5
3.54
49
75.14
49.5
73.71
99
13.76
99.5
13.55
149
3.49
149.5
3.45
50
72.32
50.5
70.96
100
13.35
100.5
13.15
150
3.41
150.5
3.37
451
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Pressure Sensor
8. Pressure Sensor
PH = 4.1VH-2.05
PL = 7/3 × VL-7/6
PH : High pressure (MPa)
PL : Low pressure (MPa)
Detected Pressure
PH, PL
(kg/cm2) MPa
127.5
12.5
122.4
12.0
117.3
11.5
112.2
11.0
107.1
10.5
102.0
10.0
96.9
9.5
91.8
9.0
86.7
8.5
81.6
8.0
76.5
7.5
71.4
7.0
66.3
6.5
61.2
6.0
56.1
5.5
51.0
5.0
45.9
4.5
40.8
4.0
35.7
3.5
30.6
3.0
25.5
2.5
20.4
2.0
15.3
1.5
10.2
1.0
5.1
0.5
-5.1
0
-0.05
-0.5
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
-0.5
Appendix
VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC
VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
0.479 0.5
1
1.5
2
Output Voltage (VH, VL)
2.5
3
3.5
4
VDC
452
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules
SiBE37-701_B
9. Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power
Transistors and Diode Modules
9.1
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors
and Diode Modules
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PCB
Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PCB by the use of a multiple tester.
<Items to be prepared>
h Multiple tester : Prepare the analog type of multiple tester.
For the digital type of multiple tester, those with diode check function are
available for the checking.
<Test points>
h Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
<Preparation>
h To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PCB
J1
J2
J3
P1
P3
N3 U V
W
Electronic circuit
DM
P1
P2 P3
IGBT
X10A K2
J1
L1
J2
L2
L3
J3
N3
U
V
W
X11A
(V2895)
„ According to the checking aforementioned, it is probed that the malfunction results from the
faulty inverter. The following section describes supposed causes of the faulty inverter.
Faulty compressor (ground leakage)
Faulty fan motor (ground leakage)
Entry of conductive foreign particles
Abnormal voltage (e.g. overvoltage, surge (thunder), or unbalanced voltage)
In order to replace the faulty inverter, be sure to check for the points aforementioned.
h
h
h
h
453
Appendix
SiBE37-701_B
Method of Checking the Inverter’s Power Transistors and Diode Modules
1. Power module checking
When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1kΩ range.
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15kΩ
It may take
Not less time to
than 15kΩ determine the
(including) resistance due
to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15kΩ
2. Diode module checking
When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1kΩ range.
No.
Appendix
Measuring
point
1
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15kΩ
It may take
time to
Not less determine the
than 15kΩ resistance due
(including) to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15kΩ
When using the digital type of multiple
tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
Not less It may take time to
than 1.2V determine the voltage
(including) due to capacitor
charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7V
It may take time to
Not less determine the voltage
than 1.2V due to capacitor
(including) charge or else.
When using the digital type of multiple
tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
1
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
It may take time to
Not less determine the voltage
than 1.2V due to capacitor
(including) charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7V
Not less It may take time to
than 1.2V determine the voltage
(including) due to capacitor
charge or else.
454
SiBE37-701_B
Part 8
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................456
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................456
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................458
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................459
455
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.1
Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
„ Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants)
R-407C
R-410A
Refrigerant name
Non-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32, HFC125 and
HFC134a (*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 32.6 kgf/cm2
Composing
substances
Design pressure
HCFC units
R-22
Quasi-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32 and HFC125
(*1)
4.0 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 40.8 kgf/cm2
Single-component
refrigerant
2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
= 28.0 kgf/cm2
Refrigerant oil
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP)
Synthetic oil (Ether)
Mineral oil (Suniso)
0
0
0.05
Combustibility
Toxicity
None
None
None
None
None
None
★1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
★2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
★3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa
10.19716 kgf / cm2
0.0
0.
00
11
00
95
m3
/kg
0.0
01
m3
/kg
g
m3
/kg
m 3/k
0.0
009
0.00
085
0.00
0.00
08 m 3
/kg
07 m 3
/kg
0
0.00
0
C
0°
19
11
100 0
°C
3/kg
2m
0.00 15
0°
14
C
0
20
90
12 130
0
0
17
0
16
10.0
2
14
15
13
01
00 0.00 0.00
0.0
0.
18
075 m 3
/k g
HFC-32/125 (50/50 wt%)
20.0
0.005
3
m /kg
80
3/kg
0.01 m
70
5.0
60
50°C
3
0.02 m /kg
40
2.0
30
20
10
P / MPa
1.0
3
0.05 m /kg
0°C
-10
0.5
3
0.1 m /kg
-20
3
0.2 m /kg
-30
0.2
-40
3
0.5 m /kg
-50°C
0.1
-60
3
1 m /kg
0.05
-70
3
2 m /kg
50
150
1.0
0.8
0.9
5 m3/kg
k)
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
300
350
400
450
500
550
2.
9
2.
8
2.7
2 .6
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.1
1.9
1.8
/(kg •
250
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.1
1.2
200
2.0kJ
0.2
0.9
1.0kJ/(k
g • k)
0.1
100
0.8
0.005
-90
0.7
0.01
-80
-100°C
0.5kJ/(kg • k)
x=0
.0
0.6
0.02
10 m3/kg
600
650
h / k J • k g -1
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
456
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
„ Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
DAIREP ver2.0
Temperature
(°C)
457
Steam pressure
(kPa)
Liquid
Vapor
Density
(kg/m3)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific heat at constant
pressure (kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific entropy
(kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
-70
-68
-66
-64
-62
-60
-58
-56
-54
-52
36.13
40.83
46.02
51.73
58.00
64.87
72.38
80.57
89.49
99.18
36.11
40.80
45.98
51.68
57.94
64.80
72.29
80.46
89.36
99.03
1410.7
1404.7
1398.6
1392.5
1386.4
1380.2
1374.0
1367.8
1361.6
1355.3
1.582
1.774
1.984
2.213
2.463
2.734
3.030
3.350
3.696
4.071
1.372
1.374
1.375
1.377
1.378
1.379
1.380
1.382
1.384
1.386
0.695
0.700
0.705
0.710
0.715
0.720
0.726
0.732
0.737
0.744
100.8
103.6
106.3
109.1
111.9
114.6
117.4
120.1
122.9
125.7
390.6
391.8
393.0
394.1
395.3
396.4
397.6
398.7
399.8
400.9
0.649
0.663
0.676
0.689
0.702
0.715
0.728
0.741
0.754
0.766
2.074
2.066
2.058
2.051
2.044
2.037
2.030
2.023
2.017
2.010
-51.58
101.32
101.17
1354.0
4.153
1.386
0.745
126.3
401.1
0.769
2.009
-50
-48
-46
-44
-42
-40
-38
-36
-34
-32
109.69
121.07
133.36
146.61
160.89
176.24
192.71
210.37
229.26
249.46
109.51
120.85
133.11
146.32
160.55
175.85
192.27
209.86
228.69
248.81
1349.0
1342.7
1336.3
1330.0
1323.5
1317.0
1310.5
1304.0
1297.3
1290.6
4.474
4.909
5.377
5.880
6.419
6.996
7.614
8.275
8.980
9.732
1.388
1.391
1.394
1.397
1.401
1.405
1.409
1.414
1.419
1.424
0.750
0.756
0.763
0.770
0.777
0.785
0.792
0.800
0.809
0.817
128.5
131.2
134.0
136.8
139.6
142.4
145.3
148.1
150.9
153.8
402.0
403.1
404.1
405.2
406.2
407.3
408.3
409.3
410.2
411.2
0.779
0.791
0.803
0.816
0.828
0.840
0.852
0.864
0.875
0.887
2.004
1.998
1.992
1.987
1.981
1.976
1.970
1.965
1.960
1.955
-30
-28
-26
-24
-22
-20
-18
-16
-14
-12
271.01
293.99
318.44
344.44
372.05
401.34
432.36
465.20
499.91
536.58
270.28
293.16
317.52
343.41
370.90
400.06
430.95
463.64
498.20
534.69
1283.9
1277.1
1270.2
1263.3
1256.3
1249.2
1242.0
1234.8
1227.5
1220.0
10.53
11.39
12.29
13.26
14.28
15.37
16.52
17.74
19.04
20.41
1.430
1.436
1.442
1.448
1.455
1.461
1.468
1.476
1.483
1.491
0.826
0.835
0.844
0.854
0.864
0.875
0.886
0.897
0.909
0.921
156.6
159.5
162.4
165.3
168.2
171.1
174.1
177.0
180.0
182.9
412.1
413.1
414.0
414.9
415.7
416.6
417.4
418.2
419.0
419.8
0.899
0.911
0.922
0.934
0.945
0.957
0.968
0.980
0.991
1.003
1.950
1.946
1.941
1.936
1.932
1.927
1.923
1.919
1.914
1.910
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
575.26
616.03
658.97
704.15
751.64
801.52
853.87
908.77
966.29
1026.5
573.20
613.78
656.52
701.49
748.76
798.41
850.52
905.16
962.42
1022.4
1212.5
1204.9
1197.2
1189.4
1181.4
1173.4
1165.3
1157.0
1148.6
1140.0
21.86
23.39
25.01
26.72
28.53
30.44
32.46
34.59
36.83
39.21
1.499
1.507
1.516
1.524
1.533
1.543
1.552
1.563
1.573
1.584
0.933
0.947
0.960
0.975
0.990
1.005
1.022
1.039
1.057
1.076
185.9
189.0
192.0
195.0
198.1
201.2
204.3
207.4
210.5
213.7
420.5
421.2
421.9
422.6
423.2
423.8
424.4
424.9
425.5
425.9
1.014
1.025
1.036
1.048
1.059
1.070
1.081
1.092
1.103
1.114
1.906
1.902
1.898
1.894
1.890
1.886
1.882
1.878
1.874
1.870
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
1089.5
1155.4
1224.3
1296.2
1371.2
1449.4
1530.9
1615.8
1704.2
1796.2
1085.1
1150.7
1219.2
1290.8
1365.5
1443.4
1524.6
1609.2
1697.2
1788.9
1131.3
1122.5
1113.5
1104.4
1095.1
1085.6
1075.9
1066.0
1055.9
1045.5
41.71
44.35
47.14
50.09
53.20
56.48
59.96
63.63
67.51
71.62
1.596
1.608
1.621
1.635
1.650
1.666
1.683
1.701
1.721
1.743
1.096
1.117
1.139
1.163
1.188
1.215
1.243
1.273
1.306
1.341
216.8
220.0
223.2
226.5
229.7
233.0
236.4
239.7
243.1
246.5
426.4
426.8
427.2
427.5
427.8
428.1
428.3
428.4
428.6
428.6
1.125
1.136
1.147
1.158
1.169
1.180
1.191
1.202
1.214
1.225
1.866
1.862
1.859
1.855
1.851
1.847
1.843
1.839
1.834
1.830
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
1891.9
1991.3
2094.5
2201.7
2313.0
2428.4
2548.1
2672.2
2800.7
2933.7
1884.2
1983.2
2086.2
2193.1
2304.0
2419.2
2538.6
2662.4
2790.7
2923.6
1034.9
1024.1
1012.9
1001.4
989.5
977.3
964.6
951.4
937.7
923.3
75.97
80.58
85.48
90.68
96.22
102.1
108.4
115.2
122.4
130.2
1.767
1.793
1.822
1.855
1.891
1.932
1.979
2.033
2.095
2.168
1.379
1.420
1.465
1.514
1.569
1.629
1.696
1.771
1.857
1.955
249.9
253.4
256.9
260.5
264.1
267.8
271.5
275.3
279.2
283.2
428.6
428.6
428.4
428.3
428.0
427.7
427.2
426.7
426.1
425.4
1.236
1.247
1.258
1.269
1.281
1.292
1.303
1.315
1.327
1.339
1.826
1.822
1.817
1.813
1.808
1.803
1.798
1.793
1.788
1.782
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
3071.5
3214.0
3361.4
3513.8
3671.3
3834.1
4002.1
4175.7
3061.2
3203.6
3351.0
3503.5
3661.2
3824.2
3992.7
4166.8
908.2
892.2
875.1
856.8
836.9
814.9
790.1
761.0
138.6
147.7
157.6
168.4
180.4
193.7
208.6
225.6
2.256
2.362
2.493
2.661
2.883
3.191
3.650
4.415
2.069
2.203
2.363
2.557
2.799
3.106
3.511
4.064
287.3
291.5
295.8
300.3
305.0
310.0
315.3
321.2
424.5
423.5
422.4
421.0
419.4
417.6
415.5
413.0
1.351
1.363
1.376
1.389
1.403
1.417
1.433
1.450
1.776
1.770
1.764
1.757
1.749
1.741
1.732
1.722
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
1.2
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Refrigerant Cylinders
„ Cylinder specifications
• The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
• The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Siphon tube
Cylinder
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since
it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
„ Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels
Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the outdoor air temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible
plug melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve
operates).
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
458
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.3
SiBE37-701_B
Service Tools
R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants (R-22, R-407C).
Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to Ether oil, and if
oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other problems. Therefore,
gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous refrigerant (R-22, R-407C) can
not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
„ Tool compatibility
Compatibility
HFC
HCFC
Tool
R-410A
R-407C
Reasons for change
R-22
• Do not use the same tools for R-22
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
and R-410A.
✕
• Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
✕
{
Charging cylinder
Gas detector
Vacuum pump
(pump with reverse flow
preventive function)
Weighting instrument
{
✕
{
• Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
• The same tool can be used for HFCs.
• To use existing pump for HFCs,
vacuum pump adaptor must be
installed.
{
✕
• Seal material is different between
R-22 and HFCs.
• Thread specification is different
Flaring tool (Clutch type)
{
between R-410A and others.
• For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
{
{
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
{
{
Pipe assembling oil
✕
Refrigerant recovery
device
Check your recovery device.
Charge mouthpiece
Refrigerant piping
• Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
• Due to refrigerating machine oil
change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
See the chart below.
• Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
„ Copper tube material and thickness
R-407C
Pipe size
R-410A
Material
Thickness
t (mm)
Material
Thickness
t (mm)
φ6.4
φ9.5
{
{
0.8
0.8
{
{
0.8
0.8
φ12.7
φ15.9
{
{
0.8
1.0
{
{
0.8
1.0
φ19.1
φ22.2
{
1/2H
1.0
1.0
1/2H
1/2H
1.0
1.0
φ25.4
φ28.6
1/2H
1/2H
1.0
1.0
1/2H
1/2H
1.0
1.0
φ31.8
φ38.1
1/2H
1/2H
1.2
1.4
1/2H
1/2H
1.1
1.4
φ44.5
1/2H
1.6
1/2H
1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)
459
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
„ Specifications
• Dimension A
Unit:mm
A +−00.4
Nominal size
Tube O.D.
Do
Class-2 (R-410A)
Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4
3/8
6.35
9.52
9.1
13.2
9.0
13.0
1/2
5/8
12.70
15.88
16.6
19.7
16.2
19.4
3/4
19.05
24.0
23.3
„ Differences
• Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
460
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
2. Torque wrench
„ Specifications
• Dimension B
Unit:mm
Nominal size
Class-1
Class-2
Previous
1/2
5/8
24
27
26
29
24
27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
„ Differences
• Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adaptor
Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adaptor
„ Specifications
• Discharge speed
50 l/min (50Hz)
60 l/min (60Hz)
• Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare)
UNF1/2-20 (5/16 Flare) with adaptor
z Maximum degree of vacuum
Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
–100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
„ Differences
• Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
• Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adaptor.
461
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
4. Leak tester
„ Specifications
• Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
• Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
„ Differences
• Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
„ Specifications
• Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
• Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
„ Differences
• Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
„ Specifications
• High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
• Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
• 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
• No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
462
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
• Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
„ Differences
• Change in pressure
• Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
„ Specifications
• Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
• Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
• Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
„ Differences
• Pressure proof hose
• Change in service port diameter
• Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
„ Specifications
• Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
„ Differences
• The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.
463
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiBE37-701_B
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
„ Specifications
• High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
• Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
• A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
„ Differences
• Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10.Charge mouthpiece
„ Specifications
• For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
• Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
„ Differences
• Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
• Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
464
Revision History
Date
News No.
2010/9/10
M-10011
Contents
Correction of service manual
Warning
z Daikin Industries, Ltd.’s products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the
world. Daikin Industries, Ltd. does not have control over which products are exported to and used in a
particular country. Prior to purchase, please therefore confirm with your local authorised importer,
distributor and/or retailer whether this product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for
use, in the region where the product will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict
or modify the application of any local legislation.
z Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
z Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorised parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
z Read the User's Manual carefully before using this product. The User's Manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any enquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion
1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES, LTD.
AIR CONDITIONING MANUFACTURING DIVISION
JMI-0107
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURE OF
COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, COOLING,
REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT, COMMERCIAL HEATING
EQUIPMENT, RESIDENTIAL AIR CONDITIONING
EQUIPMENT, HEAT RECLAIM VENTILATION, AIR
CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MARINE TYPE CONTAINER
REFRIGERATION UNITS, COMPRESSORS AND VALVES.
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES
(THAILAND) LTD.
JQA-1452
All of the Daikin Group’s business
facilities and subsidiaries in Japan
are certified under the ISO 14001
international standard for
environment management.
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT
AND MANUFACTURE OF AIR
CONDITIONERS AND THE
COMPONENTS INCLUDING
COMPRESSORS USED FOR THEM
Dealer
Head Office:
Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo Office:
JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan
http://www.daikin.com/global_ac/
c All rights reserved
zSpecifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of December 2010 but subject to change without notice.
SiBE37-701_B
Printed in Japan 12/2010 AK
Download PDF
Similar pages